WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP INC
PRER14A, 1996-04-16
BOOKS: PUBLISHING OR PUBLISHING & PRINTING
Previous: KLEENAIR SYSTEMS INC, 8-K, 1996-04-16
Next: CASCADES TRUST, 497, 1996-04-16




<PAGE>
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                       
                           SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
   
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                               (Amendment No. 1)
    
Filed by the Registrant /x/
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant / /

Check the appropriate box:

/x/ Preliminary Proxy Statement
/ / Definitive Proxy Statement
/ / Definitive Additional Materials
/ / Soliciting Material Pursuant to Rule 14a-11(c) or Rule 14a-12 
/ / Confidential, for use of the Commission only (as permitted by 
    Rule 14a-6(e)(2)

                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
               (Name of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)

                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

/ / $125 per Exchange Act Rule 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(j)(2), or Item
    22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A. 
/ / $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act 
    Rule 14a-6(i)(3). 
/ / Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.

1)  Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

2)  Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

3) Per unit price of other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to
   Exchange Act Rule 0-11:

4)  Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:

5)  Total fee paid:

/x/ Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

/ / Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
    0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid
    previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
    or the form or schedule and the date of its filing.

    1) Amount previously paid:


    2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

    3) Filing party:

    4) Date filed:


<PAGE>
   
                           REVISED PRELIMINARY COPY
    
                          [WPGI LOGO AND LETTERHEAD]

   

                                                     April __, 1996
    


Dear Western Publishing
  Group, Inc. Stockholder:

   
                  You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of
Stockholders of Western Publishing Group, Inc. (the "Company") to be held at
10:00 A.M., local time, on ________, May __, 1996, at Chemical Bank, 270 Park
Avenue, __th Floor, Room ____, New York, New York.
    

                  At this important meeting, you will be asked to vote on a set
of proposals relating to the acquisition by Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. of a
significant equity interest in the Company. Golden Press Holding is a company
recently formed by Richard E. Snyder, the former Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Simon & Schuster, Inc., Arrow Holdings, LLC, an entity controlled by
Barry Diller, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Silver King
Communications, Inc. and Chairman of Home Shopping Network, Inc., and Warburg,
Pincus Ventures, L.P. Golden Press Holding will invest $65 million in the
Company in exchange for shares of a new series of convertible preferred stock,
convertible at a price of $10 per share into approximately 23% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company, and a warrant to purchase an additional
3,250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10 per share.
Approximately $10 million of the investment proceeds will be used to redeem the
Company's outstanding Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996, and the
balance will be available for general working capital purposes, including new
product development and future acquisitions.

                  Consistent with my prior public statements and my letter to
stockholders appearing in our 1995 annual report, and unlike the proposed
transactions announced in September and October of last year, this transaction
has been structured so that, like all other common stockholders, I will not be
selling my shares and the proceeds from the Golden Press Holding equity
investment will be invested directly in the Company. We have negotiated every
aspect of this transaction with the best interests of the Company's stockholders
as the paramount consideration.

                  Furthermore, in order to secure the participation of Mr.
Snyder and Warburg Pincus, I have given up my right to vote the approximately
four million shares of common stock that I beneficially own, for so long as I
own them, by granting an 

<PAGE>
irrevocable proxy to Golden Press Holding to vote these shares in its sole
discretion. Golden Press Holding has agreed to vote these shares, which

represent approximately 20% of the outstanding shares, in favor of the proposals
to be considered at the Special Meeting. In addition, to provide further comfort
to Golden Press Holding, I have agreed to certain transfer restrictions which
will significantly limit my freedom to sell my shares in the future.

   
                  The newly-issued preferred stock would entitle Golden Press
Holding, for so long as it owns a significant portion of the preferred stock, to
elect three directors of the Company who, together with the six nominees
standing for election at the Special Meeting, would constitute the nine-member
board of directors following the closing of the equity investment. The preferred
stock also would vote, on an as-if-converted basis, with the Company's common
stock on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders,
including the election of directors, and have certain class voting rights with
respect to certain material corporate transactions.
    

                  In order to help ensure a smooth transition of the Company's
management, Mr. Snyder has been elected and has begun to serve as President of
the Company. This has allowed Mr. Snyder an opportunity to gain a familiarity
and insight into the Company's operations so as to enable Mr. Snyder and me to
set the stage to rapidly implement his direction and strategy for the Company's
future once the equity investment transaction is complete. Upon the closing of
the Golden Press investment, I will resign my positions with the Company and Mr.
Snyder will become Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

   
                  After careful consideration of a number of factors, including
the terms relating to Golden Press Holding's investment and the benefits that
will be derived from the involvement of Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus in the
management of the Company and its businesses, as well as the cash infusion to be
made by Golden Press Holding, the Board of Directors has unanimously determined
that the Securities Purchase Agreement, as amended, and the transactions
contemplated thereby, considered as a whole, are fair to and in the best
interests of the Company and its stockholders and therefore unanimously
recommends that you vote FOR each of the proposals to be considered at the
Special Meeting. Your Board of Directors firmly believes that it is in the
long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders, employees and
customers that this important transaction be approved and completed.
    

   
                  Details concerning the proposals that you will be asked to
consider at the Special Meeting are set forth in the accompanying Proxy
Statement. In addition to voting on the Golden Press Holding investment, you
will be asked to approve 
                                       2
<PAGE>
the election of Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn, Barry Diller, Linda L. Janklow,
Marshall Rose, Richard E. Snyder and H. Brian Thompson as directors of the
Company, amendments to the Company's stock option plan, adoption of a new bonus
plan for executive officers and three proposed amendments to the Company's
certificate of incorporation. Please note that unless all of these proposals are
approved by stockholders (other than the proposed amendments to the Company's
certificate of incorporation), none will be effected by the Company. We urge you

to read the entire Proxy Statement carefully. It is important that your shares
be represented at the Special Meeting no matter how many shares you own. Even if
you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please sign, date and mail promptly the
enclosed Proxy in the postage-paid envelope. This action will not limit your
right to vote in person if you wish to attend the Special Meeting.
    

                  On behalf of the Board of Directors, thank you for your
cooperation and your continued support.

                                                     Sincerely,



                                                     Richard A. Bernstein
                                                     Chairman of the Board and
                                                       Chief Executive Officer



                                       3


<PAGE>
                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
                              444 Madison Avenue
                           New York, New York 10022

                                ---------------

                   NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

   
                            To be Held May __, 1996
    
                                ---------------


To the Stockholders of WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.:

   
                  A special meeting of stockholders (the "Special Meeting") of
Western Publishing Group, Inc. (the "Company") will be held at Chemical Bank,
270 Park Avenue, __th Floor, Room ____, New York, New York, on _________, May
__, 1996 at 10:00 A.M., local time, to consider and act on seven proposals (the
"Proposals") relating to the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of January
31, 1996 between the Company and Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. ("GPH"), as
amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of April 15, 1996 and as it may be
further amended from time to time (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"). The
seven Proposals are summarized as follows:
    
                  (1) To approve the Securities Purchase Agreement and the
         performance by the Company of all transactions and acts on the part of
         the Company contemplated thereby, including, without limitation, the
         issuance by the Company and sale to GPH, for a cash purchase price of
         $65 million, of (i) 13,000 shares of the Company's Series B Convertible
         Preferred Stock, without par value (the "Series B Convertible Preferred
         Stock"), together with the shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per
         share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") issuable upon conversion of
         the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and as dividends on the Series
         B Convertible Preferred Stock, and (ii) a warrant (the "Warrant") to
         purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock, together with the shares of
         Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant. (Proposal No.
         1)

   
                  (2) To elect Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn, Barry Diller,
         Linda L. Janklow, Marshall Rose, Richard E. Snyder and
         H. Brian Thompson as directors of the Company, who will
         qualify as directors only upon the closing of the
         transactions under the Securities Purchase Agreement, to
         serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders of the
         Company and until their successors have been duly elected
         and qualified.  (Proposal No. 2)
    

                  (3) To approve the adoption of several amendments to

         the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan. (Proposal No. 3)


                                       1


<PAGE>
                  (4) To approve the adoption of the Executive Officer
         Bonus Plan.  (Proposal No. 4)

   
                  (5) To adopt an amendment to Article First of the Company's
         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated
         Certificate") to change the name of the Company to "Golden Books Family
         Entertainment, Inc.".
         (Proposal No. 5)
    
                  (6) To adopt an amendment to Article Fourth of the
         Restated Certificate to increase the authorized number of
         shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000 shares to 60,000,000
         shares.  (Proposal No. 6)

                  (7) To adopt an amendment to Article Fourth of the
         Restated Certificate to increase the authorized number of
         shares of the Company's preferred stock from 100,000 shares
         to 200,000 shares.  (Proposal No. 7)

                  At the Special Meeting, the stockholders also will consider
and vote on such other matters as may properly be presented incident to the
conduct of the Special Meeting or any and all adjournments or postponements
thereof.

                  Among the other actions contemplated by the Securities
Purchase Agreement are (a) the redemption by the Company of the Company's
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996, using a
portion of the proceeds from the GPH investment; (b) the grant of certain
registration rights to GPH in respect of the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock and the Warrant and the underlying Common Stock; (c) the grant of certain
registration rights to Richard A. Bernstein and certain of his affiliated
entities in respect of shares of Common Stock owned by them; and (d) the
Company's execution of an employment agreement and certain related arrangements
with Richard E. Snyder following the closing of the transactions contemplated by
the Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Snyder would become the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

                  Unless all the Proposals are approved and adopted by the
stockholders at the Special Meeting, none will be effected by the Company,
except that the other Proposals will be effected regardless of whether any of
the proposals to amend the Restated Certificate (Proposal Nos. 5, 6 or 7) is
adopted. Accordingly, if the Proposals (including Proposal No. 1) are not
approved, no individual elected as a director at the Special Meeting will be
qualified as a director or will take office, and the current directors will
remain in office until their successors are duly elected and qualified. For
further information with respect to the election of directors at the Special

Meeting, see "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS" in the accompanying Proxy Statement.

   
                  Only holders of record of the Common Stock at the close of
business on April 9, 1996 are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the
Special Meeting or any adjournment or postponement 
    


                                       2


<PAGE>
thereof. A complete list of  stockholders entitled to vote at the Special
Meeting will be kept at the Company's offices at 444 Madison Avenue, New York,
New York 10022, for a period of ten days prior to the Special Meeting and will
be available for examination by any stockholder for any purpose germane to the
Special Meeting during ordinary business hours.

                                       By Order of the Board of Directors,



                                       James A. Cohen
                                       Secretary

          PLEASE SIGN AND DATE THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY AND RETURN IT
PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE, WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF
MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.


<PAGE>
                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................  1
         Proxy Solicitation.....................................................................................  1
         Voting at the Special Meeting..........................................................................  1
         Revocability of Proxies................................................................................  4

SUMMARY  .......................................................................................................  4
         The Proposals..........................................................................................  4
         The Parties to the Transactions........................................................................  6
         The Special Meeting....................................................................................  7
         Background of and Reasons for the Transactions.........................................................  8
         Recommendation of the Board of Directors...............................................................  9
         Opinions of Financial Advisors.........................................................................  9
         Use of Proceeds........................................................................................  9
         Certain Considerations................................................................................. 10
         Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions........................................................ 11
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions....................................................... 13
         Certain Terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement..................................................... 14
         Certain Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred
           Stock................................................................................................ 15
         Certain Terms of the Warrant........................................................................... 16
         Certain Terms of the GPH Registration Rights Agreement................................................. 16
         Regulatory Matters..................................................................................... 17
         Section 203 of the DGCL................................................................................ 17
         Litigation............................................................................................. 17
         Election of Directors.................................................................................. 17
         Amendments to 1995 Stock Option Plan................................................................... 18
         Executive Officer Bonus Plan........................................................................... 18
         Charter Amendments..................................................................................... 18
         Pro Forma Capitalization............................................................................... 19
         Price Range of Common Stock; Dividend Policy........................................................... 22

BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP...................................................................................... 24
         Principal Stockholders................................................................................. 24
         Directors and Executive Officers....................................................................... 25


THE PROPOSALS................................................................................................... 28
                  Recommendation of the Board of Directors...................................................... 32
         Opinions of Financial Advisors......................................................................... 34
         Use of Proceeds........................................................................................ 48
         Certain Considerations................................................................................. 49
                  Diminished Ability to Sell the Company;
                    Antitakeover Effect......................................................................... 49
                  Board Representation; Control of Management................................................... 50
                  Dilution ..................................................................................... 50
         Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions........................................................ 51
                  Status of Bernstein Shares.................................................................... 52

                  Irrevocable Proxies........................................................................... 52

                                                       i
<PAGE>
                  Termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement.............................................. 53
                  Election of Directors......................................................................... 54
                  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Antidilution
                    Adjustments................................................................................. 54
                  Management Services........................................................................... 54
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions....................................................... 55
                  Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement....................................................... 55
                  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
                    due March 31, 1996.......................................................................... 56
                  Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance
                    Coverage ................................................................................... 56
                  Snyder Employment Arrangements................................................................ 57
                  Severance and Management Arrangements......................................................... 61
         Regulatory Matters..................................................................................... 61
         Section 203 of the DGCL................................................................................ 61
         Litigation............................................................................................. 62

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (Proposal No. 1).................................................................. 64
         Issuance and Sale of Series B Convertible Preferred
           Stock and Warrant.................................................................................... 64
         Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock...................................................... 65
         Terms of the Warrant................................................................................... 69
         Terms of the GPH Registration Rights Agreement......................................................... 70
         Representations and Warranties......................................................................... 71
         Pre-Closing Covenants.................................................................................. 71
         Non-Solicitation of Business Combination Proposals..................................................... 73
         Conditions to Closing.................................................................................. 75
         Termination and Termination Fee  ...................................................................... 75
         Expenses .............................................................................................. 76

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Proposal No. 2).......................................................................... 77
         General  .............................................................................................. 77
         Business Experience of Nominees........................................................................ 78
         Business Experience of Series B Directors.............................................................. 80
         Business Experience of Current Directors............................................................... 81
         Business Experience of Executive Officers.............................................................. 82
         Board Meetings and Committees of the Board............................................................. 85
         Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
           Participation........................................................................................ 86
         Executive Compensation................................................................................. 87
         Certain Transactions................................................................................... 92
         Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act...................................................... 93

AMENDMENTS TO 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN (Proposal No. 3)........................................................... 93

EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN (Proposal No. 4)................................................................... 97

CHARTER AMENDMENTS.............................................................................................. 99

AMENDMENT TO CHANGE THE NAME OF THE COMPANY

  (Proposal No. 5)..............................................................................................100


                                                       ii
<PAGE>

AMENDMENTS TO INCREASE THE AUTHORIZED COMMON AND PREFERRED
  STOCK (Proposal Nos. 6 and 7).................................................................................100

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING...............................................................103

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS............................................................................................103

AVAILABLE INFORMATION...........................................................................................103

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS...........................106

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...................................................................................F-1


APPENDICES

  Appendix I               -- Amended Securities Purchase Agreement.........................................    I-1
  Appendix II              -- Bernstein Registration Rights
                                Agreement....................................................................  II-1
  Appendix III             -- Bernstein Irrevocable Proxy...................................................  III-1
  Appendix IV              -- Certificate of Designations of
                                Series B Convertible Preferred Stock........................................   IV-1
  Appendix V               -- Form of Warrant................................................................   V-1
  Appendix VI              -- GPH Registration Rights Agreement..............................................  VI-1
  Appendix VII             -- Executive Officer Bonus Plan................................................... VII-1
  Appendix VIII                     -- Charter Amendments................................................... VIII-1
  Appendix IX              -- Fairness Opinion of Bear, Stearns
                              & Co. Inc.....................................................................   IX-1
  Appendix X                -- Fairness Opinion of Jefferies &
                                Company, Inc.................................................................   X-1
</TABLE>
    
                                                       iii
<PAGE>
   
                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
    
                               ---------------
                                         
                               PROXY STATEMENT
                       SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                           To be held May __, 1996
    
                               ---------------
   
                                 INTRODUCTION
    
   

Proxy Solicitation
    

   
                  This Proxy Statement is being furnished in connection with the
solicitation of proxies by the board of directors of Western Publishing Group,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for use at the special meeting of
stockholders of the Company to be held on ________, May __, 1996, at 10:00 A.M.,
local time, at Chemical Bank, 270 Park Avenue, __th Floor, Room ____, New York,
New York, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof (the "Special Meeting"),
for the purposes set forth in the foregoing Notice of Special Meeting of
Stockholders. This Proxy Statement and a form of proxy are first being mailed on
or about April 15, 1996 to holders of record of the Common Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") at the close of business on
April 9, 1996, the record date for the Special Meeting.
    

   
                  The cost of soliciting proxies will be borne by the Company
and will consist of expenses of printing, postage and handling, including the
expenses of brokerage houses, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries in forwarding
documents to beneficial owners. Solicitation may also be made by the Company's
officers, directors or regular employees personally or by telephone.
    

   
                  The principal executive offices of the Company are located at
444 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
    

   
Voting at the Special Meeting
    

   
                  Vote Required. The seven proposals set forth in the foregoing
Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proposals") are being submitted
to the stockholders pursuant to a requirement of the Securities Purchase
Agreement dated as of January 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto
dated as of April 15, 1996 and as the same may be further amended from time to
time (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), between the Company and Golden Press
Holding, L.L.C. ("GPH"), and the rules of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") governing corporations, such as the Company, with
securities quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. In addition, under the Delaware
General Corporation Law, the adoption of each of the Proposals relating to the
proposed amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company 

<PAGE>
set forth in the foregoing Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders (the
"Charter Amendments") must be submitted to a vote of the holders of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock.
    

   
                  The presence, in person or by properly executed proxy, of the

holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast
by the holders of record of all outstanding shares of Common Stock is necessary
to constitute a quorum at the Special Meeting. Shares of Common Stock
represented by a properly signed, dated and returned proxy will be treated as
present at the Special Meeting for purposes of determining a quorum, without
regard to whether the proxy is marked as casting a vote or abstaining. Proxies
relating to "street name" shares that are voted by brokers will be counted as
shares present for purposes of determining the presence of a quorum, but will
not be treated as shares present at the Special Meeting as to any proposal as to
which authority to vote is withheld from the broker.

    

   
                  Pursuant to the rules of the NASD and the Company's By-laws,
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total votes cast at the
Special Meeting is required to approve the Proposals relating to the Securities
Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby (the
"Transactions"). Pursuant to the Company's By-laws, the amendments to the
Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Company's Executive Officer Bonus Plan
require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total votes
cast at the Special Meeting. Accordingly, abstentions will have the same effect
as votes against these Proposals, but broker non-votes will have no effect on
the approval of these Proposals. The six nominees receiving a plurality of the
votes cast at the Special Meeting for the election of directors will be elected
as directors (but will qualify as such only upon the completion of the
Transactions; see "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS"). Accordingly, abstentions and broker
non-votes will have no effect on the election of directors. The affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock is
required to approve each of the Proposals relating to the Charter Amendments.
Accordingly, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as votes
against the Charter Amendments.
    

   
                  Unless all the Proposals are approved and adopted by the
stockholders at the Special Meeting, none will be effected by the Company,
except that the other Proposals will be effected regardless of whether any of
Proposal Nos. 5, 6 or 7 relating to the Charter Amendments is adopted.
Accordingly, if the Proposals (including Proposal No. 1) are not effected, the
persons elected as directors at the Special Meeting will not qualify as
directors and will not take office, and the current directors will remain in
office until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
See "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS."
    
                                       2
<PAGE>
   
                  Record Date; Voting Rights. Holders of record of the Common
Stock at the close of business on April 9, 1996 are entitled to notice of and
to vote at the Special Meeting. As of the close of business on the Record Date,
there were 21,666,739 shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote
at the Special Meeting. The holders of Common Stock will vote as a single class
with regard to all matters to be acted upon at the Special Meeting. Each
stockholder of record may cast one vote for each share of Common Stock entitled

to be voted on each of the Proposals. The Common Stock is the Company's only
class of voting securities outstanding. As described below under "THE PROPOSALS
- -- Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions -Irrevocable Proxies,"
Richard A. Bernstein, the current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, and certain of his affiliated entities have granted GPH irrevocable
proxies pursuant to agreements dated January 31, 1996 in respect of 3,996,771
shares of Common Stock owned by them (representing approximately 20% of the
shares of Common Stock currently outstanding) for so long as such shares are
owned by Mr. Bernstein or his affiliates, and GPH has agreed to vote those
shares in favor of the Proposals at the Special Meeting. The Company's
President, Richard E. Snyder, who owns 599,465 shares of Common Stock
(representing approximately 3% of the outstanding Common Stock) and will become
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon the consummation of the
Transactions (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements"), has indicated that he intends
to vote in favor of the Proposals. The Company's other directors and executive
officers (who collectively own shares of Common Stock representing approximately
3% of the outstanding Common Stock) have indicated that they intend to vote in
favor of the Proposals.
    

   
                  Shares of Common Stock represented by properly executed
proxies received prior to or at the Special Meeting, unless such proxies have
been revoked, will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated on the
proxies. If no instructions are indicated on a properly executed proxy, the
shares will be voted FOR each of the Proposals and, in any case, in the judgment
of the proxy holder as to any other matters that may properly come before the
Special Meeting.
    

   
                  If a stockholder has invested in the Common Stock through the
Company 401(k) plan, the proxy will also serve as voting instructions for the
Trustee for the 401(k) plan. The Trustee will vote unallocated shares of Common
Stock in the 401(k) plan and allocated shares for which it has not received
timely direction in its discretion pursuant to its obligations as a fiduciary.
    
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
Revocability of Proxies
    

   
                  Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation or otherwise may
be revoked by the person giving it, at any time before it is voted, by
delivering to the Secretary of the Company, at 444 Madison Avenue, New York, New
York 10022, on or before the business day prior to the Special Meeting or at the
Special Meeting itself, a subsequent written notice of revocation or
subsequently-dated proxy relating to the same shares or by attending the Special
Meeting and voting in person. However, attendance at the Special Meeting will
not in itself constitute the revocation of a proxy unless such proxy is revoked
by one of the means described in the preceding sentence.
    


                                   SUMMARY

                  The following is a brief summary (the "Summary") of the
information in this Proxy Statement. The Summary is not intended to be complete
and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information contained
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement and in the Appendices to this Proxy Statement.
Cross references in the Summary are to the captions of sections of this Proxy
Statement unless otherwise indicated. Stockholders are urged to read this Proxy
Statement and the Appendices in their entirety.

The Proposals

   
                  The seven proposals described in this Proxy Statement (the
"Proposals") relate to the transactions and acts (the "Transactions")
contemplated on the part of Western Publishing Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), by the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of
January 31, 1996 between the Company and Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. ("GPH"),
as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of April 15, 1996 and as it may
be further amended from time to time (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), and
consist of:
    

                  (1)      the approval of the Securities Purchase Agreement
                           and the performance by the Company of all
                           transactions and acts on the part of the Company
                           contemplated under the Securities Purchase
                           Agreement, including, without limitation, the
                           issuance and sale to GPH, for a cash purchase
                           price of $65 million, of (i) 13,000 shares of the
                           Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock,
                           without par value (the "Series B Convertible
                           Preferred Stock"), together with the shares of
                           Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
                           Company (the "Common Stock") issuable upon
                           conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred
                           Stock and as dividends on the Series B Convertible
                           Preferred Stock, and (ii) a warrant (the 
<PAGE>
                                       4

                           "Warrant") to purchase an additional 3,250,000 shares
                           of  Common Stock, together with the shares of Common 
                           Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrant 
                           ("Proposal No. 1 -- Securities Purchase Proposal");

   
                  (2)      the election of six directors of the Company, who
                           will qualify as directors only upon the closing of
                           the Transactions (the "Closing"), to serve until
                           the next annual meeting of stockholders of the
                           Company and until their successors have been duly
                           elected and qualified ("Proposal No. 2-- Election
                           Proposal");
    


                  (3)      the approval of the adoption of certain amendments
                           to the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan (the
                           "Stock Option Plan") ("Proposal No. 3 -- Stock
                           Option Plan Amendment Proposal");

                  (4)      the approval of the adoption of the Company's
                           Executive Officer Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan")
                           ("Proposal No. 4 -- Bonus Plan Proposal"); and

   
                  (5)      the adoption of three amendments (the "Charter
                           Amendments") to the Company's Amended and Restated
                           Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated
                           Certificate") to (a) amend Article First to change
                           the name of the Company to "Golden Books Family
                           Entertainment, Inc." (Proposal No. 5), (b) amend
                           Article Fourth to increase the number of
                           authorized shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000
                           shares to 60,000,000 shares (Proposal No. 6) and
                           (c) amend Article Fourth to increase the number of
                           authorized shares of preferred stock, without par
                           value, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock") from
                           100,000 shares to 200,000 shares (Proposal No. 7)
                           (collectively, the "Charter Amendment Proposals").
                           Except as described in this Proxy Statement, the
                           Company has no current plans for any issuances of
                           Common or Preferred Stock.  See "THE PROPOSALS."
    

Approval of each of the Proposals by the requisite vote of the stockholders of
the Company (other than the Charter Amendments) is a condition to the
consummation of the Transactions under the Securities Purchase Agreement. See
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Conditions to Closing."

                  Among the other Transactions contemplated by the Securities
Purchase Agreement are (a) the redemption by the Company of the outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996, without par value, of
the Company (the "Series A Preferred Stock") at a redemption price equal to the
liquidation 
                                       5
<PAGE>
value thereof plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption, using
a portion of the proceeds from the GPH investment (see "THE PROPOSALS --
Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Redemption of Series A
Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996"); (b) the grant of certain registration
rights to GPH in respect of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Warrant and the Common Stock underlying each of the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock and the Warrant pursuant to a registration rights agreement
between the Company and GPH (the "GPH Registration Rights Agreement") (see
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the GPH Registration Rights
Agreement"); (c) the grant of certain registration rights to Richard A.
Bernstein, the current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and
certain of his affiliated entities in respect of shares of Common Stock owned by
them pursuant to a registration rights agreement between the Company, Mr.
Bernstein and such affiliated entities (the "Bernstein Registration Rights
Agreement") (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the

Transactions -- Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement"); and (d) the
Company's execution of an employment agreement (the "Snyder Employment
Agreement") and related arrangements (the "Snyder Employment Arrangements")
with Richard E. Snyder upon the Closing pursuant to which Mr. Snyder would
become the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (see "THE
PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder
Employment Arrangements").

The Parties to the Transactions

                  The Company. The Company, through its Western Publishing
Company subsidiary, creates, publishes, manufactures, prints and markets story
and picture books, coloring and activity books, interactive electronic books and
games, and computer and multi-media "edutainment" products for children. These
products are sold principally under the GOLDEN BOOKS(R) brand. The Company also
produces and markets Frame-Tray(R) puzzles, children's prerecorded videos and
special interest books for the entire family. Western Publishing Company also
offers a wide range of printing, graphic, creative and distribution services to
customers in industry and government.

                  Through the Beach Products Division of its Penn Corporation
subsidiary, the Company is engaged in the manufacture and sale of decorated
paper tableware, party goods, stationery and gift products.

                  The Bernstein Entities.  Richard A. Bernstein is the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Chairman of the Company's Western
Publishing Company, Inc. subsidiary and Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company's Penn Corporation subsidiary.  References in this Proxy
Statement to (i) the "Bernstein Entities" mean, collectively, 

                                       6
<PAGE>
Mr. Bernstein, the Trust for the benefit of Mr. Bernstein dated March 16, 1978,
The Richard A. Bernstein Trust of 1986 and The Richard A. and Amelia Bernstein
Foundation, Inc. and (ii) the "Bernstein Shares" shall mean, collectively, the
shares of Common Stock owned by the Bernstein Entities.

                  Richard E. Snyder. From 1975 to 1994, Mr. Snyder served as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Simon & Schuster, Inc. In order to help
ensure a smooth transition of the Company's management prior to the Closing, Mr.
Snyder was elected as the President of the Company on January 31, 1996 upon the
signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement. He will succeed Mr. Bernstein as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company following the Closing. See
"THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder
Employment Arrangements."

                  Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
("Warburg Pincus"), a Delaware limited partnership, is engaged in making venture
capital and similar investments. The sole general partner of Warburg Pincus is
Warburg, Pincus & Co., a New York general partnership, and its manager is E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., a New York general partnership.

                  Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. GPH is a newly-organized Delaware
limited liability company recently formed by Mr. Snyder, Arrow Holdings, LLC, an
entity controlled by Barry Diller, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Silver King Communications, Inc. and Chairman of Home Shopping Network, Inc.,
and Warburg Pincus solely for purposes of consummating the Transactions and

holding securities of the Company.

The Special Meeting

   
                  Proxy Solicitation. This Proxy Statement is being furnished in
connection with the solicitation of proxies for the adoption of the Proposals by
the board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") for use at a
special meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held on _________, May __,
1996, at 10:00 A.M., local time, at Chemical Bank, 270 Park Avenue, __th Floor,
Room ____, New York, New York, or at any adjournment or postponement thereof
(the "Special Meeting").
    

   
                  Vote Required. Approval of the Securities Purchase Proposal
by the Company's stockholders is required by the rules of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), governing corporations,
such as the Company, with securities quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. The
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast at the Special
Meeting is required to approve the Securities Purchase Proposal, the Stock
Option Plan Amendment Proposal and the Bonus 

                                       7
<PAGE>
Plan Proposal (Proposal Nos. 1, 3 and 4). The six nominees receiving a plurality
of the votes cast at the Special Meeting for the election of directors (Proposal
No. 2) will be elected as directors (but will qualify as such only upon the
closing of the Transactions; see "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS"). The affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock is
required to approve each of the Charter Amendment Proposals (Proposal Nos. 5, 6
and 7). Unless all the Proposals are approved and adopted by the stockholders at
the Special Meeting, none will be effected by the Company, except that the other
Proposals will be effected regardless of whether any of the Charter Amendment
Proposals is adopted. Accordingly, if the Proposals (including Proposal No. 1)
are not effected, the nominees elected at the Special Meeting will not qualify
as directors and will not take office, and the current directors will remain in
office until their successors are duly elected and qualified. See "ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS". Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, 3,996,771 shares of
Common Stock owned by certain of the Bernstein Entities, representing
approximately 20% of the Common Stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting,
will be voted in favor of the Proposals. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain
Negotiated Features of the Transactions -- Irrevocable Proxies."
    
                  Shares of Common Stock represented by properly executed
proxies received prior to or at the Special Meeting, unless such proxies have
been revoked, will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated on the
proxies. If no instructions are indicated on a properly executed proxy, the
shares will be voted FOR each of the Proposals.

                  No Appraisal Rights.  Stockholders are not entitled to
appraisal rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"DGCL") or otherwise in respect of any of the Proposals.


   
                  Record Date.  The record date for the Special Meeting
is April 9, 1996 (the "Record Date").
    

Background of and Reasons for the Transactions

                  Formal negotiations between the Company and Mr. Snyder and
Warburg Pincus concerning the purchase of a significant equity interest in the
Company commenced in August 1995. Mr. Snyder and Mr. Bernstein began
preliminary discussions in April 1995, and the participation of Warburg Pincus
commenced in May 1995. Although agreements in principle were announced in
September and October 1995, the Company publicly announced termination of the
negotiations on October 17, 1995. Discussions began again in December
concerning revised terms for a significant investment by Mr. Snyder and Warburg
Pincus, culminating with the public announcement of the signing of the
Securities Purchase Agreement and the election of Mr. Snyder as 

                                       8
<PAGE>
President of the Company on January 31, 1996.  See "THE PROPOSALS -- Background
of and Reasons for the Transactions."

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

                  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT THE
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS, CONSIDERED AS A WHOLE, ARE
FAIR TO AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS AND
THEREFORE UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR
APPROVAL OF EACH OF THE PROPOSALS AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

                  For a discussion of the factors considered by the Board of
Directors in reaching its decision, see "THE PROPOSALS -Recommendation of the
Board of Directors," "Opinions of Financial Advisors," "-- Certain
Considerations" and "-- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions."

Opinions of Financial Advisors

                  The Company has retained each of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
("Bear Stearns") and Jefferies & Company, Inc. ("Jefferies") on behalf of the
Board of Directors to render a fairness opinion with respect to the
consideration to be received by the Company pursuant to the equity investment
contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement. On January 31, 1996, each of
Bear Stearns and Jefferies delivered its written opinion to the effect that, as
of such date and based upon and subject to certain matters as stated in such
opinions, the consideration to be received by the Company from the equity
investment contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement is fair to the
Company from a financial point of view. In rendering their opinions, neither
Bear Stearns nor Jefferies considered or opined as to any other transactions or
contractual arrangements to be entered into, or payments to be made by or to the
Company or to any other person, concurrently with GPH's equity investment. See
"THE PROPOSALS -- Opinions of Financial Advisors." A copy of the written opinion
of each of Bear Stearns and Jefferies, which sets forth the assumptions made,
matters considered and limits on the review undertaken, is attached to this
Proxy Statement as Appendix IX and Appendix X, respectively, and should be read
carefully by stockholders in their entirety.

Use of Proceeds


   
                  The estimated net cash proceeds to the Company from the sale
of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the Warrant to GPH will be
$56,500,000, after giving effect to the payment of estimated transaction
expenses (see "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Expenses") and the payments
under the severance and management arrangements described under "THE PROPOSALS
- --Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- 

                                       9
<PAGE>
Severance and Management Arrangements." Approximately $10 million of such
proceeds will be used by the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series
A Preferred Stock (which is mandatorily redeemable by the Company on March 31,
1996) as contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement (see "THE PROPOSALS
- -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Redemption of Series A
Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996"), and the remainder will be available to the
Company for general working capital purposes, including new product development
and future acquisitions. The Company does not currently have any commitments or
understandings regarding the use of such proceeds. Mr. Snyder has advised the
Company that he intends to use the net proceeds from the investment to pursue a
multi-pronged strategy to build upon the GOLDEN BOOKS(R) franchise. This
strategy will include strengthening relationships with the Company's existing
mass market retailers, increasing distribution through non-mass channels,
including bookstores, extending the existing product line to include books for
parents and families and, where appropriate, expanding the GOLDEN BOOKS(R) name
into non-book areas, such as home video, television and multi-media. Although
Mr. Snyder has advised the Company that he has not yet finalized any plans
regarding the future operations of the Company, Mr. Snyder has indicated that
his plans, when fully developed, may involve a restructuring of operations which
could result in substantial charges to operations or changes in the
classification of the Company's assets and liabilities. See "THE PROPOSALS --
Use of Proceeds." 
    

Certain Considerations

                  While the Board of Directors is of the opinion that the
Proposals are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, in
evaluating the Proposals stockholders should consider, among other things, the
following possible consequences of completion of the Transactions:

   
                  (i) the significant ownership interest of GPH in the Company
         (which will represent approximately 23% of the aggregate voting power
         of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company after giving
         effect to the issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and
         approximately 31% after giving effect to the exercise of the Warrant),
         coupled with the irrevocable proxies granted by Mr. Bernstein and
         certain of the other Bernstein Entities to GPH with respect to
         3,996,771 shares of Common Stock (the "Irrevocable Proxies"), and the
         fact that the Securities Purchase Agreement does not restrict GPH from
         acquiring additional shares in the open market or otherwise, may render
         it more difficult for a third party to effect a change of control of
         the Company without the consent of GPH and thereby discourage third
         parties from any attempt to acquire control of the Company; 
    
                                      10

<PAGE>
   
                  (ii) (a) GPH's ability to influence the management and
          policies of the Company through Mr. Snyder's status as Chairman and
         Chief Executive Officer of the Company, (b) the class voting rights
         afforded to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
         to elect one-third of the members of the Board of Directors and
         approve certain material corporate transactions, (c) the fact that
         the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will vote on an as-if-
         converted basis with the Common Stock as a single class on all
         matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company,
         including the election of all directors not elected by the holders
         of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, (d) the fact that,
         immediately following the Closing, the members of the Board of
         Directors will all be nominees of GPH, and (e) the right of the
         holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to vote as a
         class with the holders of the Common Stock in the election of the
         remainder of the members of the Board of Directors;
    

   
                  (iii) the potential dilution of the voting and economic rights
         of the existing holders of the Common Stock resulting from the issuance
         of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the payment of Common
         Stock dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for the
         first four years from issuance thereof, the exercise of the Warrant
         after two years from the issuance thereof (or earlier upon the
         occurrence of certain events) and the Snyder Employment Arrangements;
         and
    

   
                  (iv) the fact that the success of the Company will be
         dependent in part on the efforts and abilities of Mr. Snyder and that,
         if the Company were to lose the services of Mr. Snyder before a
         qualified replacement could be obtained, the Company's business could
         be materially and adversely affected.
    

See "SUMMARY -- Pro Forma Capitalization" and "THE PROPOSALS -- 
Certain Considerations."

Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions

                  Stockholders should be aware of the following additional
aspects and provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Transactions
that were negotiated on behalf of the Company and the stockholders and were
required by the parties as a condition to the signing of the Securities Purchase
Agreement:

                  (i) unlike the proposed transactions between the Company,

         Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus announced in September and October 1995, 
         none of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr.
         Bernstein will be purchased 

                                      11
<PAGE>
         as part of the Transactions and GPH's entire investment will be made
         directly in the Company (see "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Issuance
         and Sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant");

                  (ii) Mr. Bernstein and certain of the other Bernstein Entities
         currently owning in the aggregate 3,996,771 shares of Common Stock
         (representing approximately 20% of the shares currently outstanding)
         (a) have relinquished their voting rights with respect to such shares
         by granting GPH irrevocable proxies to vote such shares in its sole
         discretion, subject to certain conditions, for so long as Mr. Bernstein
         and such other entities own such shares, and (b) have agreed to certain
         transfer restrictions which will significantly limit their freedom to
         sell such shares in a block or blocks in the future (see "THE PROPOSALS
         -- Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions -- Irrevocable
         Proxies");

                  (iii) the Securities Purchase Agreement permits the Company,
         upon the payment of a $2 million break-up fee, to terminate the
         Securities Purchase Agreement and accept an unsolicited proposal from a
         third party which the Board of Directors reasonably believes is likely
         to result in a business combination that is likely to be more favorable
         to the stockholders of the Company than the Transactions (see
         "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Termination and Termination Fee");

                  (iv) GPH does not have a contractual right to name any
         directors of the Company (other than the directors who are to be
         elected by the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock)
         following the election of directors at the Special Meeting (see
         "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS");

                  (v) the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
         are not entitled to antidilution adjustment of the conversion price in
         respect of (a) an issuance of Common Stock to GPH and certain of its
         affiliates unless such issuance has been approved by a majority of the
         directors of the Company who are neither the designees of the holders
         of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock nor individuals associated
         with Warburg Pincus or certain of its affiliates or (b) an issuance of
         Common Stock in a transaction that has not been registered under the
         Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless an
         investment bank of national standing and reputation, engaged for a fee
         by the Company pursuant to a written engagement letter, has been
         consulted by the Company with respect to the structure, and has
         participated in the negotiation, of such issuance (see "SECURITIES
         PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred
         Stock"); and 
                                      12
<PAGE>
                  (vi) Mr. Bernstein has agreed to cause a corporation owned by
         him to employ certain Company employees who will be terminated at the
         Closing to provide certain management services (including finance and
         accounting, cash management, real estate matters, labor negotiations
         and corporate administration) to the Company as requested from time to

         time by Mr. Snyder for the 180-day transition period following the
         Closing, and the Company will pay such corporation $1.2 million upon
         the Closing for the cost (including the cost of employing such former
         employees) of providing such services (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain
         Negotiated Features of the Transactions -- Management Services").

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions

                  In considering the recommendation of the Board of Directors
with respect to the Proposals, stockholders should be aware that certain members
of the Board of Directors and management have certain interests with respect to
the Proposals that may conflict with and are in addition to the interests of the
other stockholders of the Company, including:

                  (i) at the Closing, in view of the fact that the Bernstein
         Entities would otherwise be restricted under the federal securities
         laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as to the
         manner in which they can sell their shares of Common Stock because of
         the size of the block and Mr. Bernstein's affiliation with the Company,
         the Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the
         Bernstein Entities will have the right to require the Company, at the
         Bernstein Entities' cost, to register the sale of Bernstein Shares with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the Securities
         Act, and to participate in other registrations initiated by the
         Company, will become effective (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of
         Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Bernstein Registration Rights
         Agreement");

                  (ii) at the Closing, the Company will use a portion of the
         proceeds from the GPH investment to redeem the outstanding Series A
         Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996, 46.07% of which is owned by Mr.
         Bernstein (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
         Transactions -- Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31,
         1996");

                  (iii) the Company has agreed in the Securities Purchase
         Agreement to provide the usual extended coverage under the Company's
         executive liability insurance for a three-year period following the
         Closing for current and former directors and officers and certain
         persons serving in 
                                      13
<PAGE>
         fiduciary capacities (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain
         Persons in the Transactions -- Directors' and Officers' Liability
         Insurance Coverage");

                  (iv) the Company will enter into the Snyder Employment
         Agreement immediately following the Closing pursuant to which, among
         other things, Mr. Snyder will replace Mr. Bernstein as Chairman and
         Chief Executive Officer of the Company and will be granted options to
         purchase 1,113,293 shares of Common Stock (see "THE PROPOSALS --
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment
         Arrangements"); and

            
                  (v) certain officers and employees of the Company (other than
         Mr. Bernstein) whose employment will be terminated at the Closing will

         receive severance payments totaling $1.8 million at the time of the
         Closing, and as described above a corporation owned by Mr. Bernstein
         will receive a payment of $1.2 million upon the Closing for the cost
         (including the cost of employing former employees of the Company) of
         providing certain management services to the Company as requested from
         time to time by Mr. Snyder for the 180-day transition period following
         the Closing (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
         Transactions -- Severance and Management Arrangements.")
    

Certain Terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement

                  The Company makes customary representations and warranties in
the Securities Purchase Agreement to GPH concerning its business, operations,
properties and financial condition and its ability to consummate the
Transactions. None of these representations and warranties will survive the
Closing.

                  Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company has
generally agreed that prior to the Closing it will, among other things, (i)
carry on its businesses in the usual, regular and ordinary course in
substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, and (ii) afford GPH and
its representatives full access during normal business hours to its properties,
books and records and personnel. While the Company has the right to participate
in discussions or negotiations with or furnish information to a third party
which makes an unsolicited proposal of a transaction which the Board of
Directors reasonably believes is likely to result in a business combination
that is likely to be more favorable to the stockholders of the Company than the
Transactions, the Company has otherwise agreed prior to the Closing to refrain
from soliciting, entering into any agreements or participating in any
discussions or negotiations concerning, or furnishing any information to any
person in connection with or otherwise facilitating, any proposal for certain
tender or exchange offers, mergers or other business combination 

                                      14
<PAGE>
transactions (the "Non-Solicitation Covenant").  See "SECURITIES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT -- Pre-Closing Covenants" and "-- Non-Solicitation of Business
Combination Proposals."

   
                  The obligations of the Company and GPH to effect the Closing
are subject to the satisfaction of various customary closing conditions,
including the approval of the Proposals (other than the Charter Amendment
Proposals) by the Company's stockholders. There can be no assurance that each of
the conditions to the Closing will be satisfied prior to May 22, 1996, at which
time each of the Company and GPH will, subject to the terms of the Securities
Purchase Agreement, have the right to terminate the Securities Purchase
Agreement. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Conditions to Closing."
    

   
                  The Securities Purchase Agreement may be terminated at any
time prior to the Closing, whether before or after approval of the Proposals by
the Company's stockholders, subject to certain conditions, (i) by either party
if the Closing has not occurred on or before May 22, 1996, (ii) by either party

if the Company's stockholders fail to approve the Proposals (other than the
Charter Amendment Proposals), or (iii) by the Company or GPH if the Board of
Directors reasonably determines that a proposal for a business combination by a
third party is likely to result in a business combination which is financially
superior to the Transactions and is likely to be consummated. See "SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Termination and Termination Fee."
    

                  In the event that (i) the Transactions are not consummated as
a result of a material breach by the Company of the Non-Solicitation Covenant,
(ii) the Securities Purchase Agreement is terminated as described above because
the Board of Directors has determined that a third party business combination
proposal is financially superior to the Transactions, or (iii) certain third
party business combinations occur prior to certain terminations of the
Securities Purchase Agreement or within nine months following a termination by
GPH as a result of a material breach by the Company of any representation,
warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
the Company is required to pay to GPH a termination fee in the amount of $2
million. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Termination and Termination Fee."

Certain Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will (i) be entitled
to a 12% annual cumulative dividend payable (x) during the first four years
following issuance, by delivery of 195,000 shares of Common Stock per quarter
(subject to certain adjustments), and (y) thereafter, at the quarterly rate of
$150 per share, compounded quarterly, payable in cash; (ii) have a 

                                      15
<PAGE>
liquidation preference of $5,000 per share; (iii) be subject to redemption at
the option of the Company from time to time after the fourth anniversary of the
date of issuance at a price of $5,000 per share; (iv) be convertible into shares
of Common Stock at the initial rate of $10 per share, subject to customary
antidilution adjustments; (v) for so long as GPH owns a significant portion of
the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, be entitled to elect one-third of the
members of the Board of Directors (the "Series B Directors") as a class and have
class voting rights with respect to certain material transactions; and (vi) have
the right to vote on an as-if-converted basis with the Common Stock as a single
class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company,
including the election of all directors other than the Series B Directors. See
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock."

Certain Terms of the Warrant

   
                  The Warrant will entitle GPH to purchase 3,250,000 shares of
Common Stock at a price of $10 per share, subject to customary antidilution
adjustments. The Warrant will be exercisable beginning on the second anniversary
of the date of issuance (subject to acceleration in the event of a public
announcement of certain bona fide Business Combination Proposals (as defined in
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Pre-Closing Covenants") or the initiation of a
proxy solicitation for control of the Board of Directors by any person or entity
(other than GPH or certain of its affiliated entities)) until the seventh
anniversary of the date of issuance. GPH has agreed in the Securities Purchase
Agreement not to sell, transfer or assign the Warrant for a two-year period

following the Closing, subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. See
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Warrant."
    

Certain Terms of the GPH Registration Rights Agreement

                  It is a condition to GPH's obligation to complete its equity
investment that the Company execute and deliver the GPH Registration Rights
Agreement at the Closing. Pursuant to the GPH Registration Rights Agreement, GPH
and certain of its transferees will have the right to require the Company to
register the sale of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, the Warrant
or the underlying shares of Common Stock with the SEC under the Securities Act,
and to participate in other registrations initiated by the Company. The Company
will pay the expenses of GPH or such transferees in connection with any such
registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and the fees and
expenses of legal counsel to the selling stockholders. The GPH Registration
Rights Agreement will also contain customary indemnification and contribution
provisions. 
                                      16
<PAGE>
See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the GPH Registration Rights
Agreement."

Regulatory Matters

   
                  On March 8, 1996 and March 11, 1996, notification and report
forms were filed under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976,
as amended (the "HSR Act"), with respect to the Transactions by GPH and the
Company, respectively. Early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act
was granted on March 25, 1996. The Company is not aware of any other regulatory
approvals or filings, or any other consents or approvals, required for the
consummation of the Transactions. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Regulatory Matters."
    

Section 203 of the DGCL

                  As required by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Board of
Directors has taken appropriate action so that the provisions of Section 203 of
the DGCL restricting "business combinations" with "interested stockholders"
(each as defined in Section 203 of the DGCL) will not be applicable to the
execution and delivery of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the consummation
of the Transactions, including the grant by certain of the Bernstein Entities of
irrevocable proxies with respect to their Bernstein Shares to GPH. See "THE
PROPOSALS -- Section 203 of the DGCL."

Litigation

                  Class action lawsuits were filed in the Delaware Chancery
Court following public announcement of the initial and revised proposals for a
transaction between the Company and Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus challenging
the then proposed transactions on several grounds primarily relating to the
allegation that Mr. Bernstein would receive consideration for his shares
different from that to be received by the other stockholders of the Company. The
Company, each of the directors, Warburg Pincus and Mr. Snyder are each named as
defendants. In view of the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the
Company believes, based on the advice of counsel, that the claims in the class

action lawsuits are no longer relevant and wholly without merit. For a more
complete discussion of the allegations and relief sought in the class actions,
see "THE PROPOSALS -- Litigation."

Election of Directors

   
                  As contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the
stockholders are being asked at the Special Meeting to elect six nominees
nominated by GPH -- Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn, Barry Diller, Linda L. Janklow,
Marshall Rose, Richard E. 
                                      17
<PAGE>
Snyder and H. Brian Thompson -- as directors of the Company, who will qualify as
directors only upon the Closing and will serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders of the Company and until their successors have been duly elected
and qualified. Upon the Closing, (i) the size of the Board of Directors will be
increased to nine, (ii) GPH (in its capacity as the holder of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock) will elect James A. Eskridge, David A. Tanner and
John L. Vogelstein as Series B Directors and (iii) the incumbent directors will
resign as directors of the Company. Accordingly, immediately following the
Closing, all members of the Board of Directors will have been nominated by GPH.
    

Amendments to 1995 Stock Option Plan

   
                  In connection with its approval of the Securities Purchase
Agreement, the Board of Directors adopted certain amendments to the Stock Option
Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that will facilitate the granting of
options to Mr. Snyder as contemplated by the Snyder Employment Agreement, as
well as the granting of options to other employees following the Closing. See
"THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder
Employment Arrangements." Adoption of the amendments to the Stock Option Plan is
a condition to the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement. If the Closing does not occur under the
Securities Purchase Agreement for any reason, the amendments to the Stock Option
Plan will be abandoned, regardless of their approval by stockholders. See
"AMENDMENTS TO 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN."
    

Executive Officer Bonus Plan

   
                  In connection with the Board of Directors' approval of the
Securities Purchase Agreement, the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors adopted the Bonus Plan, subject to stockholder approval. It is
anticipated that certain performance-based bonuses potentially payable to Mr.
Snyder in accordance with the Snyder Employment Agreement would be granted under
the Bonus Plan. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements." The Bonus Plan is designed to
preserve the deductibility by the Company of such bonus payments under Section
162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Adoption of the Bonus
Plan is a condition to the consummation of the Transactions contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement. If the Closing does not occur for any reason, the
Bonus Plan will be abandoned, regardless of its approval by stockholders. See

"EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN."
    
                                      18
<PAGE>
Charter Amendments

   
                  At the Special Meeting, the stockholders will consider the
adoption of the Charter Amendments. The Charter Amendments will (i) change the
name of the Company to "Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc."; (ii) increase
the authorized number of shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000 shares to
60,000,000 shares; and (iii) increase the authorized number of shares of
Preferred Stock from 100,000 shares to 200,000 shares. Adoption of any of the
Charter Amendments by the stockholders is not a condition to the consummation
of the Transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement. If the
Closing does not occur under the Securities Purchase Agreement for any reason,
the Charter Amendments will not be effected regardless of their approval by
stockholders. Except as described elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, the
Company has no current plans for any issuances of Common or Preferred Stock.
See "CHARTER AMENDMENTS," "AMENDMENT TO CHANGE THE NAME OF THE COMPANY" and
"AMENDMENT TO INCREASE THE AUTHORIZED COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK."
    

Pro Forma Capitalization

   
                  The following table summarizes the consolidated capitalization
of the Company at February 3, 1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the
Transactions, including the issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
and the Warrant to GPH and the receipt by the Company of the net proceeds of
$56,500,000 therefrom (after payment of estimated transaction expenses and the
payments under the severance and management arrangements described under "THE
PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Severance and
Management Arrangements"), the application of a portion of the proceeds to the
redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996 and the impact of
certain aspects of the Snyder Employment Arrangements:
    
                                      19
<PAGE>

   
                                February 3, 1996
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            As
                                                              Actual             Adjustments              Adjusted

                                                            (Unaudited)

                                                     (In thousands of dollars)

<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                     <C>
Cash...................................................     $ 45,223             $ 59,500 (1)             $ 89,288

                                                                                  (10,835)(2)
                                                                                   (4,600)(4)
                                                            --------             ---------   
      Total Cash.......................................     $ 45,223             $ 44,065                 $ 89,288
                                                            ========             =========                ========

Current Liabilities ...................................     $ 57,014             $   (850)(2)             $ 56,164
Long-Term Debt.........................................      149,845                   -                   149,845
Other Noncurrent Liabilities ..........................       30,053                3,060 (4)               33,113

Convertible Preferred Stock -
  Series A, without par value..........................        9,985               (9,985)(2)                  -


Stockholders' Equity:
  Series B Convertible Preferred
    Stock, without par value ..........................          -                 59,500 (1)               59,500
  Common Stock, $.01 par value ........................          219                   -                       219
  Additional paid-in capital ..........................       87,044                   -                    87,044

  Note Receivable from sale of
    Common Stock ......................................       (4,796)               4,796 (3)                  -
  Retained earnings (deficit)..........................       (3,608)              (4,796)(3)              (16,064)
                                                                                   (7,660)(4)
  Cumulative translation
    adjustments........................................       (1,669)                  -                    (1,669)
                                                            ---------            ---------                ---------
                                                              77,190               51,840                  129,030
  Less -- cost of Common Stock
    in treasury........................................        2,822                   -                     2,822
                                                            --------             ---------                --------
      Total Stockholders'
        Equity.........................................       74,368               51,840                  126,208
                                                            --------             ---------                --------

            Total Capitalization.......................     $321,265             $ 44,065                 $365,330
                                                            ========             =========                ========
</TABLE>
    

   
Note 1 - Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
    

   
                  The Adjustment amounts reflect the investment by GPH of $65
million (net of estimated transaction expenses of $5.5 million) in the Company
in exchange for 13,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and a
Warrant to purchase an additional 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock. See
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Issuance and Sale of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock and Warrant."
    
                                      20

<PAGE>
   
Note 2 - Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
    

   
                  The Adjustment amounts reflect the redemption of the Series A
Preferred Stock at its carrying value ($9.985 million) and accumulated unpaid
dividends ($.4 million). See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in
the Transactions -- Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996."
    

Note 3 - Incentive Stock of Richard E. Snyder

   
                  Pursuant to Mr. Snyder's interim employment agreement, the
Company issued 599,465 shares of Common Stock to him on January 31, 1996, at a
price of $8.00 per share in exchange for a non-recourse note executed by him in
the amount of the purchase price, secured by a pledge of the shares. The
Adjustment amounts reflect the recognition of compensation expense relating to
the vesting of the shares upon consummation of the Transactions. In the event
that the Securities Purchase Agreement is terminated or Mr. Snyder is not
employed by the Company on May 22, 1996, the stock issuance and note will be
rescinded. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements."
    

Note 4 - Impact of the Transactions

   
                  The Adjustment amounts give effect to the Transactions as
follows:
    

   
(a)      The effect of certain aspects of the Snyder Employment Arrangements
         ($4.66 million) which will result in an immediate charge to operations
         when they are entered into following the completion of the GPH equity
         investment, principally the special bonus payable ($3.06 million)
         associated with the stock options to be granted to purchase 1,113,293
         shares of Common Stock and the supplemental retirement benefit ($1.6
         million) to be provided to Mr. Snyder.  For the purposes of determining
         the special bonus payable to Mr. Snyder, the market price of the Common
         Stock as of the Closing was assumed to be approximately $10.75.  See
         "THE PROPOSALS-- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions--
         Snyder Employment Arrangements."
    

(b)      The $1.8 million of severance payments to be received by certain
         officers and employees (other than Mr. Bernstein) of the Company, who
         will resign their positions with the Company. See "THE PROPOSALS --
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Severance and
         Management Arrangements."

(c)      The $1.2 million payment to a corporation owned by Mr. Bernstein for

         the cost (including the cost of employing 

                                      21
<PAGE>
         certain former employees of the Company) of providing certain
         management services (including finance and accounting, cash management,
         real estate matters, labor negotiations and corporate administration)
         to the Company as requested from time to time by Mr. Snyder for the
         180-day transition period following the Closing. See "THE PROPOSALS --
         Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Severance and
         Management Arrangements."

   
(d)      The statement of operations effects relating to the Impact of the
         Transactions and the Incentive Stock of Richard E. Snyder represent
         nonrecurring charges to operations.
    

Price Range of Common Stock; Dividend Policy

   
                  The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "WPGI."  After the Special Meeting, the
Company intends to change its listing symbol to GBFE, in
accordance with the change in the Company's name contemplated by
this Proxy Statement.  The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the range of high and low prices per share of
the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.  Such
prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-
down or commission, and may not necessarily represent actual
transactions.  Stockholders are urged to obtain current market
quotations for the Common Stock.
    

   

<TABLE>

<C>                                           <S>                    <S>

Period                                        High                   Low
- ------                                        ----                   ---
Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 1995:

First Quarter............................... $20.250                $11.000
Second Quarter..............................  12.875                  9.625
Third Quarter...............................  14.125                 10.000
Fourth Quarter .............................  12.625                  9.250

Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 1996:

First Quarter .............................  $ 9.9375               $ 8.000
Second Quarter ............................   11.750                  9.0625
Third Quarter .............................   14.50                   7.875
Fourth Quarter.............................   10.875                  7.750

Fiscal Year Ending February 1, 1997:



    
   

First Quarter through
  April   , 1996........................... $                       $
</TABLE>
    
                                      22
<PAGE>
Closing Price on:

September 5, 1995(1)....................... $11.750
October 2, 1995(2).........................  13.5625
October 18, 1995(3)........................   8.875
January 31, 1996(4)........................   9.375
February 1, 1996(5)........................  10.750

- ----------------
(1)      The last trading day before the Company publicly announced
         the terms of the initial proposal for a transaction with
         Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus.

(2)      The last trading day before the Company publicly announced the revised
         terms of the initial proposal for a transaction with Mr. Snyder and
         Warburg Pincus.

(3)      The first trading day after the Company publicly announced
         that it had not reached agreement on the terms of a
         transaction with Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus.

(4)      The last trading day before the Company publicly announced
         the signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

(5)      The first trading day after the Company publicly announced
         the signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

                  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends
as may be lawfully declared by the Board of Directors. Since its organization in
1984, the Company has not paid a cash dividend on the Common Stock, and
management does not currently anticipate the payment of cash dividends on the
Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

                                      23
<PAGE>
       
                          BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP
                                      
Principal Stockholders

   
                  The following table sets forth certain information regarding
the beneficial ownership as of April 9, 1996 (except as set forth in notes 3
and 4 below) of the Common Stock (the Company's only outstanding class of voting
securities) by each person or group known by the Company to be the beneficial
owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock:
    

   
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                               Beneficial Ownership (1)
                                       --------------------------------------
Name and Address                       Number of Shares
of Beneficial Owner                     of Common Stock            Percentage
- -------------------                    ----------------            ----------
<S>                                     <C>                         <C>
Richard A. Bernstein                    4,280,937(2)                        %
  444 Madison Avenue
  New York, New York  10022

Mario J. Gabelli                        5,520,650(3)                        %
Gabelli Funds, Inc.
  655 Third Avenue
  New York, New York  10017

The Capital Group Companies, Inc.       2,451,000(4)                        %
  333 South Hope Street
  Los Angeles, California  90071
</TABLE>
    
- ---------------

(1)      Except where otherwise indicated, all parties listed above have sole
         voting and dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by
         them.

(2)      Includes 400,000 shares of Common Stock owned by a trust for
         the benefit of Mr. Bernstein dated March 16, 1978 (the "1978
         Trust"), 95,771 shares of Common Stock owned by The Richard
         A. Bernstein Trust of 1986 ("1986 Trust") and 191,666 shares
         of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 9,200 shares
         of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996, without par
         value, of the Company (the "Series A Preferred Stock") owned
         by Mr. Bernstein.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock
         currently is convertible at any time into 20.833 shares of
         Common Stock.  Mr. Bernstein has no voting or investment
         power over the shares in the 1986 Trust.  Also includes
         60,000 shares of Common Stock owned by The Richard A. and
         Amelia Bernstein Foundation, Inc. as to which Mr. Bernstein
         has shared voting and dispositive power, but Mr. Bernstein
         disclaims any other beneficial interest in such shares, and
         32,500 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by
         Mr. Bernstein within 60 days upon exercise of options
         granted under the Company's Amended and Restated 1986
         Employee Stock Option Plan.

                                      24
<PAGE>
         As described under "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain Negotiated Features of the
         Transactions -- Irrevocable Proxies," on January 31, 1996, Mr.
         Bernstein, the 1978 Trust and the 1986 Trust granted irrevocable
         proxies to GPH with respect to 3,996,771 shares of Common Stock, giving
         GPH the power to vote such shares, for as long as they are owned by Mr.

         Bernstein or his affiliates, in such manner as GPH deems proper
         (subject to certain limitations), for the term of such irrevocable
         proxies. Mr. Bernstein, the 1978 Trust and the 1986 Trust have retained
         sole dispositive power with respect to these shares. According to the
         Schedule 13D filed on February 12, 1996 by GPH, Warburg, Pincus
         Ventures, L.P., Warburg, Pincus & Co. and E.M. Warburg, Pincus &
         Company, each such entity has shared voting power, and no dispositive
         power, as to such shares.

   
(3)      The Gabelli Funds, Inc. has reported to the Company that GAMCO
         Investors, Inc. beneficially owned, as of December 11, 1995,
         4,545,650 shares of Common Stock, including sole voting power with
         respect to 4,079,150 shares and sole dispositive power with respect
         to 4,545,650 shares, and The Gabelli Funds, Inc. beneficially owned,
         as of such date, 912,000 shares of Common Stock, with respect to which
         it had shared voting and sole dispositive power.  Additionally,
         Gabelli International Limited beneficially owned, as of such date,
         45,000 shares of Common Stock, with respect to which it had sole
         voting and dispositive power, and Gabelli International II Limited
         beneficially owned, as of such date, 18,000 shares of Common Stock,
         with respect to which it had sole voting and dispositive power. 
         Furthermore, Mr. Gabelli is deemed to have beneficial ownership of
         the securities beneficially owned by each of the persons listed
         in this footnote and Gabelli Funds, Inc. is deemed to have beneficial
         ownership of the securities owned beneficially by each of the persons
         listed in this footnote other than Mr. Gabelli.  Mr. Gabelli is the
         majority stockholder of, and controls and acts as chief investment
         officer for, each of the foregoing persons.
    

(4)      The Capital Group Companies, Inc. has reported to the Company that its
         operating subsidiaries, Capital Guardian Trust Company and Capital
         Research and Management Company, have, as of December 29, 1995, sole
         voting and dispositive power with respect to 1,651,000 and 800,000
         shares of Common Stock, respectively.

Directors and Executive Officers

   
         The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership as of April 9, 1996 of Series A Preferred Stock and Common
Stock by (i) each executive officer of the Company named in the Summary
Compensation Table below under "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS -- Executive
Compensation", (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each nominee for
director at the Special Meeting and (iv) all directors and executive officers as
a group.
    
                                      25
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock(1)
                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Number of

                                          Shares of           Percentage                                               Percentage
                                          Series A            of Series A           Number of Shares                       of
                                          Preferred            Preferred                   of                            Common
Beneficial Owner                          Stock                 Stock               Common Stock(2)                      Stock(2)
- ----------------                          ----------          ------------          ----------------                  ------------
<S>                                       <C>                     <C>                 <C>                                  <C>
Richard A. Bernstein                        9,200                  46.07%            4,280,937(3)                         19.56%
John F. Moore                                                                          300,000(4)                          1.37%
Steven M. Grossman                                                                      20,179(5)                            *
James A. Cohen                                 50                  *                    50,087(6)                            *
Ira A. Gomberg                                                                          36,667(7)                            *
Ilan K. Reich                                                                           21,767(8)                            *
Bruce A. Bernberg                                                                       65,021(9)                            *
Richard H. Hochman                                                                       7,000                               *
Jenny Morgenthau                                                                         2,000                               *
Michael A. Pietrangelo                                                                   5,000                               *
Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn                                                                      0                               *
Barry Diller                                                                                 0                               *
Linda L. Janklow                                                                             0                               *
Marshall Rose                                                                                0                               *
Richard E. Snyder                                                                      599,465(10)                         2.77%
H. Brian Thompson                                                                            0                               *
- ---------------

All directors and executive                 9,250                  46.32%            5,616,092(11)                        25.10%
officers as a group (20 individuals)
</TABLE>
    

- ---------------
*        Represents less than 1% of the Common Stock outstanding.

(1)      Except where otherwise indicated, all parties listed above have sole
         voting and dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by
         them. Adjustments are made to avoid double counting of shares as to
         which more than one beneficial owner is listed.

(2)      Includes shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
         beneficial owner's shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Each share of
         Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at any time into 20.833 shares
         of Common Stock.

(3)      Includes 400,000 shares of Common Stock owned by a trust for the
         benefit of Mr. Bernstein dated March 16, 1978 (the "1978 Trust"),
         95,771 shares of Common Stock owned by The Richard A. Bernstein Trust
         of 1986 (the "1986 Trust") and 191,666 shares of Common Stock issuable
         upon conversion of 
                                      26
<PAGE>
         Mr. Bernstein's shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Mr. Bernstein has
         no voting or investment power over the shares in the 1986 Trust. Also
         includes 60,000 shares of Common Stock owned by The Richard A. and
         Amelia Bernstein Foundation, Inc. as to which Mr. Bernstein has shared
         voting and dispositive power, but Mr. Bernstein disclaims any other
         beneficial interest in such shares, and 32,500 shares of Common Stock
         which may be acquired by Mr. Bernstein within 60 days upon exercise of
         options granted under the Company's Amended and Restated 1986 Employee


         Stock Option Plan (the "1986 Option Plan").

         As described under "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain Negotiated Features of the
         Transactions -- Irrevocable Proxies," on January 31, 1996, Mr.
         Bernstein, the 1978 Trust and the 1986 Trust granted irrevocable
         proxies to GPH with respect to 3,996,771 shares of Common Stock, giving
         GPH the power to vote such shares, for so long as they are owned by Mr.
         Bernstein or his affiliates, in such manner as GPH deems proper
         (subject to certain limitations), for the term of such irrevocable
         proxies. Mr. Bernstein, the 1978 Trust and the 1986 Trust have retained
         sole dispositive power with respect to their shares. According to the
         Schedule 13D filed on February 12, 1996 by GPH, Warburg, Pincus
         Ventures, L.P., Warburg, Pincus & Co. and E.M. Warburg, Pincus &
         Company, each such entity has shared voting power, and no dispositive
         power, as to such shares.

(4)      Includes 300,000 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by Mr.
         Moore within 60 days upon exercise of options granted under the 1986
         Option Plan.

(5)      Includes 20,000 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by Mr.
         Grossman within 60 days upon exercise of options granted under the 1986
         Option Plan.

(6)      Includes 1,042 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Mr.
         Cohen's shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 36,667 shares of Common
         Stock which may be acquired by Mr. Cohen within 60 days upon exercise
         of options granted under the 1986 Option Plan.

(7)      Includes 36,667 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by Mr.
         Gomberg within 60 days upon exercise of options granted under the 1986
         Option Plan.

(8)      Includes 21,667 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by Mr.
         Reich within 60 days upon exercise of options granted under the 1986
         Option Plan.

(9)      Includes 42,500 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by Mr.
         Bernberg within 60 days upon exercise of options granted under the 1986
         Option Plan.

   
(10)     Represents shares issued by the Company to Mr. Snyder upon his
         election as President of the Company on January 31, 1996 

                                      27
<PAGE>
         in exchange for a nonrecourse note secured by a pledge of such shares.
         In the event that the Securities Purchase Agreement is terminated in
         accordance with its terms or Mr. Snyder is not employed by the Company
         on May 22, 1996, this stock issuance and the note will be rescinded.
         These shares do not include non-qualified stock options to purchase
         1,113,293 shares of Common Stock to be granted to Mr. Snyder following
         the closing of GPH's equity investment pursuant to the terms of his
         employment agreement. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain
         Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements."
    


(11)     Includes 516,668 shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by
         certain executive officers within 60 days upon exercise of options
         granted under the 1986 Option Plan.

                                THE PROPOSALS

                  UNLESS ALL THE PROPOSALS ARE APPROVED AND ADOPTED BY THE
STOCKHOLDERS AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, EACH OF THE PROPOSALS WILL BE DEEMED TO
HAVE BEEN REJECTED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS AND NONE OF THE PROPOSALS WILL BE
EFFECTED, EXCEPT THAT THE OTHER PROPOSALS WILL BE EFFECTED REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
ANY OF THE PROPOSALS RELATING TO THE CHARTER AMENDMENTS IS ADOPTED.

Background of and Reasons for the Transactions

                  In 1988, Simon & Schuster, Inc., of which Mr. Snyder was then
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, held discussions with the Company
regarding a possible business combination with the Company, but no such
transaction was agreed upon.

                  In November 1993, the Company announced that it had retained
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ("Bear Stearns") and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
("Morgan Stanley") to examine overtures from other entities regarding proposed
business combination proposals and to explore strategic alternatives to maximize
stockholder value. The subsequent solicitation process did not result in a
business combination transaction involving the Company. However, in 1994 the
Company did sell its games and puzzles operations to Hasbro, Inc., sold the
Advertising Specialty Division of Penn Corporation, closed its facility in
Fayetteville, North Carolina, sold its school book club and direct marketing
businesses and implemented certain reductions in the Company's overhead.

                  Mr. Snyder and Mr. Bernstein met in April 1995 and
subsequently held preliminary discussions concerning a potential transaction
involving Mr. Snyder and the Company.  After several meetings with Mr. Snyder
and his financial advisor, Mr. Snyder introduced Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
("Warburg Pincus" and, together with Mr. Snyder, the "Snyder/Warburg Pincus
Group") to a possible transaction.  Thereafter, Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus
jointly pursued a transaction with the Company.  In May, Mr. Snyder and Warburg
Pincus signed a confidentiality agreement 

                                      28
<PAGE>
with the Company and began to review detailed information concerning the
Company. In August, the parties began to outline the parameters of a potential
transaction in which the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group would acquire a significant
equity interest in the Company.

   
                  Following the publication of an article concerning the
possibility of a transaction between the Company, Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus
in The New York Times, the Company issued a press release on September 6, 1995
announcing (the "September Announcement") that it had reached an agreement in
principle for the acquisition of a significant equity interest in the Company by
the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group, subject to the completion of due diligence, the
execution of definitive legal agreements and the approval of the board of
directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") and the Company's
stockholders. The September Announcement contemplated a transaction in which the

Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group would purchase the Company's wholly-owned
subsidiary, Penn Corporation, from the Company for $23 million in cash and
contribute $56 million to the capital of Penn Corporation. The Snyder/Warburg
Pincus Group would then purchase Mr. Bernstein's approximate 20% stake in the
Company, paying him in exchange therefor $14 per share in cash and 20% of the
shares of Penn Corporation. The remaining 80% of the stock of Penn Corporation
would then be distributed to the other stockholders of the Company in connection
with a merger transaction in which the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group would acquire
$120 million of convertible preferred stock, convertible at $14 per share and
representing a 33% stake in the Company, and a $15 million note. The September
Announcement also contemplated that, upon the closing of the transaction, Mr.
Synder would succeed Mr. Bernstein as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company.
    

   
                  Because the transaction outlined in the September Announcement
contemplated the purchase of the Bernstein Shares, the Board of Directors formed
an independent committee of outside directors to advise the Board of Directors
with respect to the proposed transaction. The committee in turn retained Bear
Stearns and Jefferies & Company, Inc. ("Jefferies") to consider the fairness of
the proposed transaction from a financial point of view. As described under "THE
PROPOSALS -- Opinions of Financial Advisors -- Bear Stearns," Bear Stearns also
performed and received a fee for certain other financial advisory services for
the Company in connection with the proposed transactions.
    

                  Following the September Announcement, representatives of the
Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group, including their advisor SBC Capital Markets, Inc.,
continued to conduct their due diligence investigation with respect to the
Company and its businesses, operations and properties. In addition, the parties
and their legal counsel conducted extensive negotiations concerning the legal
documentation for the proposed transaction. In late September, representatives
of the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group approached the Company to express their
concern with the Company's recent results of operations and to advise the
Company 
                                      29
<PAGE>
that it was not prepared to proceed with the transaction contemplated in the
September Announcement. After further negotiations, the Company issued a press
release on October 3, 1995 announcing (the "October Announcement") that it had
agreed in principle with the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group on a revised
transaction. The October Announcement contemplated a transaction in which the
Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group would purchase the Bernstein Shares at a cash price
of $15.50 per share. The Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group would then exchange these
shares, together with approximately $50 million in cash, for convertible
preferred stock, convertible at $14 per share and representing a 34% stake in
the Company, and warrants to purchase an additional four million shares at an
exercise price of $15 per share. Mr. Snyder would succeed Mr. Bernstein as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon completion of the
transaction. Under the revised terms, Penn Corporation would remain a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The October Announcement also indicated
that the proposed transaction remained subject to the same conditions as set
forth in the September Announcement, that no definitive agreement had been
signed to date and that there could be no assurance that the parties would reach
a definitive agreement.


                  Following the September Announcement, a class action lawsuit
was filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery entitled Samuel Pill v. Richard A.
Bernstein, et al. (the "Pill Class Action").  An amended complaint was filed
on October 5, 1995 following the October Announcement (the "Amended Pill
Complaint").  On October 6, 1995, two additional and substantially similar
class action lawsuits were filed in the Delaware Court of Chancery entitled
Charles Miller v. Richard Bernstein, et al. (the "Miller Class Action") and
Harry Polikoff v. Richard A. Bernstein, et al. (the "Polikoff Class Action"
and, together with the Pill Class Action and the Miller Class Action, the
"Class Actions").  For a discussion of the allegations contained in the Class
Actions, see "THE PROPOSALS -- Litigation."

                  The parties continued to negotiate the terms of the revised
transaction following the October Announcement. Representatives of the
Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group also continued their due diligence. However, the
parties could not reach final agreement on the terms of the proposed transaction
and, on October 17, 1995, the Company publicly announced (the "Termination
Announcement") that all negotiations between the parties had been terminated.

   
                  Company management received and considered several
preliminary expressions of interest from third parties for a variety of
transactions during the ensuing weeks. However, none of these parties was
prepared to make a formal offer containing financial or other terms for any of
these transactions and, consequently, the Board of Directors was not presented
with a transaction that it could pursue. In November, Mr. Snyder and Warburg
Pincus approached the Company to attempt to negotiate a new transaction, which
negotiations culminated in the signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement on
January 31, 1996. As 
                                      30
<PAGE>
negotiated, the revised transaction contemplated that the Snyder/Warburg Pincus
Group would not purchase any of the Bernstein Shares. Instead, the entire
investment would be made directly in the Company in exchange for shares of
convertible preferred stock, convertible at $10 per share, and warrants
exercisable at $10 per share. The revised transaction also provided for the
Company to use a portion of the proceeds from the investment to redeem the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996. In addition,
the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group required that Mr. Bernstein and certain of his
affiliates grant it irrevocable proxies to vote their shares of Common Stock for
so long as such shares were owned by Mr. Bernstein and such affiliates.
    
                  Several weeks of negotiations and additional due diligence
followed. The Board of Directors met on December 19, 1995, January 17, 1996 and
January 25, 1996 to receive reports from management concerning the renewed
negotiations with the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group and the other expressions of
interest received since the Termination Announcement. In addition, at the
January 25, 1996 meeting representatives of Jefferies made an oral presentation
to the Board of Directors as to the fairness to the Company of the consideration
to be received by the Company in the proposed transaction (which at the time
contemplated a $60 million investment).

                  On January 26, 1996, John F. Moore resigned as President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company's principal operating subsidiary, Western
Publishing Company, Inc., although he remained a director of the Company.


   
                  The Board of Directors met again on January 31, 1996 to
consider the final terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement and related legal
documentation, which contemplated a $65 million investment by the Snyder/Warburg
Pincus Group. The Board of Directors heard the oral presentation and opinion of
Bear Stearns that the consideration to be received by the Company in the
proposed transaction was fair to the Company from a financial point of view, and
was advised that Jefferies was prepared to deliver its fairness opinion. At that
meeting, the Board of Directors, after considering numerous factors set forth
below under "THE PROPOSALS -- Recommendation of the Board of Directors," by a
unanimous vote, determined that the Securities Purchase Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby (the "Transactions"), considered as a whole,
are fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. Later
that day, Bear Stearns and Jefferies delivered written fairness opinions, the
Securities Purchase Agreement and related documents were signed by the parties
and the Company issued a press release announcing the Transactions. In addition,
in order to help ensure a smooth transition of the Company's management, Mr.
Snyder was elected as President by the Board of Directors and agreed to serve in
that capacity through the closing of GPH's equity investment. See "THE PROPOSALS
- -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment
Arrangements."
    
                                      31
<PAGE>
Recommendation of the Board of Directors

                  THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS HAS UNANIMOUSLY DETERMINED THAT THE
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS, CONSIDERED AS A WHOLE, ARE
FAIR TO AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS AND
THEREFORE UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR
APPROVAL OF EACH OF THE PROPOSALS AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.

                  As described above under "THE PROPOSALS -- Background of and
Reasons for the Transactions," the decision of the Board of Directors to approve
the Securities Purchase Agreement and related documentation and the Transactions
followed extensive negotiations over a period of over six months between the
Company, Mr. Snyder, Warburg Pincus and their respective representatives. During
the period between the September Announcement and the signing of the Securities
Purchase Agreement and related documentation, the Board of Directors met seven
times to consider and review information concerning various aspects of the
proposed transactions.

                  At its meeting held on January 31, 1996, the Board of
Directors unanimously concluded that the Transactions, considered as a whole,
are fair to and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
During the course of its deliberations, the Board of Directors considered,
without assigning relative weights to, the following factors:

   
                  (i) the terms and conditions for the Transactions as set forth
         in the Securities Purchase Agreement and the related documentation,
         including the infusion of cash to be made to the Company by GPH for its
         stake in the Company, which the Board of Directors concluded represents
         the most favorable transaction possible with the Snyder/Warburg Pincus

         Group and available to the Company, based on the history of the
         Company's negotiations with the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group and the
         failure of any formal competing offers to emerge following the November
         1993 public announcement that the Company had retained Bear Stearns and
         Morgan Stanley to consider strategic alternatives, or following the
         September and October Announcements and the Termination Announcement;
    

   
             (ii) the historical and prospective operations of the Company,
         including, among other things, the current financial condition and
         future prospects of the Company, the strategic direction of the
         Company's businesses, the current conditions in, and future prospects
         of, the Company's various lines of business and the competitive
         position of the Company in its various lines of business, which when
         considered in their entirety by the Board of Directors, demonstrated
         the desirability of obtaining a significant equity investment in the
         Company of the size proposed by the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group;
    
                                      32
<PAGE>
   
            (iii) historical data relating to market prices and trading volume
         of the Common Stock, the favorable reactions by the public market for
         the Common Stock to the September and October Announcements, the
         generally higher prices at which the Common Stock has traded since the
         September Announcement, presumably in anticipation of a transaction
         involving the Company, which in the view of the Board of Directors
         indicated that the public markets would favor the equity investment by
         the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group;
    

   
             (iv) the desire of Mr. Bernstein to step down as the Chief
         Executive Officer of the Company and the benefits to the Company of
         obtaining the services of Mr. Snyder as its Chief Executive Officer
         based on his experience and track record in the publishing industry,
         together with the financial expertise and resources of Warburg Pincus;
    

   
             (v) the various matters described under "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain
         Considerations" and "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in
         the Transactions, which the Board of Directors concluded do not
         outweigh or materially detract from the benefits of the Transactions
         to the Company;"
    

   
             (vi) the opportunity for the Company's stockholders to retain a
         significant equity interest in the Company, which the Board of
         Directors concluded would be welcomed by stockholders who do not want
         to sell their shares at the then current market prices for the Common
         Stock;
    


   
            (vii) the fact that the Company is permitted under the Securities
         Purchase Agreement to terminate the Securities Purchase Agreement and,
         subject to paying a $2 million termination fee, to enter into an
         agreement for a business combination that the Board of Directors
         reasonably determines is likely to be more favorable to the Company's
         stockholders than the Transactions, which the Board of Directors
         concluded would permit it to consider and enter into a more favorable
         transaction should one present itself following public announcement of
         the signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement;
    

   
           (viii) the presentation of Bear Stearns to the Board of Directors at
         its meeting on January 31, 1996, together with Bear Stearns' written
         opinion delivered on that date that, as of such date, the consideration
         to be received by the Company from the equity investment contemplated
         by the Securities Purchase Agreement is fair to the Company from a
         financial point of view; and
    

   
             (ix) the presentation of Jefferies to the Board of Directors at its
         meeting on January 25, 1996, together with Jefferies' written opinion
         delivered on January 31, 1996 that, as of such date, the consideration
         to be received by the Company from the equity investment contemplated
         by the 
                                      33
<PAGE>
         Securities Purchase Agreement is fair to the Company from a financial
         point of view.
    

Opinions of Financial Advisors

                  Bear Stearns
   
                  At the January 31, 1996 meeting of the Board of Directors,
Bear Stearns delivered its oral presentation and opinion, which it confirmed in
writing later that day, to the effect that, based upon the matters presented to
the Board of Directors and subject to various considerations set forth in Bear
Stearns' opinion, as of January 31, 1996, the consideration to be received by
the Company from the equity investment contemplated by the Securities Purchase
Agreement is fair to the Company from a financial point of view. As described
below under "-- Fees and Expenses," Bear Stearns also performed and received a
fee for certain other financial advisory services for the Company in connection
with the GPH equity investment, including analyzing and advising the Company's
management with respect to certain structural and financial aspects of the
transactions proposed by the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group over the course of the
negotiations, as well as participating in the negotiations between the parties
at various stages of the discussions.
    

   
                  The full text of the opinion of Bear Stearns, dated April __,
1996, is attached as Appendix IX to this Proxy Statement and sets forth the

assumptions made, matters considered and limits on the review undertaken.
Stockholders are urged to read the opinion of Bear Stearns in its entirety. Bear
Stearns' opinion is directed only to the fairness, from a financial point of
view, of the consideration to be received by the Company from the equity
investment contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which,
among other things, GPH will purchase, for a purchase price of $65 million which
will be paid in cash, shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock with an
aggregate redemption value of $65 million and a Warrant to purchase 3,250,000
shares of Common Stock (the "Securities Issuance"). Except as set forth below
and in the full text of Bear Stearns' opinion, no limitations were imposed by
the Board of Directors upon Bear Stearns with respect to the investigations made
or procedures followed by it in rendering its opinion. In rendering its opinion,
Bear Stearns did not opine as to any other transactions or contractual
arrangements to be entered into or payments to be made by or to the Company or
any other person concurrently with the Securities Issuance.
    

                  The summary of the opinion of Bear Stearns set forth in this
Proxy Statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of
such opinion set forth as Appendix IX to this Proxy Statement. Bear Stearns'
opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of the Company
as to how such stockholder should vote on the Proposals at the Special Meeting.

   
                  In arriving at its opinion, Bear Stearns, among other things:
(i) reviewed the Securities Purchase Agreement; the 

                                      34
<PAGE>
Certificate of Designations, Number, Voting Powers, Preferences and Rights
relating to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; the form of the Warrant;
the GPH Registration Rights Agreement; and certain related agreements; (ii)
reviewed the Company's Annual Reports to Shareholders for the fiscal years ended
on or about January 31, 1993 through 1995; its Annual Reports on Form 10-K for
the fiscal years ended on or about January 31, 1993 through 1995; and its
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended April 29, 1995, July 29,
1995 and October 28, 1995; (iii) reviewed certain operating and financial
information, including budgets and current estimates for Fiscal 1996 (FYE
February 3, 1996) provided to Bear Stearns by the Company's senior management,
relating to the Company's businesses and prospects (Bear Stearns having been
informed by senior management of the Company that no quantitative forecasts of
financial performance were available for any period after the fiscal year ending
February 3, 1996); (iv) met with certain members of the Company's senior
management to discuss the Company's businesses and operations, previous
restructuring initiatives, historical financial performance, estimated financial
performance for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996), current financial condition
and liquidity, expected capital requirements and future prospects; (v) met with
Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus to discuss their prospective business strategy for
the Company and their views of the Company's corporate and operating management,
previous business strategies, businesses and operations, previous restructuring
initiatives, historical financial performance, estimated financial performance
for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996), current financial condition and
liquidity, expected capital requirements and future prospects; (vi) reviewed the
historical prices, trading activity and valuation parameters of the shares of
Common Stock and the Company's 7.65% Senior Notes due 2002 (the "Senior Notes");
(vii) reviewed publicly available financial data, stock market performance data
and valuation parameters of certain companies which Bear Stearns deemed

generally comparable to the Company; (viii) reviewed the terms of selected
precedent investment transactions, to the extent publicly available, which Bear
Stearns deemed generally comparable to the Securities Issuance; (ix) reviewed
the terms of selected precedent mergers and acquisitions, to the extent publicly
available, involving companies which Bear Stearns deemed generally comparable to
the Company; (x) reviewed the terms of selected issuances of convertible
preferred stock in the public securities market; and (xi) conducted such other
studies, analyses, inquiries and investigations as Bear Stearns deemed
appropriate. 
    

   
                  In connection with the foregoing, Bear Stearns relied upon
and assumed the accuracy and completeness of the financial and other
information provided to it by the Company and representations of the Company's
senior management related thereto. With respect to the Company's budgets and
current estimates for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996) referred to in clause
(iv) of the previous paragraph, Bear Stearns assumed that they had been
reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates
and judgments of the senior 
                                      35
<PAGE>
management of the Company as to the expected performance of the Company for
Fiscal 1996. Bear Stearns was informed by the senior management of the Company
that no budget or forecast was  available for Fiscal 1997 (FYE February 1,
1997). Bear Stearns did not assume any responsibility for the information or
current estimates provided to it and relied upon the assurances of the senior
management of the Company that it was unaware of any facts that would make the
information provided to Bear Stearns incomplete or misleading. In arriving at
its opinion, Bear Stearns did not perform or obtain any independent appraisal of
the assets of the Company. Bear Stearns' opinion was necessarily based on
economic, market and other conditions, and the information made available to it,
as of the date thereof.
    

   
                  In rendering its opinion, Bear Stearns considered (i) the
reaction of the stock market and certain major stockholders to previous proposed
transactions between the Company and the Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group which had
been publicly disclosed during the Fall of 1995 and the potential positive
impact on the prices of the Company's equity and debt securities of new senior
management; (ii) the Company's recent financial performance, current financial
condition and (based on recent trends as well as the discussions with senior
management, Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus described above) future prospects;
(iii) the potential negative impact on the prices of the Company's equity and
debt securities of the Company's expected financial performance for Fiscal 1996
(FYE February 3, 1996) in the absence of the proposed transaction with the
Snyder/Warburg Pincus Group or another similar extraordinary transaction; (iv)
the fact that (a) no other potential equity investors or strategic acquirors had
made a formal investment or acquisition proposal to the Company since the
September Announcement and (b) the Company had failed to effect a sale
transaction or similar extraordinary transaction despite various discussions
with potential financial and strategic buyers throughout 1995 and during a
public auction conducted during 1994; (v) the Company's prospects for raising
debt and/or equity in the public and private capital markets; and (vi) various
terms and conditions of the Securities Issuance, including that (x) the
Securities Issuance is subject to a vote of the Company's stockholders, (y) the

"no solicitation" and "termination" provisions of the Securities Purchase
Agreement provide the Board of Directors of the Company with the flexibility to
exercise its fiduciary duty to pursue certain alternative transactions in lieu
of the Securities Issuance and (z) the irrevocable proxies granted by Mr.
Bernstein and certain of his affiliates to GPH as a condition to the Securities
Issuance.
    
                  The following is a summary of the principal financial and
valuation analyses performed by Bear Stearns to arrive at its opinion. Based on
these financial and valuation analyses and the other factors discussed herein,
Bear Stearns determined that, as of the date of its opinion, the consideration
to be received by the Company pursuant to the Securities Issuance is fair, from
a financial point of view, to the Company.

                                      36
<PAGE>
   
                  Review and Analysis of the Company's Financial and Operating
Performance.  Bear Stearns reviewed and analyzed the historical financial and
operating performance of the Company for Fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the nine
months ended October 28, 1995 and the estimated financial and operating
performance of the Company for Fiscal 1996. This review and analysis considered
the Company's reported revenues, gross profit, earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"), earnings before interest and taxes
("EBIT"), net income and free cash flow. Bear Stearns noted that the Company's
results for Fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, for the nine months ended October 28,
1995 and as projected by the Company for Fiscal 1996 were (i) total revenues of
$652.2 million, $616.7 million, $402.6 million, $285.4 million and $380.0
million, respectively, (ii) EBITDA of $52.0 million, ($30.1) million, $16.3
million, ($19.4) million and ($34.7) million, respectively, (iii) EBIT of $38.8
million, ($47.1) million, ($17.6) million, ($30.5) million and ($49.2) million,
respectively, and (iv) net income of $17.5 million, ($41.0) million, ($17.6)
million, ($53.8) million and ($76.1) million, respectively. Bear Stearns also
noted that the Company's free cash flow from operations before financing
activities was ($97.0) million for Fiscal 1993, ($49.8) million for Fiscal 1994,
($4.9) million for Fiscal 1995 and ($37.7) million for the nine months ended
October 28, 1995. Bear Stearns noted that the Company's EBITDA, EBIT and net
income are in most cases negative, and the Company's periodic growth in EBITDA,
EBIT and net income was also generally negative.
    
                  Valuation of the Company's Common Stock Absent a Transaction.
As part of its review and analysis, Bear Stearns summarized the historical
trading performance of the Common Stock in light of the recent financial and
operating performance of the Company. In particular, Bear Stearns reviewed the
prices of the Common Stock following the Termination Announcement and the
release of the Company's third quarter results on December 7, 1995. From
December 8, 1995 through December 29, 1995, the closing price of the Common
Stock ranged from $7.75 to $8.50, and the price of the Common Stock stood at
$7.88 on December 29, 1995 (the "Unaffected Market Price"). Bear Stearns noted
that the price of the Common Stock had risen significantly during the weeks
leading up to the meeting of the Board of Directors to approve the Securities
Issuance, closing at $9.63 on January 30, 1995 (the "Affected Market Price").
Based on a review of selected publicly traded companies and precedent merger and
acquisition transactions, Bear Stearns estimated the price at which the Common
Stock might trade (i) in light of the financial and operating performance of the

Company and (ii) absent the prospect of any extraordinary transaction such as
the Securities Issuance (the "Hypothetical Intrinsic Value"); as described more
fully herein, Bear Stearns estimated the Hypothetical Intrinsic Value utilizing,
for Bear Stearns' analytical purposes, a range of enterprise value to revenue
multiples of 0.60x to 0.70x.

   
                  Valuation of the Securities to be Issued. Bear Stearns
estimated the value of the securities to be issued pursuant to the Securities
Issuance based on three alternative scenarios assuming underlying per share
prices for the Common Stock of 
                                      37
<PAGE>
$6.00, $8.00 and $10.00 (approximating the Hypothetical Intrinsic Value, the
Unaffected Market Price and the Affected Market Price, respectively). As
described below, Bear Stearns noted that in two of these three alternative
scenarios, the value of the securities to be issued pursuant to the Securities
Issuance exceeded the proceeds to the Company resulting from the Securities
Issuance. For each assumed underlying stock price, Bear Stearns calculated a
theoretical value to be ascribed to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and
the Warrant and compared such theoretical value to the consideration being
received by the Company in the Securities Issuance. These theoretical values
were determined based on (i) the terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock and assuming a cross-yield of 15-17% for valuing the fixed income portion
of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (reflecting the trading price of the
Senior Notes plus an appropriate spread), a volatility factor of 30% for valuing
the equity component and a 5-10% discount due to certain transfer restrictions
and other unique features of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii)
the terms of the Warrant and assuming a volatility factor of 30%. At an assumed
underlying price for the Common Stock of $6.00, Bear Stearns determined that the
theoretical value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was approximately
$57.2 million and the theoretical value of the Warrant was approximately $4.3
million, for a total of $61.5 million, which is $3.5 million below the $65.0
million consideration to be received by the Company (or $0.5 million above such
consideration after accounting for up to $4.0 million of expenses of Warburg
Pincus to be reimbursed from the proceeds of the Securities Issuance). At an
assumed underlying price for the Common Stock of $8.00, Bear Stearns determined
that the theoretical value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was
approximately $69.6 million and the theoretical value of the Warrant was
approximately $8.1 million, for a total of $77.7 million, which is $12.7 million
above the $65.0 million consideration to be received by the Company (or $16.7
million above such consideration after accounting for up to $4.0 million of
expenses of Warburg Pincus to be reimbursed from the proceeds of the Securities
Issuance). At an assumed underlying price for the Common Stock of $10.00, Bear
Stearns determined that the theoretical value of the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock was approximately $81.9 million and the theoretical value of the
Warrant was approximately $12.9 million, for a total of $94.8 million, which is
$29.8 million above the $65.0 million consideration to be received by the
Company (or $33.8 million above such consideration after accounting for up to
$4.0 million of expenses of Warburg Pincus to be reimbursed from the proceeds of
the Securities Issuance).
    

   
                  Analysis of Selected Publicly Traded Companies.  Bear Stearns
compared certain operating and financial information of the Company to certain

publicly available operating, financial, trading and valuation information of
six publicly traded companies which are engaged in the publishing, juvenile
products or greeting card business and which, in Bear Stearns' judgment, were
comparable to the Company for purposes of this analysis. These companies
included Mattel, Inc., Scholastic 
                                      38
<PAGE>
Corporation, Banta Corporation, Hasbro, Inc., American Greetings Corp. and
Houghton Mifflin Co. (collectively, the "Comparable Companies"). Bear Stearns'
analysis of the Comparable Companies included reviewing their enterprise values
as a multiple of revenues, EBITDA and EBIT and their stock prices as a multiple
of earnings per share; in addition, Bear Stearns analyzed various financial and
operating performance measures of the Comparable Companies including revenue
growth, EBITDA growth, EBITDA margins, EBIT growth, EBIT margins, net income
margins, earning per share growth, return on equity and total debt as a
percentage of total capitalization. In reviewing the valuation parameters of the
Company, Bear Stearns noted that the Company could only be analyzed based on a
multiple of revenues as a result of its recent financial and operating
performance and the lack of any estimates or projections for the Company. Bear
Stearns' analysis of the Comparable Companies indicated that the range of
enterprise value to revenues multiples was 1.02x to 2.16x with a harmonic mean
(the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of reciprocals) of 1.37x. Bear Stearns
estimated the Hypothetical Intrinsic Value of the Common Stock based on a range
of enterprise value to revenue multiples of 0.60x to 0.70x, which reflects a
significant discount to the trading multiples of revenue for the Comparable
Companies due to the Company's financial and operating performance.
    

   
                  Analysis of Selected Precedent Merger and Acquisition
Transactions.  Bear Stearns reviewed and analyzed the publicly available
financial terms of ten selected recent merger and acquisition transactions
which involved companies which are engaged in the publishing, juvenile products
or greeting card business and which, in Bear Stearns' judgment, were reasonably
comparable to the Securities Issuance for purposes of this analysis.  The ten
transactions were (i) the acquisition of Cleo, Inc. from Gibson Greetings, Inc.
by CSS Industries, Inc.; (ii) the acquisition of D.C. Heath from Raytheon Co.
by Houghton Mifflin Co.; (iii) the acquisition of Thomas C. Wright Inc. by
Tribune Co.; (iv) the acquisition of McDougal Littell & Co. by Houghton Mifflin
Co.; (v) the acquisition of Fisher-Price, Inc. by Mattel, Inc.; (vi) the
acquisition of Affiliated Publications, Inc. by New York Times Co.; (vii) the
acquisition of the Fleer Corp. by Marvel Entertainment Group, Inc.; (viii) the
acquisition of Universal Matchbox Group Limited by Tyco Toys, Inc.; (ix) the
acquisition of Tonka Corp. by Hasbro Bradley, Inc.; and (x) the acquisition of
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. by General Cinema Corp. (collectively, the
"Precedent M&A Transactions").  Bear Stearns reviewed the prices paid in the
Precedent M&A Transactions and analyzed various operating and financial
information and imputed valuation multiples and ratios.  Bear Stearns noted
that none of the Precedent M&A Transactions was identical to the Securities
Issuance and that, accordingly, any analysis of the Precedent M&A Transactions
necessarily involved complex considerations and judgments concerning
differences in financial and operating characteristics and other factors that
would necessarily affect the value of the Company versus the acquisition values
of the companies to which the Company was being compared.  In addition, Bear
Stearns noted that the 
                                      39
<PAGE>
Precedent M&A Transactions could generally be analyzed based on various
valuation parameters such as enterprise value as a multiple of revenues, EBITDA 

and EBIT and equity value as a multiple of net income whereas the Company could
only be analyzed based on a multiple of revenues as a result of its recent
financial and operating performance and the lack of any estimates or projections
for the Company. Bear Stearns' analysis of the Precedent M&A Transactions
indicated that the range of enterprise value to revenues multiples was 0.76x to
2.94x with a harmonic mean of 1.30x and an average of 1.68x. Bear Stearns
estimated the Hypothetical Intrinsic Value of the Common Stock based on a range
of enterprise value to revenue multiples of 0.60x to 0.70x, which reflects a
significant discount to the multiples of revenue implied by the Precedent M&A
Transactions due to the Company's financial and operating performance.
    

                  Precedent Investment Transactions. Bear Stearns summarized and
analyzed two transactions in which private equity investors had purchased
significant equity stakes directly from publicly traded corporations and been
granted certain rights, including representation on the board of directors of
the corporation. These two transactions were (i) the investment by Haas Wheat &
Harrison Incorporated in Playtex Products, Inc. and (ii) the investment by
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. in TW Holdings, Inc. (collectively, the "Precedent
Investment Transactions"). Bear Stearns noted that neither of the Precedent
Investment Transactions was identical to the Securities Issuance and that,
accordingly, any analysis of the Precedent Investment Transactions necessarily
involved complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in
transaction structures, financial and operating characteristics of the issuing
corporation and other factors that would necessarily affect the terms of the
Securities Issuance versus the terms of the Precedent Investment Transactions.
Notwithstanding the numerous and significant differences between the Securities
Issuance and the Precedent Investment Transactions, this analysis provided a
useful benchmark as to certain structural, corporate governance and financial
aspects of such investment transactions.

   
                  Based on the foregoing analyses and factors Bear Stearns
arrived at its opinion; however, the summary set forth above does not purport
to be a complete description of the analysis performed and factors considered
by Bear Stearns in arriving at its opinion, although it does reflect all
material factors considered and analyses performed by Bear Stearns. The
preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily
susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. Selecting portions of
the analyses or of the summary set forth above, without considering the
analysis as a whole, could create an incomplete view of the processes
underlying Bear Stearns' opinion. In arriving at its opinion, Bear Stearns
considered the results of all such reviews, calculations and analyses. The
analyses were prepared solely for purposes of providing its opinion as to the
fairness of the consideration to be received by the Company pursuant to the
Securities Issuance, from a financial point of view, to the 

                                      40
<PAGE>
Company and do not purport to be appraisals or necessarily reflect the prices at
which securities might actually be sold to other parties. Analyses based upon
future prospects are not necessarily indicative of actual future results, which
may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses. As
described above, Bear Stearns' opinion and presentation to the Board of
Directors was one of many factors taken into consideration by the Board of
Directors in making its determination to approve the Securities Issuance and

recommend the Proposals to the stockholders of the Company.
    
                  Bear Stearns is an internationally recognized investment
banking firm and is continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their
securities and in rendering opinions in connection with mergers, acquisitions,
corporate transactions and other purposes. The Company retained Bear Stearns
based on its qualifications, expertise and reputation in providing advice to
companies as well as its familiarity with the Company.

                  Previously, in November 1993, Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley
were jointly engaged by the Company to assist it as its financial advisors in
responding to "several companies expressing a desire to discuss a business
combination." Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley were charged with "exploring all
alternatives to maximize shareholder value." Although such efforts by Bear
Stearns and Morgan Stanley did not produce any offers for the Company in its
entirety, the Company did sell its games and puzzles business to Hasbro, Inc. In
connection with the aforementioned sale of the games and puzzles business, Bear
Stearns and Morgan Stanley were each paid a customary transaction fee. In
September 1992, Bear Stearns lead-managed, with Morgan Stanley as co-manager,
the Company's $150 million offering of Senior Notes.

         Jefferies

   
         At the January 25, 1996 meeting of the Board of Directors, Jefferies
made an oral presentation as to its analysis of the fairness from a financial
point of view of the consideration to be received by the Company from the GPH
equity investment (which at the time, as described above, contemplated a $60
million investment by GPH). On January 31, 1996, Jefferies delivered its written
opinion as of such date to the Board of Directors to the effect that, based upon
and subject to the various considerations set forth in its opinion, the
consideration to be received by the Company from the Securities Issuance is fair
to the Company from a financial point of view. Except as set forth below and in
the full text of Jefferies' opinion, no limitations were imposed by the Board of
Directors upon Jefferies with respect to the investigations made or procedures
followed by it in rendering its opinion. In rendering its opinion, Jefferies did
not opine as to any other transactions or contractual arrangements to be entered
into or payments to be made by or to the Company or any other person
concurrently with the Securities Issuance. In addition, Jefferies was not

                                      41
<PAGE>
requested to opine as to, and its opinion did not address, the underlying
business decision of the Board of Directors to proceed with or to effect the
Securities Issuance.
    

   
                  The full text of the opinion of Jefferies, dated April __,
1996, is attached as Appendix X to this Proxy Statement and sets forth the
assumptions made, matters considered and limits on the review undertaken.
Stockholders are urged to read the opinion of Jefferies in its entirety. The
summary of the opinion of Jefferies set forth in this Proxy Statement is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion set
forth as Appendix X to this Proxy Statement. The Jefferies opinion is addressed
only to the Board of Directors, is directed only to the fairness, from a

financial point of view, of the consideration to be received by the Company from
the Securities Issuance and does not constitute a recommendation to any
stockholder of the Company as to how such stockholder should vote on the
Proposals at the Special Meeting.
    

                  In connection with the provision of its opinion, Jefferies,
among other things, (i) reviewed drafts of the Securities Purchase Agreement
(including the Exhibits thereto) and certain financial and other information
about the Company that was publicly available or furnished to Jefferies by the
Company, including certain internal financial analyses, budgets and estimated
financial performance for its fiscal year ending February 3, 1996, reports and
other information prepared by the Company's management; (ii) held discussions
with representatives of the management of the Company concerning the business,
properties and prospects of the Company; and (iii) conducted such other reviews,
analyses and inquiries relating to the Company as it deemed appropriate.

                  In addition, Jefferies assumed and relied upon, without
independent investigation or verification, the accuracy, completeness and fair
presentation of all financial and other information that was provided to
Jefferies by or on behalf of the Company, Mr. Snyder, GPH or Warburg Pincus or
that was publicly available for purposes of rendering its opinion, and its
opinion is expressly conditioned upon all such information (whether written or
oral) being complete, accurate and fair in all material respects. Furthermore,
the Company did not prepare, and Jefferies did not accordingly review or conduct
valuation analyses based upon, any financial projections with respect to the
estimated future performance of the Company, and Jefferies' opinion is, as a
result, qualified by the absence of such reviews and analyses. Jefferies,
moreover, did not make an independent evaluation or appraisal or conduct a
physical inspection of any of the tangible or intangible assets of the Company,
nor was Jefferies furnished with any such appraisals.

                  In performing its analysis, Jefferies considered such
financial and other factors as Jefferies deemed appropriate under the
circumstances, including, among others: (i) the business and financial aspects
of the Securities Issuance; (ii) the historical and current markets for the
Common Stock; (iii) the financial 
                                      42
<PAGE>
impact of the Securities Issuance upon the Company; (iv) the discussions with
Mr. Snyder and with representatives of GPH, Warburg Pincus and the Company's
management referred to above; (v) certain of the Company's operating and
financial information; (vi) the Company's Annual Reports to Stockholders and
Annual Reports on Form 10-K for its last three full fiscal years and its
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed since the date of its most recent such Form
10-K; (vii) the potential negative impact on the prices of the Company's equity
and debt securities of the Company's expected financial performance for its
fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 in the absence of the proposed transaction
with GPH or another similar extraordinary transaction; (viii) the fact that (a)
the Company was unsuccessful in effecting a sale or similar extraordinary
transaction during a public auction conducted during 1994 or thereafter and (b)
no other potential equity investors or strategic acquirors have made a formal
investment or acquisition proposal to the Company since the September
Announcement; (ix) the degree of control that GPH and Warburg Pincus will have
with respect to the Company; (x) the potentially positive impact of new senior
management led by Mr. Snyder and the affiliation with Warburg Pincus on the
prices of the Company's equity and debt securities, its capital raising 

capacity and its ability to access the capital markets; (xi) the consummation of
the Securities Issuance being conditioned upon the approval of the Company's
stockholders; and (xii) such other information as Jefferies deemed to be
appropriate. Jefferies also conducted such other reviews, analyses and inquiries
relating to the Company, Mr. Snyder, GPH and Warburg Pincus (in addition to
those set forth above) as it considered proper.

                  Jefferies' opinion is based on economic, monetary, political
and market conditions prevailing, and stock prices and other circumstances and
conditions existing, on the date thereof. Jefferies also notes that such
conditions are subject to rapid and unpredictable change. In addition, Jefferies
did not express any opinion as to the market value of the Common Stock or the
price or trading range at which any of the securities of the Company may trade
following the consummation of the Securities Issuance.

   
                  The following is a summary of the analyses performed by
Jefferies in connection with Jefferies' opinion to the Board of Directors.
    
                  Financial and Operating Performance of the Company.  As
part of its overall analysis, Jefferies examined the historical financial and
operating performance of the Company for its last three full fiscal years and
for the twelve-month period ended October 28, 1995 ("LTM").  This analysis
considered the Company's reported revenues, gross profit, earnings before
interest and income taxes ("EBIT"), earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") and net income. Jefferies noted (i)
that on an LTM basis, EBITDA, EBIT and net income were all substantially
negative, and (ii) that the Company 
                                      43
<PAGE>
expected to report significant negative EBITDA, EBIT and net income for the
fiscal year ending February 3, 1996.

                  Jefferies noted that because of the significant negative
operating results for the Company on an LTM basis, it was not meaningful to
conduct any valuation analysis based on (i) total enterprise value to EBIT,
(ii) total enterprise value to EBITDA and (iii) price/earnings multiples.

                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. As part of its
overall analysis, Jefferies also evaluated the terms of the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock, including the implied floating dividend yield of 7.5% to 15%
and the implied conversion premium associated with such Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock. In its review of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock's
implied floating dividend yield, Jefferies considered the financial condition of
the Company and Jefferies' historical experience involving private equity
investments and trading levels of public and private high yield securities. In
its review of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock's implied conversion
premium, Jefferies noted that, based upon (i) the $10 conversion price
associated with the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and (ii) the closing
price of the Common Stock of $9.625 per share on January 29, 1995, the resulting
4% implied conversion premium associated with the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock appeared, in isolation, historically low. However, Jefferies noted that
such implied conversion premium was likely understated in light of other
factors, including, (i) the price at which the Common Stock would presumably
trade in light of the expected financial and operating performance for the
fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 and in the absence of an extraordinary

transaction such as the Securities Issuance, and (ii) the fact that the price of
the Common Stock had increased significantly, approximately 18.5%, during the
three-week period leading up to the public announcement of the execution of the
Securities Purchase Agreement. In addition, based on a range of market prices of
the Common Stock, Jefferies noted that the following range of implied conversion
premiums of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would result: (i) at a
Common Stock price of $6.00 per share, the implied conversion premium would be
66.7%; (ii) at a Common Stock price of $7.00 per share, the implied conversion
premium would be 42.9%; (iii) at a Common Stock price of $8.00 per share, the
implied conversion premium would be 25.0%; (iv) at a Common Stock Price of $9.00
per share, the implied conversion premium would be 11.1%; and (v) at a Common
Stock price of $10.00 per share, the implied conversion premium would be 0.0%.

   
                  The Warrant. Jefferies also analyzed the terms of the Warrant
as part of its overall analysis. In its valuation of the Warrant, Jefferies
undertook various considerations, including use of the Black-Scholes model, to
develop a reference valuation range for the Warrant, at an assumed volatility
level of 40%, ranging from approximately $6 million to $8 million. Jefferies
noted that the Warrant also provided an incentive for the new senior management
of the Company to increase the market price of 

                                      44
<PAGE>
the Common Stock and would be a source of an additional equity infusion into the
Company upon exercise of the Warrant (unless the holder elects a cashless
exercise as permitted by the terms of the Warrant (see "SECURITIES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Warrant -- Exercise"). Furthermore, Jefferies noted
various intangible benefits to be received by the Company in connection with the
Securities Issuance, including among others: (i) the potentially positive impact
of new senior management led by Mr. Snyder and the affiliation of Warburg Pincus
on the prices of the Company's equity and debt securities, as evidenced (and
described more fully below) by the respective movements of the Company's equity
and debt securities in reaction to the Company's public announcements involving
Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus during the five-month period preceding the public
announcement of the Securities Issuance; (ii) the likely resulting increase in
the credibility of the Company with its stockholders and other constituencies,
including suppliers, vendors and equity analysts; (iii) the greater likelihood
for realizing the value of the Company's intangible assets, including its
well-established brand names, archives and libraries; and (iv) the significant
investment of cash and immediate access to growth capital created by the
Securities Issuance.
    
                  Stock Market and Bond Market Trading Activity. As part of its
review and analysis, Jefferies also examined the historical trading performance
of the Common Stock in light of the recent financial and operating trends of the
Company. In particular, Jefferies reviewed the closing prices of the Common
Stock surrounding the dates of each of the September and October Announcements,
the Termination Announcement and the public announcement of the execution of the
Securities Purchase Agreement. Jefferies noted that (i) in the two weeks
immediately prior to the first trading day after the date of the September
Announcement, the closing price of the Common Stock had increased significantly,
by approximately 20%; (ii) on the first trading day after the date of the
September Announcement, the closing price of the Common Stock had increased
approximately 18.4% from the previous day's close; (iii) on the date of the
Termination Announcement, the closing price of the Common Stock had fallen

approximately 22.6% from the previous day's close; (iv) on the day after the
date of the Termination Announcement, the closing price of the Common Stock had
fallen approximately 33.0% from the Common Stock's closing price on October 16,
1995, the day prior to the Termination Announcement; and (v) by late December
1995, the closing price of the Common Stock had fallen approximately 24.4% from
the Common Stock's closing price on the date of the Termination Announcement.

                  In addition to examining the trading performance in the
Common Stock, Jefferies reviewed the performance levels in the Company's debt
securities. Following the Termination Announcement in October 1995, Standard &
Poor's downgraded the Company's $150 million face amount Senior Notes from
"BB-" to "B". On November 1, 1995, Moody's Investors Service downgraded the
Senior Notes from "Ba3" to "B1". Jefferies noted that these downgradings still
did not fully reflect the continuing declines 

                                      45
<PAGE>
in operating profitability of the Company. In that connection, Jefferies noted
that, as of January 24, 1996, there was a bid for the Senior Notes at
approximately 77% of par, implying a yield of approximately 13%, a yield more
typical for securities with lower ratings than the above-referenced downgradings
of the Senior Notes.

   
                  Analysis of Selected Publicly Traded Companies. Jefferies
compared certain operating and financial information of the Company to certain
publicly available operating, financial, trading and valuation information of
six publicly traded companies which are engaged in the publishing, juvenile
products or greeting card business and which, in Jefferies' judgment, were
comparable to the Company for purposes of this analysis. These companies
included Houghton Mifflin Company, Scholastic Corporation, Thomas Nelson Inc.,
Educational Development Corporation, John Wiley & Sons and Steek-Vaughn
Publishing Corporation (collectively, the "Comparable Companies"). Jefferies'
analysis of the Comparable Companies included reviewing their total enterprise
values as a multiple of revenues, EBITDA and EBIT and the market prices of the
stock of those companies as a multiple of earnings per share. In addition,
Jefferies analyzed various financial and operating performance measures of the
Comparable Companies, including revenue growth, EBITDA growth, EBITDA margins,
EBIT growth, EBIT margins, net income margins, earnings per share growth, return
on equity and total debt as a percentage of total capitalization. In reviewing
the valuation parameters of the Company, Jefferies noted that the Company's
value could only be analyzed based on a multiple of revenues as a result of its
recent financial and operating performance and the lack of any estimates or
projections for the Company. Jefferies' analysis of the Comparable Companies
indicated that the range of total enterprise value to revenues multiples was
1.1x to 3.5x with an arithmetic mean of 1.4x. Jefferies noted that on a total
enterprise value to revenue multiple basis, the Company traded at a significant
discount to the trading multiples of its peers. Jefferies also noted that total
enterprise value to revenue multiple valuations are not generally regarded as a
reliable method of valuation.
    
                  Recent Trends in the Company's Results of Operations. In
evaluating the terms of the Securities Issuance, Jefferies considered all of the
intangible aspects of the Securities Issuance as well as the lack of alternative
options or strategic opportunities for the Company. Jefferies noted that no
formal offers were made to acquire the Company in its entirety as a result of
the efforts of Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley commencing in November 1993, as

described above. Jefferies further noted that the Company's operating
performance, working capital investment and liquidity had continued to decline
following this auction process. In addition to evaluating both the tangible and
intangible benefits of the Securities Issuance, Jefferies reviewed the existing
liquidity and prospects for future liquidity for the business under several
scenarios.
                                      46
<PAGE>
   
                  Based on the foregoing analyses and factors Jefferies arrived
at its opinion; however, the summary set forth above does not propose to be a
complete description of the analysis performed and factors considered by
Jefferies in arriving at its opinion, although it does reflect all material
factors considered and analyses performed by Jefferies. The preparation of a
fairness opinion involves various determinations as to the most appropriate and
relevant methods of financial analyses and the application of those methods to
particular circumstances and, therefore, such an opinion is not readily
susceptible to summary description. Furthermore, in arriving at its opinion,
Jefferies did not attribute any particular weight to any analysis or factor
considered by it, but rather made qualitative judgments as to the significance
and relevance of each analysis and factor. Accordingly, Jefferies' analyses
must be considered as a whole. Considering any portion of such analyses and of
the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors, could
create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying the Jefferies
opinion. In its analyses, Jefferies made many assumptions with respect to
general business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are
beyond the control of the Company. In addition, analyses relating to the value
of the Company's securities do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect the
prices at which securities might actually be sold to other parties. As
described above, Jefferies opinion was only one factor considered by the Board
of Directors in making its determination to approve the Securities Issuance.
    

                  The Company selected Jefferies to render an opinion in
connection with the Securities Issuance based upon Jefferies' qualifications,
expertise and reputation, including the fact that Jefferies, as part of its
investment banking business, is continually engaged in the valuation of
businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions,
competitive biddings, secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities,
private placements and valuations for corporate and other purposes. In the
ordinary course of its business, Jefferies may actively trade securities of the
Company for its own account and for the accounts of its customers and,
accordingly, may, at any time, hold a long or short position in such securities.

                  Fees and Expenses

   
         Pursuant to letter agreements entered into on September 11, 1995 with
Bear Stearns and on October 6, 1995 (and as amended on January 10, 1996) with
Jefferies, Bear Stearns and Jefferies were retained to render fairness opinions
in respect of the Transactions. Bear Stearns and Jefferies originally were
retained following the September Announcement to render fairness opinions to an
independent committee of the Board of Directors appointed at that time to assist
the Board of Directors in assessing the proposed transactions. Because the

Transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement did not involve
any sale of shares by Mr. Bernstein or his affiliates to GPH, the Board of
Directors determined, upon advice of legal counsel, that 

                                      47
<PAGE>
an independent committee was not required in connection with the Board of
Directors' assessment of the Transactions. Accordingly, the independent
committee was disbanded, and Bear Stearns and Jefferies were retained to issue
opinions to the Board of Directors on the same terms.
    

   
                  The Company has agreed to pay (i) Bear Stearns a fee of
$575,000 and up to an additional $25,000 for Bear Stearns' reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel) incurred in connection with the rendering of such fairness opinion and
(ii) Jefferies a fee of $400,000 plus expenses up to an additional $50,000.
Pursuant to a separate letter agreement entered into on September 11, 1995, the
Company has agreed to pay Bear Stearns an additional fee of $650,000 in respect
of other financial advisory services performed in connection with the GPH equity
investment as described above. The Company has agreed to indemnify both Bear
Stearns and Jefferies and certain related persons against certain liabilities in
connection with their respective engagements by the Company, including certain
liabilities under the federal securities laws.
    

Use of Proceeds

   
                  The estimated net cash proceeds to the Company from the sale
of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the Warrant to GPH will be
$56,500,000, after giving effect to the payment of estimated transaction
expenses (see "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Expenses") and the payments
under the severance and management arrangements described under "THE PROPOSALS
- -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Severance and Management
Arrangements." Approximately $10 million of such proceeds will be used by the
Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (which is
mandatorily redeemable by the Company on March 31, 1996) as contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain
Persons in the Transactions -- Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock due March
31, 1996"), and the remainder will be available to the Company for general
working capital purposes, including new product development and future
acquisitions. The Company does not currently have any commitments or
understandings regarding the use of such proceeds. Mr. Snyder has advised the
Company that he intends to use the net proceeds from the investment to pursue a
multi-pronged strategy to build upon the GOLDEN BOOKS(Registered) franchise.
This strategy will include strengthening relationships with the Company's
existing mass market retailers, increasing distribution through non-mass
channels, including bookstores, extending the existing product line to
include books for parents and families and, where appropriate, expanding the
GOLDEN BOOKS(Registered) name into non-book areas, such as home video,
television and multi-media. Although Mr. Snyder has advised the Company that
he has not yet finalized any plans regarding the future operations of the
Company, Mr. Snyder has indicated that his plans, when fully developed, may
involve a restructuring of operations which could result in 

                                      48


<PAGE>
substantial charges to operations or changes in the classification of the
Company's assets and liabilities.
    

Certain Considerations

                  While the Board of Directors is unanimously of the opinion
that the Proposals are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and
its stockholders, stockholders should consider the following possible
consequences of completion of the Transactions when evaluating the Proposals:

                  Diminished Ability to Sell the Company; Antitakeover
                  Effect

   
                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock initially will be
convertible into shares of Common Stock representing approximately 23% of the
shares of Common Stock then outstanding, and the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock will vote on an as- if-converted basis together with the Common Stock, as
a single class, on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the
Company, including the election of directors other than the Series B Directors
(as defined below). The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock also will initially
be entitled to vote as a class for one-third of the nine members of the Board of
Directors (the "Series B Directors"). During each of the first four years
following initial issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 195,000
shares of Common Stock will be delivered quarterly (subject to certain
adjustments) in lieu of cash dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock. Moreover, the Warrant will entitle GPH to purchase up to 3,250,000 shares
of Common Stock, at an exercise price of $10 per share, beginning in the third
year after initial issuance (or sooner under certain circumstances). See
"SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock"
and "-- Terms of the Warrant." In addition, Mr. Snyder purchased 599,465 shares
of Common Stock from the Company on January 31, 1996 when he was elected as
President, and will be granted a non-qualified stock option following completion
of the GPH equity investment to purchase an additional 1,113,293 shares. In the
event that the Securities Purchase Agreement is terminated in accordance with
its terms or Mr. Snyder is not employed by the Company on May 22, 1996, the
stock grant will be rescinded. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain
Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements." Further, by
virtue of the irrevocable proxies granted to GPH by Mr. Bernstein and certain of
his affiliated entities pursuant to agreements dated January 31, 1996 in respect
of 3,996,771 shares of Common Stock owned by them (the "Irrevocable Proxies"),
GPH will control, through the Irrevocable Proxies, the voting of an additional
3,996,771 shares of Common Stock immediately following completion of its equity
investment (which, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions,
will constitute approximately 14% of the total voting power of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company immediately following the consummation of
the Transactions). However, such voting power is subject to decrease if Mr.
Bernstein or such other entities transfer the shares to 

                                      49
<PAGE>
which the Irrevocable Proxies relate to persons other than affiliates of Mr.
Bernstein. Furthermore, the Securities Purchase Agreement contains no
restrictions on the ability of GPH to acquire additional shares of Common Stock,
whether in the open market or otherwise. Accordingly, GPH, together with Mr.
Snyder, will control approximately 39% of the voting power of the outstanding 

capital stock of the Company immediately following completion of its equity
investment and will have the ability to acquire an even greater stake. Finally,
for so long as at least one-half of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock initially issued are owned by GPH and certain of its affiliates, certain
matters will be subject to the consent of the holders of a majority of the
shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock." The foregoing
will make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of the Company
without the consent of GPH and, therefore, may discourage third parties from
making an acquisition proposal or seeking to acquire control of the Company.
    

                  Board Representation; Control of Management
   
                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will initially be
entitled to vote separately as a class for the Series B Directors and on the
approval of certain material corporate transactions, and will vote, on an
as-if-converted basis, together with the Common Stock on the election of the
remaining members of the Board of Directors and on all other matters submitted
to a vote of the stockholders of the Company. If the Proposals are adopted at
the Special Meeting, each of the members of the Board of Directors immediately
following completion of GPH's equity investment will have been nominated by GPH.
See "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS." In addition, Mr. Snyder will serve as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon the completion of GPH's equity
investment. Consequently, Mr. Snyder and GPH will have significant influence
over the management and policies of the Company.
    
                  Dilution

                  The Securities Purchase Agreement contemplates the issuance
by the Company of 13,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
convertible into shares of Common Stock initially representing approximately
23% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock, at an initial
conversion price of $10 per share. Because the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock will vote on an as-if-converted basis with the Common Stock, the issuance
of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will dilute the voting rights of
existing holders of Common Stock. This issuance also could have the effect of
diluting the economic interests of the existing holders of Common Stock. The
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividends and
liquidating distributions prior to the payment of such dividends or
distributions on the Common Stock. Whether such issuance will have a dilutive
effect on the earnings per share of the Common Stock and, if so, the extent of
such dilution will 
                                      50
<PAGE>
depend upon, among other factors, the actual earnings generated by the
application of the proceeds to the Company from the Transactions. See "THE
PROPOSALS -- Use of Proceeds." The issuance of up to 3,250,000 shares of Common
Stock upon exercise of the Warrant, at an exercise price of $10 per share, or
upon the payment of dividends on the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock by
delivery of 3,120,000 shares of Common Stock over the first four years after the
date of initial issuance, will have the effect of further diluting the voting
rights of existing holders of Common Stock. Moreover, such issuances, as well as
the right of the holder of the Warrant, in lieu of exercising the Warrant, to

receive shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the difference between
the then current market price of the Common Stock and the $10 exercise price,
may, depending on the market price of the Common Stock at the time, have a
dilutive effect on their economic interests as well. In addition, 599,465 shares
of Common Stock were issued to Mr. Snyder when he was elected President of the
Company, it is expected that Mr. Snyder will be granted a non-qualified stock
option to purchase 1,113,293 shares of Common Stock pursuant to his employment
agreement following the closing of GPH's equity investment, and certain aspects
of the Snyder Employment Arrangements are expected to result in an immediate
charge to operations when they are entered into following the completion of the
GPH equity investment. See "SUMMARY -- Pro Forma Capitalization," "THE PROPOSALS
- -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment
Arrangements" and "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock" and "-- Terms of the Warrant."

   
                  Dependence on Mr. Snyder
    

   
                  Following the completion of GPH's equity investment, the
success of the Company will be dependent in part on the efforts and abilities of
Mr. Snyder. Accordingly, if the Company were to lose the services of Mr. Snyder
before a qualified replacement could be obtained, the Company's business could
be materially and adversely affected. The Company is advised by Mr. Snyder and
GPH that, under the terms of an employment agreement to be entered into upon the
closing of GPH's equity investment, if Mr. Snyder dies or becomes disabled
during the term of his employment with the Company, the Company will pay him or
his legal representatives any accrued, but unpaid, salary and vacation pay, a
pro-rated annual bonus, any deferred compensation not yet paid to him and any
other benefits provided by the Company in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the Company's plans or programs. See "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests
of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements" for a
description of the terms of Mr. Snyder's employment agreement, including the
Company's obligations to him upon the termination of his employment under
various circumstances.
    
                                      51

<PAGE>
Certain Negotiated Features of the Transactions

                  Stockholders should be aware of the following additional
aspects and provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Transactions
that were negotiated on behalf of the Company and the stockholders and were
required by the parties as a condition to the signing of the Securities Purchase
Agreement.

                  Status of Bernstein Shares

                  As described under "THE PROPOSALS -- Background of and Reasons
for the Transactions," the transactions described in the September and October
Announcements contemplated that shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr.
Bernstein and certain of his affiliated entities would be purchased in
connection with the arrangements contemplated thereby. Consistent with public
statements made by Mr. Bernstein and as also stated in his letter to
stockholders appearing in the Company's 1995 annual report to stockholders, the
Transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement do not provide
for the purchase of shares owned by Mr. Bernstein or any of his affiliates,
which will remain outstanding following the completion of GPH's equity
investment. The investment by GPH of $65 million (prior to the payment of
expenses) will be made directly in the Company in exchange for the issuance of
the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant. Pursuant to the Bernstein
Registration Rights Agreement, Bernstein Entities will have certain registration
rights with respect to their shares of Common Stock. See "The Proposals --
Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Bernstein Registration
Rights Agreement."

                  Irrevocable Proxies

                  Warburg Pincus required that Mr. Bernstein and certain of the
Bernstein Entities relinquish their voting rights with respect to their shares
of Common Stock as a condition to Warburg Pincus' participation in the
Transactions. In addition, Warburg Pincus required that Mr. Bernstein and such
entities agree to certain transfer restrictions with respect to their shares of
Common Stock. Accordingly, concurrent with the execution of the Securities
Purchase Agreement, each of Mr. Bernstein and certain of the Bernstein Entities
owning in the aggregate 3,996,771 shares of Common Stock executed Irrevocable
Proxies in favor of GPH in respect of such shares. The following is a summary of
certain provisions of the Irrevocable Proxies, each of which is substantially
identical. The Irrevocable Proxy granted by Mr. Bernstein to GPH is attached as
Appendix III to this Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Irrevocable
Proxies.

                  Pursuant to the Irrevocable Proxies, GPH will have the power 
to vote, on behalf of the Bernstein Entities party thereto, their Bernstein 
Shares in such manner and upon such matters as GPH deems proper (other than
voting against, or for the removal 
                                      52
<PAGE>
of, existing members of the Board of Directors except as contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement), including voting such Bernstein Shares in favor
of the Proposals and against any transaction that would make it impractical for
GPH to effect the Transactions. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement,
GPH has agreed to vote the Irrevocable Proxies in favor of the Proposals at the

Special Meeting. Such voting rights will terminate upon the earlier to occur of
(i) the termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with its
terms and (ii) whenever GPH and certain affiliates beneficially own in the
aggregate less than 15% of the outstanding Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis
(determined as described in the Irrevocable Proxies).

                  Mr. Bernstein has agreed in his Irrevocable Proxy, subject to
his fiduciary duties to the Company, to use his best efforts to prevent the
Company from taking any action in violation of the Securities Purchase
Agreement. Additionally, pursuant to the Irrevocable Proxies the Bernstein
Entities party thereto have agreed, prior to completion of GPH's equity
investment, not to (i) take or permit any action that would result in the
representations contained in the Irrevocable Proxies not being true, (ii)
directly or indirectly, solicit or initiate any proposals or offers from any
person or entity relating to the acquisition of any properties, assets, business
or equity interest, or any merger or other business combination, of the Company,
or discuss, furnish any information or otherwise assist any person or entity
with respect to such proposals or offers; provided that Mr. Bernstein may
participate in discussions or negotiations with or furnish information to any
other person or entity if the Board of Directors, on advice of counsel,
determines that Mr. Bernstein, in his capacity as Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, should so participate or furnish such information, (iii)
grant any proxies or enter into any voting trusts with respect to their
Bernstein Shares, (iv) acquire or sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common
Stock or (v) seek or solicit any such acquisition or sale or other disposition
of shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bernstein Entities
shall be entitled to sell all or a portion of their Bernstein Shares to any
purchaser (i) in amounts not to exceed the limitations set forth in SEC Rule
144(e) in the case of non-negotiated, public, open-market transactions, and (ii)
in all other cases, other than to an Entrepreneurial Investor (as defined in the
Irrevocable Proxies).

                  Once any Bernstein Shares subject to the Irrevocable Proxies
are transferred in accordance with the terms thereof, the purchaser of such
shares will not be bound by the voting and transfer restrictions described
above.

                  Termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement

                  The Securities Purchase Agreement permits the Company, in
certain specified circumstances, upon the payment of a $2 million break-up fee,
to terminate the Securities Purchase Agreement and accept an unsolicited
proposal from a third party 
                                      53
<PAGE>
which the Board of Directors reasonably believes is likely to result in a
business combination that is likely to be more favorable to the stockholders of
the Company than the Transactions. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT --
Termination and Termination Fee."

                  Election of Directors

                  As described under "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS," if the
Transactions are consummated, a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors will be designees of GPH. However, other than the Series B Directors,

GPH will have no contractual right thereafter to name any of the directors of
the Company.

                  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Antidilution
                  Adjustments

                  As described below under "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT --
Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock," the rate and price at which
the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into shares
of Common Stock are subject to customary antidilution adjustments. However, the
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock provides that the conversion rate and price
will not be subject to adjustment in respect of (i) an issuance of Common Stock
to Warburg Pincus and certain of its affiliates unless such issuance has been
approved by a majority of the directors of the Company who are neither the
designees of the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock nor
individuals associated with Warburg Pincus or certain of its affiliates, or (ii)
an issuance of Common Stock in a transaction that has not been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless an
investment bank of national standing and reputation, engaged for a fee by the
Company pursuant to a written engagement letter, has been consulted by the
Company with respect to the structure and has participated in the negotiation of
such issuance.

                  Management Services

                  The Board of Directors has authorized the Company to enter
into a Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement") with P&E Properties,
Inc., a corporation owned by Mr. Bernstein ("P&E Properties"). Pursuant to the
Management Agreement, for a transition period of 180 days following completion
of GPH's equity investment, P&E Properties will perform such duties as are
requested from time to time by Mr. Snyder, but in no event will P&E Properties
be required to perform duties other than those that are substantially the same
as those performed by the Company's employees located at the Company's principal
executive offices in New York City as of the date of the Management Agreement.
In addition, P&E Properties will use its best efforts to retain the services and
pay the compensation of such employees, whose employment by the Company will be
terminated upon completion of GPH's equity investment, as are necessary to
perform such services on P&E Properties' behalf. Mr. Bernstein has agreed to
cause P&E Properties to perform its obligations 

                                      54
<PAGE>
under the Management Agreement. The Company will pay P&E Properties the sum of
$1.2 million at the closing of GPH's equity investment for the cost (including
the cost of employing such former Company employees) of providing such
management services.

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions

                  In considering the recommendation of the Board of Directors
with respect to the Proposals, stockholders should be aware that certain members
of the Board of Directors and management have certain interests with respect to
the Proposals that may conflict with and are in addition to the interests of the
other stockholders of the Company. The Board of Directors was aware of these
interests and considered them, among other matters, in approving the Securities
Purchase Agreement, the Transactions and the Proposals.

                  Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement


                  In view of the fact that Mr. Bernstein and the other Bernstein
Entities would otherwise be restricted under the federal securities laws and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as to the manner in which they can
sell their shares of Common Stock because of the size of the block and Mr.
Bernstein's affiliation with the Company, GPH has agreed that the Company grant
certain registration rights to the Bernstein Entities, effective following the
closing of GPH's equity investment, in respect of their shares of Common Stock
pursuant to a registration rights agreement between the Company and the
Bernstein Entities (the "Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement"). The
following is a summary of certain provisions of the Bernstein Registration
Rights Agreement, which is attached as Appendix II to this Proxy Statement and
is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement.

                  The Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement contains customary
terms and conditions and provides, among other things, that the holders of
Registrable Securities (as defined below) thereunder will have the right to
require the Company to use its best efforts to register under the Securities
Act, Registrable Securities in up to two demand registrations (subject to a
"black-out" period of up to 90 days not more than once during any 12-month
period and the requirement that shares not be sold to "Entrepreneurial
Investors", as defined below under "-- Irrevocable Proxies") and an unlimited
number of incidental ("piggyback") registrations. Subject to certain
limitations, holders of Registrable Securities will also have the right, during
the first two months following completion of the GPH equity investment, to
request a shelf registration of their securities pursuant to Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") Rule 415 for up to a three-month period
following the closing of the GPH equity investment. "Registrable Securities" are
defined in the Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement as any shares of Common
Stock owned by the Bernstein Entities on the date of execution of the Bernstein
Registration Rights Agreement 
                                      55
<PAGE>
and any capital stock of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution
with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any such shares. The
Bernstein Entities will pay all registration expenses (including, without
limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and
disbursements of counsel for the  Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the
expense of any special audits incident  to or required by any such registration
(but excluding the compensation of  regular employees of the Company, which
shall be paid in any event by the  Company)) in connection with each
registration of Registrable Securities  requested by the Bernstein Entities
pursuant to the Bernstein Registration  Rights Agreement, together with
underwriting discounts and commissions and  fees and disbursements of counsel to
the Bernstein Entities.  The Company  also will agree in the Bernstein
Registration Rights Agreement to customary indemnification and contribution
protections to selling holders of Registrable Securities under the federal
securities laws and otherwise; provided that the Company shall not be required
to indemnify the Bernstein Entities for any losses arising out of or based on
any representation or warranty made by the Company in the Securities Purchase
Agreement until the date of issuance of the Company's audited consolidated
financial statements for the fiscal year ending February 1, 1997.

                  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
                  due March 31, 1996

   
                  As described above under "THE PROPOSALS -- Use of Proceeds,"
approximately $10 million of the proceeds from the sale of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock and the Warrant to GPH will be used by the Company
to redeem the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996
concurrent with the closing of the GPH equity investment, at a redemption price
equal to the liquidation value thereof plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the
date of redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock is mandatorily redeemable by
the Company in accordance with its terms on March 31, 1996. Although the
stockholders of the Company approved adoption of an amendment to the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Restated
Certificate") at the 1995 annual meeting of stockholders providing for an
extension of the mandatory redemption date until March 31, 1998, in view of the
resumption of discussions with Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus during December
1995, such amendment was not made effective by the necessary filings with the
Delaware Secretary of State. Mr. Bernstein owns 9,200 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, representing 46.07% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock
outstanding. If the Transactions are not consummated, the Company intends to
file the amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, thereby extending the
mandatory redemption date to March 31, 1998.
    
                  Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance Coverage

                  The Company has agreed in the Securities Purchase Agreement
that, through the third anniversary of the completion of GPH's equity investment
and for so long thereafter as any 
                                      56
<PAGE>
claim asserted prior to such date has not been fully adjudicated by a court of
competent jurisdiction, it will provide the usual extended coverage under the
Company's executive liability insurance for current and former directors and
officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and other persons serving in a
fiduciary capacity at the direction of the  board of directors or any officer of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries,  with respect to matters occurring prior
to completion of GPH's equity  investment, at least to the extent covered by the
current Company liability  insurance coverage. Such insurance coverage will be
of a scope of coverage  and in amounts and having deductibles at least
equivalent to that currently  maintained by the Company and otherwise reasonably
comparable to the coverage  currently maintained by the Company. The Company has
been advised that the  costs of such coverage are estimated to not exceed
$350,000 for such three-year period. The Company also has agreed during such
period not to amend or modify provisions of the Restated Certificate or the
Company's By-laws providing for indemnification of directors and officers in any
manner that would adversely affect such individuals, unless required by law. The
extended insurance coverage will enable the Company to fund its obligations to
such directors, officers and fiduciaries under such indemnity provisions.

                  Snyder Employment Arrangements

                  Concurrent with the signing of the Securities Purchase
Agreement, Mr. Snyder entered into an interim employment agreement with the
Company (the "Interim Employment Agreement"), which was unanimously approved by
the Board of Directors, pursuant to which Mr. Snyder became President of the
Company until the earlier of the completion of GPH's equity investment, the
termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms
and his death or disability. Mr. Snyder will be compensated during this period

based on a per annum salary of $400,000, and will be entitled to participate in
employee benefit plans and programs sponsored by the Company. The Company has
agreed in the Securities Purchase Agreement not to terminate Mr. Snyder's
employment as President prior to the completion of GPH's equity investment other
than for cause.
   
                  In accordance with the Interim Employment Agreement, the
Company issued 599,465 shares of Common Stock (the "Snyder Shares") to Mr.
Snyder on January 31, 1996, at a price of $8.00 per share, in exchange for a
ten-year nonrecourse note executed by Mr. Snyder in the amount of the purchase
price, secured by a pledge of such shares. See Note 3 to the table under
"SUMMARY -- Pro Forma Capitalization." In addition, the Interim Employment
Agreement provides that upon the earliest of (x) a termination of Mr. Snyder's
employment for any reason, (y) the tenth anniversary of the Interim Employment
Agreement and (z) a disposition of any of the Snyder Shares after the closing of
GPH's equity investment, Mr. Snyder will receive a special bonus equal in amount
to the purchase price of the Snyder Shares (prorated in the case of a sale of
less than all of the Snyder Shares). The Interim Employment Agreement also
grants Mr. Snyder rights to 
                                      57
<PAGE>
acquire a proportionate amount of additional shares at the same price as the
initial purchase, and on other similar terms (including the use of a nonrecourse
note), in respect of issuances by the Company of additional equity of up to $50
million during the 12 months following completion of GPH's equity investment. In
the event that the Securities Purchase Agreement  is terminated in accordance
with its terms or Mr. Snyder is not employed by  the Company on May 22, 1996,
the stock issuance and the note will be rescinded.
    
                  The Company is advised by Mr. Snyder and GPH that, upon the
closing of GPH's equity investment, Mr. Snyder will enter into an employment
agreement with the Company pursuant to which he will become Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company (the "Snyder Employment Agreement"). The
following description of the Snyder Employment Agreement and the other
arrangements for Mr. Snyder's employment by the Company following completion of
GPH's equity investment (together, the "Snyder Employment Arrangements") is
based on the draft of the Snyder Employment Agreement furnished by Mr. Snyder
and Warburg Pincus to the Board of Directors in connection with its approval of
the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Transactions. GPH has advised the
Company that it is contemplated that the Snyder Employment Agreement will be
entered into immediately upon the closing of GPH's equity investment. In
determining that the Transactions are fair to and in the best interests of the
Company and the stockholders, the Board of Directors has not separately
considered the fairness of the terms of, or approved the Company's entering
into, the Snyder Employment Agreement. Similarly, neither Bear Stearns nor
Jefferies have taken the Snyder Employment Arrangements into account in
rendering their fairness opinions described elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
   
                  Under the Snyder Employment Agreement, Mr. Snyder will
continue as the Company's President and will succeed Mr. Bernstein as the
Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The
term of employment under the Snyder Employment Agreement will be five years (the
"Term"). If less than three years remain in the Term upon the occurrence of a
change of control (as defined in the Snyder Employment Agreement), the Term will
automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the change of control
upon the consent of the Company or its successor. In the absence of such
consent, the Term shall automatically end and Mr. Snyder will receive payments

and benefits as if he had been terminated without cause (as defined in the
Snyder Employment Agreement). Mr. Snyder will receive an annual base salary,
subject to discretionary increases, of $500,000 (retroactive to February 4,
1996) and an annual incentive bonus equal to 100% of annual base salary under
the Company's Executive Officer Bonus Plan, if certain targeted performance
criteria are met. The annual incentive bonus could be increased to up to 200% of
annual base salary if the Company's performance exceeds targeted goals.
    
                  The Snyder Employment Agreement also provides that the Company
will grant Mr. Snyder a non-qualified stock option to 

                                      58
<PAGE>
acquire 1,113,293 shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (the "Option").
The Option will have a term of ten years and will become exercisable upon the
earliest to occur of: (1) three years and four months following the date of
grant; (2)upon a change of  control; (3) upon Mr. Snyder's termination of
employment due to death or  disability (as defined in the Snyder Employment
Agreement); (4) upon Mr. Snyder's termination by the Company without cause (as
defined in the Snyder Employment Agreement); or (5) upon termination by Mr.
Snyder of his employment for good reason (as defined in the Snyder Employment
Agreement). If the Company issues up to an additional $50 million of equity
securities within twelve months after completion of GPH's equity investment,
additional options will be granted to avoid dilution of the interest in the
Company represented by the Option. In addition, the Company will pay Mr. Snyder
a one-time special bonus (the "Special Bonus") equal to the product obtained by
multiplying the number of shares covered by the Option by the amount by which
the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option or
the date immediately preceding the payment of the Special Bonus, whichever is
less, exceeds $8.00. The Special Bonus will be paid on the earlier of (i) the
fifth anniversary of the Snyder Employment Agreement (if Mr. Snyder is employed
by the Company on that date) or (ii) the date of Mr. Snyder's termination of
employment other than by the Company for cause or by Mr. Snyder without good
reason or upon his death or disability. The Special Bonus will cease to be
payable upon the termination of Mr. Snyder's employment for cause or termination
by Mr. Snyder without good reason.

                  Commencing on the later of the fifth anniversary of the Snyder
Employment Agreement or the cessation of Mr. Snyder's employment (other than due
to his death), Mr. Snyder will receive a supplemental single-life annuity
retirement benefit of $250,000 per annum. This retirement benefit will be
increased to 60% of Mr. Snyder's highest average base salary and bonus payments
if the fair market value of the Common Stock on the fifth anniversary of the
date of the Snyder Employment Agreement is less than the exercise price of the
Option, as described above. This increased retirement benefit will be offset by
any other defined benefit pension amounts payable to Mr. Snyder by any previous
employer (which the Company has been advised are significant) or by the Company.

                  In addition, Mr. Snyder will receive active and retiree
medical benefits (not to exceed a $3 million lifetime cap) and, at his election,
either term life insurance coverage with a death benefit of at least $3 million
or a monthly cash allowance equal to the cost of such insurance. Mr. Snyder will
also be eligible to participate generally in all incentive, savings, retirement
and welfare benefit programs available to other senior executives of the
Company. In no event shall the incentive, savings, retirement and welfare
benefits programs maintained by the Company after a change of control provide
less favorable benefits 
                                      59

<PAGE>
to Mr. Snyder or his family than were provided to them prior to the change of
control.

                  If Mr. Snyder's employment is terminated by the Company
without cause or by Mr. Snyder for good reason, all stock options and other
stock-based awards will become immediately exercisable or vested, as the case 
may be, and the Company will pay Mr. Snyder in cash in one lump sum (1) any 
salary and vacation pay accrued, but unpaid, through the date of termination 
and any deferred compensation not yet paid to him; (2) the greater of the 
target annual bonus for the year of termination or the actual bonus amount 
paid or payable for the most recently completed fiscal year of the
Company (the "Highest Annual Bonus"), in each case pro-rated through the date of
termination; (3) three times his annual base salary and Highest Annual Bonus or,
if greater, the sum of his annual base salary and Highest Annual Bonus times the
number of years (including fractions thereof) remaining in the Term as of the
date of termination; and (4) the actuarial equivalent of any retirement benefits
that would have accrued during the remainder of the Term or three years,
whichever is longer. In addition, Mr. Snyder will be entitled to continuation of
welfare and fringe benefits for the greater of three years or the remaining
Term.

                  If Mr. Snyder terminates his employment without good reason or
if he dies or becomes disabled, the Company will pay him or his legal
representatives any accrued, but unpaid, salary and vacation pay, a pro-rated
annual bonus (determined as set forth above), any deferred compensation not yet
paid to him and any other benefits provided by the Company in accordance with
the terms and provisions of the Company's plans or programs. If Mr. Snyder's
employment is terminated by the Company for cause, or by Mr. Snyder without good
reason, the Company will pay him accrued, but unpaid, salary and deferred
compensation not yet paid to him and any other benefits provided by the Company
in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Company's plan or programs.
In that case, Mr. Snyder will forfeit all unvested stock options.

                  The Company also will pay all legal and professional fees
which Mr. Snyder may reasonably incur as a result of the negotiation or
enforcement of any provision of the Snyder Employment Agreement. If any payments
made to Mr. Snyder under the Snyder Employment Agreement or otherwise are
subject to the 20% excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Excess Parachute Payments"), the Company will pay
Mr. Snyder an additional amount (the "Additional Payment") such that, after
payment of all taxes attributable to the Additional Payment (including any
additional excise taxes thereon), he retains a portion of the Additional Payment
equal to the excise tax imposed on the Excess Parachute Payments.

                  Under the terms of the Snyder Employment Agreement, Mr. Snyder
may not disclose any confidential information relating to the Company or any
affiliate to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it, and he
may not solicit any employee 
                                      60
<PAGE>
or customer of the Company or any affiliate prior to the later of the fifth
anniversary of the Snyder Employment Agreement or one year after his termination
of employment with the Company.

                  Severance and Management Arrangements


                  Concurrent with its approval of the Securities Purchase
Agreement, the Board of Directors determined that the Company will make
severance payments totalling $1.8 million to certain officers and employees
(other than Mr. Bernstein) of the Company who will resign their positions with
the Company on the date of completion of GPH's equity investment. See Note 2
under the Summary Compensation Table under "ELECTION OF DIRECTORS -- Executive
Compensation" for additional information with respect to the severance payments.

                  As described above under "THE PROPOSALS -- Certain Negotiated
Features of the Transactions -- Management Services," upon the completion of
GPH's equity investment the Company will enter into the Management Agreement
with a corporation owned by Mr. Bernstein for the purpose of providing
management services as requested from time to time by Mr. Snyder for a
transition period of 180 days thereafter.

Regulatory Matters
   
                  The Company is not aware of any regulatory approvals or
filings, or any other consents or approvals, required for the consummation of
the Transactions, except as provided under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act of 1976, as amended ("HSR Act"). Under the HSR Act and the
rules promulgated thereunder by the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the
Transactions may not be consummated until notifications have been given and
certain information has been furnished to the FTC and the Antitrust Division of
the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and the applicable waiting
period has expired or been terminated. On March 8, 1996 and March 11, 1996,
notification and report forms were filed by GPH and by the Company,
respectively, under the HSR Act with the FTC and the Antitrust Division relating
to the Transactions. Early termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act
was granted by the FTC on March 25, 1996.
    

                  At any time before or after consummation of the Transactions,
notwithstanding that the waiting period under the HSR Act has expired or been
terminated, the Antitrust Division, the FTC or any state could take such action
under applicable antitrust laws as it deems necessary or desirable in the public
interest. Such action could include seeking to enjoin the consummation of the
Transactions or seeking divestiture of substantial assets of the Company.
Private parties may also seek to take legal action under applicable antitrust
laws under certain circumstances.
                                      61
<PAGE>
Section 203 of the DGCL

   
                  The Company is a Delaware corporation subject to Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"). Generally, Section 203
prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business
combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years 
after the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior 
to such date, either the business combination in question or the transaction 
resulting in such person becoming an interested stockholder is approved by the 
board of directors of the relevant corporation, (ii) upon consummation of the 
transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested 
stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding 

voting stock of the relevant corporation or (iii) on or after such date the 
business combination is approved by the board of directors of the relevant 
corporation and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding 
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. A "business 
combination" includes mergers, assets sales and other transactions resulting 
in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested 
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, 
beneficially owns 15% or more of the relevant corporation's outstanding voting 
stock. As required by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Board of 
Directors has taken appropriate action so that the provisions of Section 203 
of the DGCL shall not be applicable to the execution and delivery of the 
Securities Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions, 
including the execution and delivery of the Irrevocable Proxies.
    

Litigation

                  On September 8, 1995, the Pill Class Action was filed on
behalf of all stockholders of the Company (other than the defendants named
below) in the Delaware Court of Chancery. The Amended Complaint was filed on
October 5, 1995. The substantially similar Miller and Polikoff Class Actions
were filed in the Delaware Chancery Court on October 6, 1995. The Class Actions
name as defendants the Company, the directors of the Company, the President of
the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Western Publishing Company, Inc., Warburg
Pincus and Mr. Snyder. The Class Actions challenge the transactions contemplated
by the October Announcement, alleging, among other things, that (i) such
transaction was an attempt to deny the Company's stockholders (other than the
defendants) their right to share in the control premium being paid to Mr.
Bernstein, (ii) the public stockholders were not being adequately compensated
for the potential earnings of the Company, (iii) Mr. Bernstein was being unduly
compensated by such transaction, obtaining the right, given to no other
stockholder, to sell his Common Stock at a substantial premium, (iv) the
defendants failed to consider alternate transactions and (v) the defendants
violated fiduciary and other common law duties owed to the stockholders (other
than the defendants) by not exercising independent business judgment and having
conflicts of interest. 
                                      62
<PAGE>
The Class Actions seek to preliminarily and permanently enjoin such transaction
or, if consummated, to rescind such transaction, and also pray for an award of
compensatory damages. The defendants have denied, and continue to deny, that
they have committed any violations of law in connection with the transactions
proposed at the date of filing of the respective Class Actions. Additionally, in
view of the revised structure for the Transactions contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement, the defendants believe, based on the advice of
counsel, that the claims made in the Class Actions are no longer relevant and
wholly without merit. Should the Class Actions proceed, the defendants intend to
defend such lawsuits vigorously.
                                      63
<PAGE>
                SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (Proposal No. 1)

   
                  At the Special Meeting, the stockholders are being asked to
approve the Securities Purchase Agreement and the performance by the Company of
all transactions and acts on the part of the Company contemplated under the
Securities Purchase Agreement, including (a) the issuance and sale to GPH, for a

cash purchase price of $65 million, of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock (and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof) and
the Warrant (and any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof),
(b) the redemption by the Company of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996 from the proceeds of GPH's investment, (c)
the grant of certain registration rights to GPH in respect of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock and the Warrant and the underlying Common Stock
pursuant to a registration rights agreement between the Company and GPH (the
"GPH Registration Rights Agreement"), (d) the grant of certain registration
rights to Mr. Bernstein and certain of his affiliates in respect of their shares
of Common Stock pursuant to the Bernstein Registration Rights Agreement and (e)
the Company's execution of the Snyder Employment Agreement upon the closing of
GPH's equity investment. The approval of the matters set forth in clause (a) of
the preceding sentence is required by the rules of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") for corporations with securities quoted on
the Nasdaq National Market. The following is a summary of certain provisions of
the Securities Purchase Agreement, which is attached as Appendix I to this Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Securities Purchase Agreement.
    
                  The Board of Directors reserves its right, pursuant to the
Securities Purchase Agreement, to amend the provisions of the Securities
Purchase Agreement in all respects in accordance with its terms and without
stockholder approval before or after approval of the Proposals by the Company's
stockholders. The Board of Directors also reserves the right to terminate the
Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms notwithstanding
stockholder approval.

Issuance and Sale of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrant

                  Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement,
the Company has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein,
to issue to GPH at the closing of the equity investment by GPH contemplated by
the Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Closing"), 13,000 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock with a liquidation value of $65 million, and the
Warrant to purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10 per
share, in exchange for the payment by GPH of $65 million in cash at the Closing.

                                      64
<PAGE>
Terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

                  General

                  Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement,
the Company will issue and sell, and GPH will purchase, 13,000 shares of Series
B Convertible Preferred Stock at the Closing. The preferences and rights of the
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are set forth in a Certificate of
Designations, Number, Voting Powers, Preferences and Rights of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock that will be filed with the Secretary of State of
Delaware at the time of the Closing (the "Certificate of Designations"). The
following is a summary of certain provisions of the Certificate of Designations,
which is attached as Appendix IV to this Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Certificate of Designations.


                  Dividends

                  Pursuant to the Certificate of Designations, the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a 12% annual dividend
payable (i) during each of the first four years following the date of initial
issuance of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Initial Issuance
Date"), by delivery quarterly of an aggregate of 195,000 shares of Common Stock,
subject to certain adjustments described below, and (ii) thereafter, when and as
declared out of legally available funds, in cash (computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months) at the rate of $150 per share, compounded
quarterly, all of which dividends shall be cumulative from the Initial Issuance
Date. In the event that (x) the product of (i) the number of shares of Common
Stock per share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to be distributed in any
quarter during the first four years following the Initial Issuance Date and (ii)
the average closing price of a share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive
trading days immediately preceding the applicable dividend payment date (the
"Dividend Value") is less than $93.75, then, in addition to such shares of
Common Stock, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall receive
on the applicable dividend payment date, out of legally available funds of the
Company, cash per share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in an amount
equal to the excess of $93.75 over the Dividend Value, compounded quarterly, and
(y) the Dividend Value exceeds $187.50, then the number of shares of Common
Stock to be so distributed shall be reduced by an amount sufficient to cause the
Dividend Value to equal $187.50 (subject in each case to adjustment in the event
of any dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to
any such shares). Dividends will be payable on the 1st day of February, May,
August and November of each year before any dividends are paid on the Common
Stock.
                                      65
<PAGE>
                  Liquidation

                  The holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall have
the right to receive $5,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, in the
event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Company. Such liquidation preference shall rank senior to any liquidation
rights of the Common Stock. The merger or sale of the Company or the sale of all
or substantially all its assets shall not be deemed to be a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company for this purpose.

                  Redemption

                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be subject to
optional redemption by the Company at a redemption price of $5,000 per share,
plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends, at any time on or
after the fourth anniversary of the Initial Issuance Date. The Company is not
required to mandatorily redeem the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is not the subject of any sinking fund
requirement.

                  Voting and Other Rights

                  In addition to any voting rights granted under the DGCL, each
share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote, on an
as-if-converted basis, together with the Common Stock as one class on all

matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company, including the
election of directors (in addition to electing the Series B Directors).
Consequently, subject to adjustment as provided in the Certificate of
Designations, each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have a
vote equal to 500 shares of Common Stock. In addition, the Company may not,
without the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the holders of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the preferences, special
rights or other powers of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock so as to
adversely affect the rights of the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock, including, without limitation, authorizing a series or class of stock
having any preference or priority over, or being on a parity with, the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock either as to dividends or on liquidation.

                  Subject to the limitations described below, the holders of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have the right to elect, as a class,
one-third of the members of the Board of Directors, which shall on the Initial
Issuance Date have nine members; provided, however, that upon such time as less
than (i) 40% of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued on the
Initial Issuance Date are owned by GPH and certain of its affiliates, the
holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have the right to elect, as
a class, two Series B Directors, (ii) 30% of the shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock issued pursuant on the Initial Issuance Date are owned by GPH
and 
                                      66
<PAGE>
certain of its affiliates, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
will have the right to elect, as a class, one Series B Director and (iii) 20%
of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued on the Initial
Issuance Date are owned by GPH and certain of its affiliates, the holders of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall no longer have a right, as a class,
to elect any member of the Board of Directors. Furthermore, the Certificate of
Designations will prohibit the Company (and, in the case  of clauses (ii),
(iii), (iv) and (v) below, its subsidiaries), for so long as at least one-half
of the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued on the Initial
Issuance Date are owned by GPH and certain of its affiliates, without first
obtaining the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, from engaging in the
following transactions or taking the following actions:

              (i) amend or repeal any provision of the Restated
         Certificate or the Company's By-laws, including without
         limitation a change in the number of members of the Board of
         Directors;

             (ii) authorize or effect the incurrence or issuance of any
         indebtedness (other than pursuant to an agreement to incur the same
         which has been approved in writing by holders of a majority of
         outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and other
         than pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated September 29,
         1995, between Western Publishing Company, Inc. and Heller Financial,
         Inc.) or shares of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock
         other than, in the case of shares of Common Stock, (x) options to
         acquire up to 1,874,300 shares of Common Stock issued to employees of
         the Company pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1986 Employee Stock
         Option Plan (the "1986 Plan") or (y) thereafter approved with the
         consent of the holders of record of a majority of the then outstanding

         shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; provided, however, that
         the incurrence of indebtedness among the Company and its subsidiaries
         shall not require such consent;

            (iii) authorize or effect (A) in one or in a series of two or more
         related transactions, any sale, lease, license, transfer or other
         disposition of assets for consideration in excess of $5,000,000 (other
         than in the ordinary course of business or among the Company and its
         subsidiaries); (B) any merger or consolidation or other reorganization
         involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than with one
         another or in respect of which the aggregate consideration paid to or
         received by the Company or its subsidiaries is less than $5,000,000) or
         (C) a liquidation, winding up, dissolution or adoption of any plan for
         the same other than the liquidation, winding up, dissolution or
         adoption of any plan for the same of a subsidiary into the Company or
         another subsidiary thereof;
                                      67
<PAGE>
             (iv) authorize or effect, in one or in a series of two or more
         related transactions, (A) any acquisition or lease of assets or (B) any
         license of patent, trademark or other rights relating to any
         intellectual property, in each case, that involves by its terms a per
         annum payment in excess of $5,000,000 as determined in good faith by
         the Board of Directors, other than among the Company and its
         subsidiaries or in the ordinary course of business; or

              (v) terminate the employment of the chief executive officer 
         of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock are held by more than 10 holders, then the right of
the holders to elect Series B Directors and to vote as a class on the matters
listed above shall terminate.

                  Conversion

                  The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at
the option of the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, into shares
of Common Stock, at the exchange rate of 500 shares of Common Stock for each
share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at any time from and after the
Initial Issuance Date, representing a conversion price of $10 per share of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock for
which the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted is subject to
customary antidilution adjustments pursuant to the Certificate of Designations
to prevent dilution on the occurrence of certain events ("Triggering
Transactions"), including: (i) stock dividends or other distributions of Common
Stock, (ii) certain issuances of Common Stock (or other securities convertible
into or exercisable for Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a
conversion or exercise price per share) less than the conversion price of the
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at such time, or (iii) a merger,
consolidation or other reorganization of the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the conversion rate shall not be so reduced if (A) for so long as the
holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have class voting rights to
elect one or more Series B Directors or to approve certain transactions as
described above, such Triggering Transaction involves a grant, issuance or sale

of Common Stock to GPH or certain of its affiliates, other than ratably to all
holders of Common Stock, and such Triggering Transaction has not been approved
by a majority of the non-Series B Directors (other than natural persons having
certain relations with GPH) or (B) the Triggering Transaction involves a grant,
issuance or sale of Common Stock that has not been registered pursuant to the
Securities Act and an investment bank of national standing and reputation,
engaged for a fee by the Company pursuant to a written engagement letter, has
not been consulted by the Company with respect to the structure of such
Triggering Transaction and participated in the negotiation of such Triggering
Transaction. The foregoing anti-dilution adjustments will not apply to any

                                      68
<PAGE>
Common Stock issued or issuable to any person or entity: (i) on exercise of
options outstanding as of the Initial Issuance Date to acquire up to 1,874,300
shares of Common Stock issued to employees of the Company pursuant to the 1986
Plan and any options approved by the holders of record of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) pursuant to
options granted to Mr. Snyder under the terms of the Snyder Employment
Arrangements, (iii) on conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or
Series A Preferred Stock, (iv) as a dividend on the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock or (v) on exercise of the Warrant.

                  Preemptive Rights

                  The holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have
no preemptive rights to purchase any securities issued by the Company. The
holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock have no preemptive rights
to purchase Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or any other securities issued
by the Company.

Terms of the Warrant

                  General

                  The Warrant is to be issued to GPH pursuant to the Securities
Purchase Agreement. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the
Warrant, the form of which is attached as Appendix V to this Proxy Statement and
is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety
by reference to such form of Warrant.

                  Exercise
   
                  The Warrant will initially entitle the holder thereof to
purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10 per share (the
"Exercise Price"), subject to adjustment as described below. The Warrant will be
exercisable beginning on the second anniversary of the date of issuance (subject
to acceleration in the event of a public announcement of certain bona fide
Business Combination Proposals (as defined in "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT --
Pre-Closing Covenants") or the initiation of a proxy solicitation for control of
the Board of Directors by any person or entity (other than GPH or certain of its
affiliated entities)) until the seventh anniversary of the date of issuance. The
Warrant may be exercised by surrendering the Warrant to the Company, at its
office in New York, New York, accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the
Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares being purchased pursuant to
such exercise. In lieu of exercising the Warrant, the holder may elect to
receive a payment equal to the difference between (i) the market price of the

Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares as to which the Warrant is then
being exercised and (ii) the Exercise Price with respect to such shares, payable
by the Company to the holder of the Warrant only in shares of Common Stock
valued at the market price on the date of exercise.
    
                                      69
<PAGE>
                  Antidilution and Exercise Price Adjustments

                  The number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the
exercise of the Warrant and the Exercise Price are subject to customary
antidilution adjustments in connection with the occurrence of certain events,
substantially the same as those applicable to the Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock as described above under "THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of
the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock -- Conversion."

                  Transferability

                  The Securities Purchase Agreement prohibits GPH from selling,
transferring or assigning the Warrant other than to an affiliate until the
earlier to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) the
date on which a bona fide Business Combination Proposal is publicly announced or
a proxy solicitation for control of the Board of Directors is initiated by any
person other than GPH or any of its affiliates.

Terms of the GPH Registration Rights Agreement

                  Pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement,
the Company has agreed to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with GPH
at the Closing. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the GPH
Registration Rights Agreement, which is attached as Appendix VI to this Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the GPH Registration Rights Agreement.

                  The GPH Registration Rights Agreement will contain customary
terms and conditions and will provide, among other things, that the holders of
Registrable Securities (as defined below) thereunder will have the right to
require the Company to use its best efforts to register under the Securities Act
Registrable Securities in up to three demand registrations and an unlimited
number of incidental ("piggyback") registrations. Subject to certain
limitations, holders of Registrable Securities will also have the right to
request unlimited registrations of their securities on SEC Form S-3 and to
effect a shelf registration of such securities pursuant to SEC Rule 415, and to
keep such shelf registration continuously effective for up to 18 months.
"Registrable Securities" will be defined in the GPH Registration Rights
Agreement as (i) any shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) any
shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock, (iii) the Warrant or any portion thereof, (iv) any shares of
Common Stock issued upon the exercise of the Warrant or any portion thereof and
(v) any capital stock of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution
with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any securities
referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above. The Company will pay all
registration expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable
Securities pursuant to the GPH 
                                      70
<PAGE>
Registration Rights Agreement, except for underwriting discounts and
commissions and fees and disbursements of counsel to the selling holders. The
Company also will agree in the GPH Registration Rights Agreement to customary
indemnification and contribution protections to selling holders of Registrable
Securities under the federal securities laws and otherwise.

Representations and Warranties

                  The Securities Purchase Agreement contains various customary
representations and warranties of the parties, none of which survive the
Closing, made as of the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement and to be made
as of the date of the Closing, including, among other things, representations
(A) from both parties relating to (i) each party's organization and similar
corporate matters, (ii) the authorization, execution, delivery, performance and
enforceability of the Securities Purchase Agreement and related matters and
(iii) required consents or approvals and violations of any instruments or laws;
(B) representations from the Company relating to (i) the capital structure of
the Company and its subsidiaries and equity investments, (ii) the documents and
reports filed by the Company with the SEC and the accuracy of the information
contained therein, (iii) the accuracy of the information provided by the Company
with respect to this Proxy Statement, (iv) the Company's business, properties,
assets, condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities or operations of the
Company and the absence of any material adverse change thereto and (v) the
Company's having taken all actions so that the restrictions of Section 203 of
the DGCL will not apply to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
the Securities Purchase Agreement; and (C) representations from GPH relating to
(i) GPH's having sufficient funds to effect the transactions contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement and (ii) GPH's purchasing the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock and the Warrant for investment for its own (or an affiliate's)
account and not with a view to the distribution of any part of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock or the Warrant.

Pre-Closing Covenants

                  Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company has
agreed that prior to the Closing, unless otherwise agreed to by either GPH or
Mr. Snyder, it will, among other things: (i) afford GPH and its representatives
full access during normal business hours to its properties, books, contracts,
commitments, records and personnel; (ii) carry on its business in the usual,
regular and ordinary course; (iii) preserve intact its business organization;
(iv) keep available the services of officers and employees; (v) preserve its
relationships with customers, suppliers and others material to the operation of
its business; (vi) maintain its insurance coverage and its books and records;
(vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations,
(viii) maintain its properties and equipment in good repair, working order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (ix) maintain in full force

                                      71
<PAGE>
and effect and perform in all material respects its obligations under all
material contracts and commitments. Further, the Company has agreed that prior
to the Closing, unless otherwise agreed to by either GPH or Mr. Snyder, it will
not, among other things: (i) sell or pledge or agree to sell or pledge any
capital stock owned by it or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) amend the Restated
Certificate or the By-laws, except as contemplated by the Securities Purchase
Agreement; (iii) split, combine or reclassify its outstanding capital stock or
issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect

of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of the capital stock, or, except as
contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, declare, set aside or pay any
dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock or property (other than
dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock, to the extent otherwise
permitted); or (iv) directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
or agree to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital
stock, except as contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement or pursuant
to existing contractual rights.

                  Additionally, the Company has agreed that unless otherwise
agreed to by either GPH or Mr. Snyder, it will not, nor will it permit any of
its subsidiaries to: (i) except as required by the Securities Purchase
Agreement, issue, deliver or sell or agree to issue, deliver or sell any
additional shares of, or stock appreciation rights or rights of any kind to
acquire any shares of, its capital stock of any class, or any option, rights or
warrants to acquire, or securities convertible into, shares of capital stock
other than (x) issuances of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of outstanding
warrants or stock options or (y) grants of employee stock options at fair market
value at the time of grant and issuances of Common Stock upon exercise thereof,
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice (other than
to certain executive officers of the Company located at its New York City
offices and their affiliates, who shall not be eligible to receive such grants
subsequent to the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement); provided that the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of all employee stock
options outstanding on the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement and those
granted thereafter and before the Closing shall not exceed the sum of 1,874,300;
(ii) except for the sale of the Company's Fayetteville, North Carolina facility,
acquire, lease or dispose or agree to acquire, lease or dispose of any capital
assets or any other assets other than in the ordinary course of business; (iii)
incur additional indebtedness or encumber or grant a security interest in any
asset or enter into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) incur any liability or obligation, or contribute any asset, to a
subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; (v)
acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a
substantial equity interest in, or by any other manner, any business or any
corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof, in
each case in this clause (v) which are material, individually or in the
aggregate, to the Company and 
                                      72
<PAGE>
its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (vi) adopt,  enter into, amend or terminate
any contract, agreement or other arrangement  with respect to the actions
described in clauses (i) through (v) that is not  otherwise permitted by the
exceptions contained therein; (vii) except as  required to comply with
applicable law, (A) adopt, enter into, terminate or  amend any Company employee
benefit plan or arrangement, (B) increase in any  manner the compensation or
fringe benefits of any director, officer or  employee (except for normal
increases in the ordinary course of business that  are consistent with past
practice and that, in the aggregate, do not result  in a material increase in
benefits or compensation expense to such party and  its subsidiaries relative to
the level in effect prior to such increase),  (C) pay any benefit not provided
under any existing Company employee benefit  plan or arrangement, (D) except for
benefits that have already been earned or  vested without acceleration, grant
any awards or make any payments under any  bonus, incentive, performance or
other compensation plan or arrangement or  Company benefit plan, except for (x)
the making of matching and annual  contributions to 401(k) plans in the ordinary

course of business and consistent with past practice and (z) the granting of
employee stock options and the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise thereof,
to the extent permitted by subclauses (x) and (y) of clause (i) above, (E) take
any action to fund or in any other way secure the payment of compensation or
benefits under any Company employee benefit plan or arrangement, other than in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or (F) adopt,
enter into, amend or terminate any contract, agreement or other arrangement to
do any of the actions described in this clause (vii) that is not otherwise
permitted by the exceptions contained herein; (viii) make any investments in
non-investment grade securities; (ix) make any change in its accounting policies
or procedures except as required under statutory accounting practices or
generally accepted accounting principles, as applicable; (x) take any action
that would, or reasonably might be expected to, result in any of its
representations and warranties set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement
being or becoming untrue in any material respect, or in any of the conditions
set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement not being satisfied, or (unless
such action is required by applicable law) which would adversely affect the
ability of the Company to obtain any of the regulatory approvals required to
consummate the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement;
(xi) terminate or materially modify the employment arrangements of Mr. Snyder,
other than for "cause" (as defined in the draft of the Snyder Employment
Agreement furnished to the Board of Directors); and (xii) enter into any
agreement to perform any of the actions prohibited under this paragraph and the
immediately preceding paragraph and not otherwise permitted by the exceptions
contained therein.

Non-Solicitation of Business Combination Proposals

                  The Securities Purchase Agreement provides that the Company
shall not, nor shall any of its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, take (nor
shall the Company authorize or permit its subsidiaries, officers, directors,
employees, representatives, 
                                      73
<PAGE>
investment bankers, attorneys, accountants or other agents or affiliates, to
take) any action to (i) solicit or initiate the submission of any Business
Combination Proposal (as defined below), (ii) enter into any agreement with
respect to any Business Combination Proposal or (iii) participate in any way in
discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information to, any person in
connection with, or take any other action to facilitate any inquiries or the
making of any proposal that constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead
to, any Business Combination Proposal. "Business Combination Proposal" means
any tender or exchange offer, proposal for a merger, consolidation or other
series of related transactions in a business combination involving the Company
or any subsidiary of the Company or any other proposal or offer to enter into a
Third Party Business Combination (as defined below). "Third Party Business
Combination" means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company is acquired by merger or otherwise by
any person, entity or group, other than GPH or certain affiliates thereof (a
"Third Party"); (B) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company enters into an
agreement with a Third Party which contemplates the acquisition of 25% or more
of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (C)
the Company enters into a merger or other agreement with a Third Party which
contemplates the acquisition of beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock (or securities convertible thereinto or
exercisable therefor); (D) a Third Party acquires more than 25% of the total
assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (E) a Third Party

who, as of the date 10 days preceding the date of the Securities Purchase
Agreement, beneficially owns less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the
Common Stock obtains beneficial ownership of such number of shares of Common
Stock such that it beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock, or any person, entity or group which beneficially owns (or has the
right to acquire) 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock
increases its beneficial ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock by
10% or more; (F) the Company adopts a plan of liquidation relating to more than
25% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(G) the Company repurchases more than 25% of the outstanding shares of the
Company's capital stock; or (H) there is a public announcement or written
proposal with respect to a plan or intention by the Company or a Third Party to
effect any of the foregoing transactions (provided such transaction is
consummated during the nine month period following such public announcement or
written proposal).

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may participate in
discussions or negotiations with or furnish information to any third party which
makes an unsolicited proposal of a transaction which the Board of Directors
reasonably believes is likely to result in a Business Combination Proposal
pursuant to which such third party would, or would have the right to, acquire
more than 25% of the outstanding voting capital stock of the Company and which
the Board of Directors reasonably 
                                      74
<PAGE>
determines, based upon advice of its  financial advisors, is financially
superior than the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement
and is likely to be consummated (a "Superior Proposal").

                  In addition to the obligations of the Company set forth in the
preceding two paragraphs, the Securities Purchase Agreement also provides that
the Company (i) shall promptly advise GPH of any request for information or of
any Business Combination Proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which
appears to be intended to or could reasonably be expected to lead to any
Business Combination Proposal, the material terms and conditions of such
request, Business Combination Proposal or inquiry, and the identity of the
person making any such request, Business Combination Proposal or inquiry, and
the identity of the person making any such request, Business Combination
Proposal or inquiry, and (ii) shall keep GPH fully informed of the status and
details of any such request, Business Combination Proposal or inquiry and (iii)
shall promptly furnish GPH a copy of any written proposal in connection
therewith.

Conditions to Closing

                  In addition to the approval and adoption of the Proposals by
the stockholders of the Company, the obligations of the Company and GPH to
effect the Transactions are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of certain
conditions specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement, including, among
others: (i) the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the
respective parties contained in the Securities Purchase Agreement in all
material respects except if the aggregate of any breaches have not resulted in,
and are not likely to result in, a material adverse effect on the business,
properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities or
operations of the breaching party and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii)
the performance and compliance in all material respects by the respective

parties of all obligations under the Securities Purchase Agreement required to
be performed on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) the absence of any
injunction or other order by any federal or state court preventing consummation
of the Transactions and of any legal challenge seeking to prevent such
consummation; (iv) the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act having
expired or been terminated; and (v) the absence of a material breach of any of
the provisions of the Irrevocable Proxies.

Termination and Termination Fee

   
                  The Securities Purchase Agreement may be terminated (a) at any
time by mutual consent of the parties; (b) by either party if (i) the
Transactions have not occurred on or before May 22, 1996, provided the
terminating party is not otherwise in material breach of its representations,
warranties, covenants or agreements under the Securities Purchase Agreement;
(ii) the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company to approve any of the
Proposals (other than the Proposals relating to the 

                                      75
<PAGE>
proposed amendments to the Restated Certificate) has not been obtained; (iii)
any court or other governmental entity of competent jurisdiction shall have
issued a final permanent order enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the
consummation of the Transactions; or (iv) if there has been a material breach
on the part of the other of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement
set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement which has not been cured within
fifteen business days of notice by the other party thereof; or (c) by either
party, if the Board of Directors reasonably determines that a Business
Combination Proposal is likely to result in a Superior Proposal; provided,
however, that such termination under this clause (c) shall not be effective
unless and until (i) simultaneously with such termination the Company enters
into a definitive agreement to effect such Business Combination Proposal and
(ii) the Company has made payment in full of the Termination Fee (as defined
below).
    
                  If (i) the Transactions are not consummated as a result of a
material breach of the non-solicitation covenant described above under "THE
SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Non-Solicitation of Business Combination
Proposals," (ii) the Securities Purchase Agreement is terminated as a result of
the Company's entering into a definitive agreement with respect to a Business
Combination Proposal or (iii) a Third Party Business Combination has been
consummated either (A) prior to the termination of the Securities Purchase
Agreement under specified circumstances or (B) within nine months following the
date of the termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement by GPH as a result
of the breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement by the
Company in the Securities Purchase Agreement (which shall not have been cured
within fifteen days of notice thereof), then the Company shall pay to GPH a
termination fee of $2,000,000 (the "Termination Fee").

Expenses

                  Except with respect to the Termination Fee described above,
the Securities Purchase Agreement provides that each party will pay its own
costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith; provided that (a) if the
Transactions are consummated or if they are not consummated as a result of a
material breach by the Company of any representation or warranty contained in

the Securities Purchase Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred by GPH in
connection therewith shall be paid by the Company, and (b) if the Transactions
are not consummated for any other reason, all costs and expenses incurred by GPH
in connection therewith from and after December 14, 1995 shall be paid by the
Company. In either case the Company shall not be responsible for costs and
expenses incurred by GPH in an amount exceeding $4,000,000.

                                      76
<PAGE>
                                ---------------

         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE
             APPROVAL OF THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE
                      TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

                                ---------------

                    ELECTION OF DIRECTORS (Proposal No. 2)

General

   
                  The Board of Directors currently consists of five directors.
As contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, six directors are to be
elected at the Special Meeting, who will qualify as such only upon the Closing,
to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company and until
their successors are duly elected and qualified. At the Closing, the five
incumbent directors will resign. The Board of Directors proposes the election of
the following six nominees, who have been designated by GPH in accordance with
the provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement:

                                            Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn

                                            Barry Diller

                                            Linda L. Janklow

                                            Marshall Rose

                                            Richard E. Snyder

                                            H. Brian Thompson
    

                  The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that any of
the foregoing nominees will not serve if elected and qualified, but if any of
them should become unavailable to serve as a director or be withdrawn from
nomination, the Board of Directors will designate a substitute nominee named by
GPH, and the persons named as proxy holders will vote for the substitute
nominee.

   
                  If the nominees listed above are elected and are qualified as
directors, they are expected to serve until the 1996 annual meeting of

stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Because
such nominees have been nominated by the Board of Directors pursuant to the
terms of the 
                                      77
<PAGE>
Securities Purchase Agreement, they will not be qualified as directors and take
office, even if elected at the Special Meeting, until immediately upon the
Closing. Until such time, in accordance with the Company's By-laws, the current
directors will remain in office. Moreover, if the Closing does not occur for
any reason, including by reason of any of the Proposals (other than the
Proposals relating to the proposed amendments to the Restated Certificate) not
being approved at the Special Meeting, then the foregoing nominees will not
qualify as directors even if elected at the Special Meeting, and the current
directors will continue to serve in office until their successors are duly
elected and qualified in accordance with the DGCL and the Company's By-laws.
    
 
   
              In addition to the six directors to be elected at the Special
Meeting, upon the Closing (i) the size of the Board of Directors will be
increased to nine, (ii) the three individuals named below under "ELECTION OF
DIRECTORS -- Business Experience of Series B Directors" will be elected by GPH
in its capacity as the holder of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to
serve as the Series B Directors and (iii) the incumbent directors will resign as
directors of the Company. Accordingly, immediately following the Closing, all
members of the Board of Directors will have been nominated by GPH.
    

                                       
                                ---------------

       THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR ELECTION
                  OF THE NOMINEES AS DIRECTORS LISTED ABOVE.

                                ---------------


Business Experience of Nominees

   
Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn
Age: 52

                  Ms. Ahmad-Llewellyn is Vice Chairman of Philadelphia
Coca-Cola Bottling Company Inc.  From its founding in 1971 until
1991, she served as President of H.A.V.A. Inc., a home health
care company.  Ms. Ahmad-Llewellyn is President of the Board of
Directors of the Northside Center for Child Development, and a
member of the Board of Directors of The New 42nd Street
Corporation, The Dance Theater of Harlem, Jazz at Lincoln Center,
the American Red Cross of Greater New York and The Madeira School
in McLean, VA.  Ms. Ahmad-Llewellyn previously served as
Chairperson of the Small Business Administration District

                                      78

<PAGE>
Advisory Council for Region II, as Vice President, of the Home
Care Council of New York City Inc. and as a Presidential
appointee to the White House Conference on Small Business.
    

Barry Diller
Age: 53

                  Mr. Diller has been a director and the Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer of Silver King Communications, Inc. since August 24,
1995. He was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of QVC Network,
Inc. (now QVC, Inc.) from January 1993 until February 28, 1995. From 1984 to
1992, Mr. Diller served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of Fox, Inc. Prior to joining Fox, Inc., Mr. Diller served for 10 years as
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Gulf & Western's (now
Paramount Communications) Paramount Pictures Corporation. Mr. Diller is a
director and Chairman of the Board of Home Shopping Network, Inc., and he also
serves on the Board of the Museum of Television and Radio and is a member of the
Board of Councilors for the University of Southern California's School of
Cinema-Television. Mr. Diller also serves on the Board of Directors for AIDS
Project Los Angeles and the Executive Board for the Medical Sciences for UCLA.

Linda L. Janklow
Age: 56

   
                  Ms. Janklow is Chairman, Lincoln Center Theater, having served
in this capacity since 1991. Prior thereto, she served as Vice-Chairman, Lincoln
Center Theater since 1979. She is a member of the Board of Directors, Lincoln
Center for the Performing Arts, Inc. She has also been Chairman of Arts
Connection, the largest arts-in-education organization in New York City since
its founding in 1978. She is Chairman of the Collection Committee and a founding
Trustee of the American Museum of the Moving Image. She is also a member of the
Board of Directors of The New 42nd Street Corporation.
    

   
Marshall Rose
Age: 59

                  Mr. Rose is Managing Partner of The Georgetown Group, a
privately held real estate development and financial services group. Mr. Rose
serves as a Director of One Liberty Properties and Estee Lauder Companies, Inc.
and as a Trustee of BRT Realty Trust. In addition, Mr. Rose serves as Chairman
of the Executive Committee and Chairman of the Board Emeritus of The New York
Public Library; as Trustee of the New York University Medical Center; as
Director of Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts; as a Member of the Executive
Committee of the Board of Visitors of The Graduate School and University Center
of The 
                                      79
<PAGE>
City University of New York; as Director and Executive Committee member of
the Bryant Park Restoration Committee; and as a Trustee of the Robert Steel
Foundation for Pediatric Cancer Research.
    
                                      80


<PAGE>
Richard E. Snyder
Age: 62

                  On January 31, 1996, in connection with the signing of the
Securities Purchase Agreement, Mr. Snyder was elected as President of the
Company. Prior to that time, Mr. Snyder had, since 1994, been an independent
business consultant and investor. He was the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Simon & Schuster from 1975 to 1994. Mr. Snyder is a director of
Franklin Electronic Publishers, Inc. and of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc.

   
H. Brian Thompson
Age:  56

                  Mr. Thompson has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer of LCI International and its subsidiaries since July
1991. Mr. Thompson previously served as executive vice president of MCI
Communications Corporation where he was responsible for all eight of MCI's
operating divisions and various other senior management capacities from 1981 to
1991. These capacities included vice president responsible for all staff
functions, Divisional president and Senior Vice President responsible for
strategic development and corporate planning. Mr. Thompson is a director of
Microdyne Corporation, NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., STN Incorporated and
Comcast UK Cable Partners Limited.
    

Business Experience of Series B Directors

   
James A. Eskridge
Age:  53

                  Mr. Eskridge currently serves as a senior advisor for Mattel,
Inc., and was Group President-Mattel from April 1995 through March 1996, and
served previously as the President of Fisher-Price, Inc. from November 1993
through April 1995.  Prior thereto, Mr. Eskridge served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Mattel from December 1988 through
November 1993.
    

David A. Tanner
Age:  37

                  Mr. Tanner has served as a Managing Director of E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc. since January 1993.  Mr. Tanner served as a Vice 
President of E.M. Warburg from January 1991 to January 1993 and was an 
associate at E.M. Warburg from March 1986 to December 1990.  Prior to joining 
E.M. Warburg, Mr. Tanner was engaged in the private practice of law with the 
law firm of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett.  Mr. Tanner is a director of
RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd.
                                      81
<PAGE>
John L. Vogelstein
Age:  61


                  Mr. Vogelstein has served since 1982 as Vice Chairman of the
Board of Directors, and since 1994 as President, of E.M. Warburg Pincus & Co.,
Inc.  Prior thereto, he was an officer and a director of E.M. Warburg & Co. and
certain of its affiliates. Mr. Vogelstein is currently a director of AEGIS GROUP
plc., ADVO Inc., LCI International, Mattel Inc., Value Health, Inc., and several
privately held companies.

Business Experience of Current Directors

Richard A. Bernstein
Director since:  1984
Age:  49

   
                  Mr. Bernstein has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company and Chairman of Western Publishing Company, Inc. since February
1984. From 1984 to August 1989, Mr. Bernstein was also President of the Company.
In November 1986, Mr. Bernstein became Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of Penn Corporation. He is President of P & E Properties, Inc., a
private commercial real estate ownership/management company, and has been for
more than five years. Mr. Bernstein is the sole shareholder of P & E Properties,
Inc. He is a member of the Regional Advisory Board of Chemical Bank, a member of
the Board of Trustees of New York University, a member of the Board of Overseers
of the New York University Stern School of Business, a Director and Vice
President of the Police Athletic League, Inc., a member of the Board of Trustees
of New York University's Hospital for Joint Diseases/Orthopedic Institute, a
member of the Board of Directors of The Big Apple Circus, Inc., and a member of
The Economic Club of New York.
    

Richard H. Hochman
Director since:  1995
Age:  50

                  Mr. Hochman has been Chairman of Regent Capital Partners,
L.P., a private investment company, since April 1995. From 1990 through April
1995 he was a managing director of the Corporate Finance Department of
PaineWebber Incorporated. Mr. Hochman also serves on the Board of Directors of
Cablevision Systems Corporation and Alliance Entertainment Corporation.

                                      82
<PAGE>
John F. Moore
Director since:  1995
Age:  58

                  Mr. Moore is Chief Executive Officer of Mindscape, Inc. Mr.
Moore served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company's principal
operating subsidiary, Western Publishing Company, Inc., from May 1995 until his
resignation on January 26, 1996. From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Moore was President and
Chief Operating Officer of Penguin USA, the large book publishing unit of
Pearson Group, a London-based international media company. From 1985 to 1991,
Mr. Moore was President of Parker Brothers, Inc., and from 1980 to 1985, he was
President of Kenner Parker Toys Canada.

Jenny Morgenthau

Director since:  1992
Age:  50

                  Ms. Morgenthau is Executive Director, Chief Executive
and Chief Operating Officer of The Fresh Air Fund, serving in
that capacity since 1983.  Between 1977 and 1983, Ms. Morgenthau
was the Director, Office of Program Planning, for the New York
City Human Resources Administration.  Ms. Morgenthau is a member
of the Board of Directors of Paul Newman's Hole in the Wall Gang
camp, The National Dance Institute, The Baron de Hirsch Fund and
the New York Chapter of The American Jewish Committee.

Michael A. Pietrangelo
Director since:  1989
Age:  52

                  Mr. Pietrangelo is President of the Personal Care
Products Group of IVAX Corporation.  From May 1990 through
February 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of
CLEO Inc., a subsidiary of Gibson Greetings, Inc.  From July 1989
through April 1990, Mr. Pietrangelo served as President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company.  Between 1985 and July 1989,
Mr. Pietrangelo was President of Schering-Plough's Personal Care
Group.  Mr. Pietrangelo is a member of the Board of Directors of
Universal Heights, Inc., Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation, The
American Parkinson Disease Association and The Memphis College of
Art.  He is also Of Counsel to the law firm of Weirich and
Pietrangelo in Memphis, Tennessee.

   
Business Experience of Executive Officers

Richard A. Bernstein
Age:  49

                  Mr. Bernstein has been Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company and Chairman of Western Publishing 

                                      83
<PAGE>
Company, Inc. since February 1984. From 1984 to August 1989, Mr. Bernstein was
also President of the Company. In November 1986, Mr. Bernstein became Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of Penn Corporation. He is President of P
& E Properties, Inc., a private commercial real estate ownership/management
company, and has been for more than five years. Mr. Bernstein is the sole
shareholder of P & E Properties, Inc. He is a member of the Regional Advisory
Board of Chemical Bank, a member of the Board of Trustees of New York
University, a member of the Board of Overseers of the New York University Stern
School of Business, a Director and Vice President of the Police Athletic League,
Inc., a member of the Board of Trustees of New York University's Hospital for
Joint Diseases/Orthopedic Institute, a member of the Board of Directors of The
Big Apple Circus, Inc., and a member of The Economic Club of New York.

James A. Cohen
Age:  50

                  Mr. Cohen has been Senior Vice President-Legal Affairs and

Secretary of the Company since December 1991 and a senior executive of P & E
Properties, Inc. since February 1984. He became Senior Vice President-Legal
Affairs & Secretary of Western Publishing Company, Inc. in January 1995. From
February 1984 until December 1991 he was Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Company. In March 1987, Mr. Cohen became Secretary of Western
Publishing Company, Inc. and in January 1993, Vice President-Legal Affairs of
that corporation. In November 1986, Mr. Cohen became Secretary of Penn
Corporation, in April 1987, Vice President and General Counsel, and in May 1991,
Vice President-Legal Affairs and Secretary of that corporation.

Ira A. Gomberg
Age: 52

                  Mr. Gomberg has been Vice President-Business Development and
Corporate Communications of the Company since February 1986. In April 1987, Mr.
Gomberg became a Vice President of Penn Corporation. In addition, he is a Vice
President and Assistant Secretary of Western Publishing Company, Inc. Since
February 1986, he has also been a senior executive of P & E Properties, Inc.
From 1976 through January 1986, Mr. Gomberg was employed by Sony Corporation of
America, a manufacturer and distributor of consumer electronic products, first
as General Counsel and after November 1983 as Vice President-Government Affairs.

                                      84
<PAGE>
Dale Gordon
Age:  48

                  Mr. Gordon joined Western Publishing Company, Inc. in August
1993 as Vice President and General Counsel.  He became Vice President and
General Counsel of the Company and Penn Corporation in January, 1994.  From 1980
through July 1993 he was with Playboy Enterprises, Inc. in various
legal/management positions, most recently as Vice President, Secretary and
Associate General Counsel.

Steven M. Grossman
Age:  35

                  Mr. Grossman has been Executive Vice President, Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company since June 1994.  Prior to that, Mr.
Grossman was Vice President-Financial Planning.  Since July 1992, he has also
been an employee of P & E Properties, Inc.  From August 1983 to July 1992 Mr.
Grossman was with the public accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP.  He is a
Certified Public Accountant licensed in the State of New York.

Michael J. Kutchin
Age:  38

                  Mr. Kutchin joined Western Publishing Company, Inc. in
February 1995 as Vice President-Corporate Controller and was appointed Chief
Financial Officer in September 1995.  Before joining Western Publishing Company,
Inc., he was Vice President- Chief Financial Officer of Ganton Technologies,
Inc.  From 1982 through 1989 Mr. Kutchin was with the public accounting firm of
Price Waterhouse LLP.  He is a Certified Public Accountant.

Ilan Reich
Age:  41


                  Mr. Reich has been Vice President-Special Projects of the
Company since October 1992.  Since December 1987 he has also been an employee of
P & E Properties, Inc.

Richard E. Snyder
Age:  63

                  Mr. Snyder was elected as President of the Company on January
31, 1996, in connection with the signing of the Securities Purchase Agreement.
Prior to that time, Mr. Snyder had, since 1994, been an independent business
consultant and investor. He was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Simon & Schuster from 1975 to 1994. Mr. Snyder is a director of Franklin
Electronic Publishers, Inc. and of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc.

                                      85
<PAGE>
Hal B. Weiss
Age:  39

                  Mr. Weiss has been Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of
the Company since August 1990.  From April 1986 until July 1990, Mr. Weiss was
Controller and Assistant Treasurer of the Company and from November 1986 until
July 1989 he was Controller of Penn Corporation.  In addition, Mr. Weiss has
been Controller of P & E Properties, Inc. since 1985.  Mr. Weiss is a Certified
Public Accountant.  Prior to joining the Company in 1985, Mr. Weiss practiced
public accounting at the firm of Turner, Imowitz and Company.
    

Board Meetings and Committees of the Board

                  Board of Directors. During Fiscal 1996, the Board of Directors
met nine times and all directors attended more than 75% of the meetings and 100%
of their respective committee meetings.

                  Audit Committee. The Audit Committee met once during Fiscal
1996. Pursuant to Board of Directors' authorization, the Committee reviews with
the independent auditors and the Company's internal audit department the general
scope of their respective audit coverages. Such reviews include consideration of
the Company's accounting practices, business ethics and conflicts of interest
policies, procedures and system of internal accounting controls and any
significant problems encountered. The Audit Committee also recommends to the
Board of Directors the appointment of the Company's principal independent
auditors.

                  The Audit Committee advises the Board of Directors of its
activities and may present to the Board of Directors its recommendation and
conclusions as to any matters considered by the Audit Committee. At least
annually, the Audit Committee reviews the services performed and the fees
charged by the independent auditors engaged by the Company and determines that
the non-audit services rendered by the independent auditors do not compromise
their independence.

                  The independent auditors and the Company's internal audit
department have direct access to the Audit Committee and may discuss with it any
matters which may arise in connection with audits, the maintenance of internal

accounting controls or any other matters relating to the Company's financial
affairs. Furthermore, the Audit Committee may authorize the independent auditors
to investigate any matters which the Audit Committee deems appropriate any may
present its recommendations and conclusions to the Board of Directors.

                  The Audit Committee is currently composed of Mr. Hochman
(Chairperson), Ms. Morgenthau and Mr. Pietrangelo.

                                      86
<PAGE>
                   Executive Compensation Committee. The Executive Compensation
Committee reviews the Company's executive compensation policies and practices
each year and approves the compensation of senior officers. The Committee's
approval of the compensation of the chief executive officer and other employee
directors are reviewed with and approved by all of the directors.

                   The Executive Compensation Committee is currently composed of
Ms. Morgenthau (Chairperson), Mr. Hochman and Mr. Pietrangelo.

                  Nominating Committee.  The Board of Directors does not
presently have a nominating committee.

                  Stock Option Committee. The Stock Option Committee administers
the Amended and Restated 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan. The Stock Option
Committee members are not eligible to receive options. Options may be granted at
such times and in such amounts as may be determined by the Stock Option
Committee.

                  The Stock Option Committee is currently composed of Mr.
Pietrangelo (Chairperson), Mr. Hochman and Ms. Morgenthau.

                  Directors Remuneration. Employee directors receive no
additional compensation for service on the Board of Directors or its committees.
Each non-employee director receives an annual retainer fee in the amount of
$15,000 together with a fee in the amount of $500 for each meeting of the Board
of Directors attended and related out-of-pocket expenses.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

                  The Executive Compensation Committee and Stock Option
Committee consist of Mr. Hochman, Ms. Morgenthau and Mr. Pietrangelo, none of
whom are former or current officers or employees of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, other than Mr. Pietrangelo who served as President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company from July 1989 through April 1990. No executive
officer of the Company serves as an officer, director or member of a
Compensation Committee of any entity for which any of the persons serving on the
Board of Directors of the Company or on the executive Compensation Committee or
Stock Option Committee of the Company is an executive officer.

                                      87
<PAGE>
Executive Compensation

                  The following table sets forth information for the past three
years for the Chief Executive Officer, the other four most highly compensated
executive officers of the Company, the former President and Chief Executive
Officer of Western Publishing Company, Inc. and the former Senior Vice
President, Finance and Administration of Western Publishing Company, Inc.


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              
                                                                                SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                                                                --------------------------
                                                                           Annual              Long-Term       
                                                                         Compensation         Compensation
                                                                     --------------------     ------------
                                                                                              Securities
                                                            Fiscal                            Underlying            All Other
Name and Principal Position                                  Year    Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Options(#)(4)     Compensation ($)(5)
- ---------------------------                                 ------   ----------   ---------   -------------     -------------------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>               <C>

Richard A. Bernstein                                         1996     540,000           --           --               12,533
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Western              1995     540,000           --       30,000               12,706
Publishing Group, Inc.; Chairman of Western Publishing       1994     529,231           --           --               15,133
Company, Inc.; Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer of Penn Corporation

John F. Moore(1)                                             1996     269,750           --      300,000               79,060
Former President and Chief Executive Officer of
Western Publishing Company, Inc.

Steven M. Grossman(2)                                        1996     207,000           --           --               10,044
Executive Vice President, Treasurer                          1995     201,179           --       30,000                7,720
and Chief Financial Officer of                               1994      96,701           --           --                4,334
Western Publishing Group, Inc.

James A. Cohen(2)                                            1996     212,500           --           --               10,044
Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs of                      1995     196,809           --       25,000               10,044
Western Publishing Group, Inc.                               1994     141,317           --           --                9,107

Ira A. Gomberg(2)                                            1996     238,500           --           --               10,044
Vice President, Business Development and                     1995     237,558           --       25,000               10,044
Corporate Communications of                                  1994     178,605           --           --               10,649
Western Publishing Group, Inc.

Ilan K. Reich(2)                                             1996     212,500           --           --                8,657
Vice President, Special Projects of                          1995     196,481           --       25,000                8,657
Western Publishing Group, Inc.                               1994     149,817           --           --                7,723

Bruce A. Bernberg(3)                                         1996     230,000       25,000       25,000               12,741
Former Senior Vice President, Finance and                    1995     230,000           --       15,000               13,861
Administration of Western Publishing Company, Inc.           1994     230,000       23,650           --               15,983
</TABLE>
    
                                      88

<PAGE>
- --------------
(1)      Mr. Moore joined the Company in May, 1995 and resigned
         effective January 26, 1996.

(2)      Salaries of Messrs. Grossman, Cohen, Gomberg and Reich are
         allocated among the Company and unaffiliated businesses
         based upon the services rendered to each entity.  As
         described under "THE PROPOSALS-- Interests of Certain
         Persons in the Transactions-- Severance and Management
         Arrangements," Messrs. Grossman, Cohen, Gomberg and Reich
         will each receive severance payments of $375,000 upon the Closing.

(3)      Effective February 16, 1996, Mr. Bernberg retired from the Company.

(4)      Options to acquire shares of Common Stock.

(5)      Includes amounts contributed by the Company as matching contributions
         equal to 60% of the first 6% of earnings (to a maximum Company
         contribution of $5,544) and a 3% annual Company contribution based on
         employee's annual compensation (up to the Internal Revenue Service
         limitation of $150,000 of compensation) to the Golden Comprehensive
         Security Program (the "Program").  In calendar year 1995, contributions
         to the Program with respect to Messrs. Bernstein, Grossman, Cohen,
         Gomberg, Reich and Bernberg were $10,044, $10,044, $10,044, $10,044,
         $8,657 and $9,257, respectively.  In calendar year 1994, contributions
         to the Program with respect to Messrs. Bernstein, Grossman, Cohen,
         Gomberg, Reich and Bernberg were $10,044, $7,720, $10,044, $10,044,
         $8,657 and $9,914, respectively.  In calendar year 1993, contributions
         to the Program with respect to Messrs. Bernstein, Grossman, Cohen,
         Gomberg, Reich and Bernberg were $12,471, $4,334, $9,107, $10,649,
         $7,723 and $12,296, respectively.

         In addition, the following amounts were paid or accrued during the last
         three years pursuant to the Executive Medical Reimbursement Plan and
         the excess life insurance program:

         In calendar year 1995, the Executive Medical Reimbursement Plan paid
         premiums for each of Messrs. Bernstein, Moore and Bernberg of $1,800,
         $750 and $1,800, respectively. During the same period, the Company paid
         excess life insurance premiums for Messrs. Bernstein, Moore and
         Bernberg of $689, $402 and $680, respectively. In calendar year 1994,
         the Executive Medical Reimbursement Plan paid premiums for each of
         Messrs. Bernstein and Bernberg of $1,800. During the same period, the
         Company paid excess life insurance premiums for Messrs. Bernstein and
         Bernberg of $862 and $1,152, 

                                      89
<PAGE>
         respectively. In calendar year 1993, the  Executive Medical
         Reimbursement Plan paid premiums for each of Messrs.  Bernstein and
         Bernberg of $1,800. During the same period, the Company  paid excess
         life insurance premiums for each of Messrs. Bernstein and  Bernberg of
         $862.

         In calendar years 1995, 1994 and 1993, $995, $995 and $1,025,
         respectively, was paid to Mr. Bernberg for financial planning
         assistance.


   
         In accordance with his employment agreement, Mr. Moore was entitled to
         the reimbursement of moving expenses which amounted to $77,908,
         including the related income tax gross up.
    
                                      90
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               OPTION GRANTS IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR


                                     Individual Grants
                                ------------------------------
                                Number of      Percent of Total                                    Potential Realizable Value at
                                Securities         Options                                         Assumed Annual Rates of Stock
                                Underlying        Granted To                                       Appreciation For Option Term(3)
                                Options          Employees In     Exercise Price   Expiration      -------------------------------
       Name                     Granted (#)       Fiscal Year         $/Share         Date             5%               10%
       ----                     -----------    ----------------   --------------   ----------         ----              -----
       <S>                      <C>            <C>                <C>              <C>             <C>                  <C>

John F. Moore                    150,000             31.8%            $ 9.50       5/30/97(2)        95,000            190,000
                                 150,000             31.8%            $13.50       5/30/97(2)       135,000            270,000
Bruce A. Bernberg(1)              25,000              5.3%            $11.75       3/17/96           13,464             26,927

- ------------
</TABLE>


(1)      The options granted to Mr. Bernberg were immediately vested on the 
         date granted.  As Mr. Bernberg retired effective February 16, 1996, 
         these options will expire pursuant to their terms on March 17, 1996.

(2)      In accordance with his employment agreement, Mr. Moore was granted
         options to acquire 300,000 shares of Common Stock (150,000 shares at an
         exercise price of $9.50 and 150,000 shares at an exercise price of
         $13.50). The options granted vested 1/5 per year beginning on the first
         anniversary of the grant. On January 25, 1996, the aforementioned
         options were cancelled. Simultaneously, new options to acquire 300,000
         shares of Common Stock (150,000 shares at an exercise price of $9.50
         and 150,000 shares at an exercise price of $13.50) were granted. The
         market value of the underlying securities at January 25, 1996 was
         $9.375. These options were immediately vested on the date granted and
         expire May 30, 1997. The new options were granted to Mr. Moore in
         consideration for his waiving all benefits under his employment
         agreement upon his termination of employment.

(3)      The dollar gains under these columns result from calculations assuming
         5% and 10% growth rates and are not intended to forecast future price
         appreciation of Common Stock of the Company. The gains reflect a future
         value based upon growth at these prescribed rates. The Company is not

         aware of any formula which will determine with reasonable accuracy a
         present value based on future unknown or volatile factors.

                                      91
<PAGE>
              AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN THE LAST FISCAL YEAR
                           AND FISCAL YEAR-END VALUE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                      Value of Unexercised
                                                                 Number of Unexercised Options       In-The-Money Options At
                                 Shares                          Held at February 3, 1996(#)           February 3, 1996(1)
                                 Acquired on      Value         ------------------------------     ------------------------------  
             Name                Exercise(#)     Realized($)    Exercisable   Unexercisable        Exercisable       Unexercisable
             ----                ------------    -----------    -----------   -------------       -----------       --------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>                 <C>               <C>

Richard A. Bernstein..........       --              --            32,500        35,000                --                 --
John F. Moore.................       --              --           300,000          --               $206,250              --
Steven M. Grossman............       --              --            20,000        17,500                --                 --
James A. Cohen................       --              --            36,667        23,333                --                $4,375
Ira A. Gomberg................       --              --            36,667        23,333                --                 4,375
Ilan K. Reich.................       --              --            21,667        23,333                --                 4,375
Bruce A. Bernberg.............       --              --            42,500        12,500               21,875              --
</TABLE>

- -------------

(1)      Market value of underlying securities at February 3, 1996 was $10.875.

                                      92
<PAGE>
Certain Transactions

                  In Fiscal 1996, the Company paid P&E Properties, Inc. ("P&E
Properties"), a corporation owned by Mr. Bernstein, approximately $290,000 to
reimburse P&E Properties for the use of an airplane owned by P&E Properties.
When commercially available flights are available to the destination, the
Company reimburses P&E Properties at the rate of the normal first class fare.
When commercial flights are not available, the Company reimburses P&E Properties
at an amount equal to the hourly variable operating costs of the airplane, times
the number of hours of use. The Company also reimburses P&E Properties for
out-of-pocket expenditures made by P&E Properties on the Company's behalf.

                  Salaries are paid by P&E Properties to Mr. Bernstein and
certain other officers whose services are rendered to P&E Properties. Salaries
paid to such persons were not related to services performed by P&E Properties
for the Company. None of the services provided by P&E Properties to the Company
were provided pursuant to a written agreement. The Company believes that the
terms of its transactions with P&E Properties were no less favorable than could
have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties on an arm's-length basis.


                  During Fiscal 1996, the Company provided a bridge loan to Mr.
John F. Moore, former President and Chief Executive Officer of Western
Publishing Company, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Western"),
in the amount of $620,000 for the purchase of a primary residence in Racine,
Wisconsin. Such loan and accrued interest at the applicable federal rate was
repaid following the closing of the sale of Mr. Moore's former primary residence
in September, 1995.

                  In Fiscal 1996, Western agreed to license six properties owned
or licensed by Western to Powerhouse Entertainment Company, Inc. ("Powerhouse"),
a corporation affiliated with Mr. Bernstein, pursuant to which Powerhouse would
develop certain interactive CD-ROM storybooks and other computer software
products (the "Products") based upon these properties. Under the terms of the
arrangement, all development costs would be incurred by Powerhouse, the
Products' content, packaging and design would be subject to Westerns' approval
and Western would be paid a royalty based upon the net proceeds of the sales of
the Products. The Company believes that the terms of this arrangement with
Powerhouse were no less favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third
parties on an arms'-length basis.

                  Concurrent with the execution of the Securities Purchase 
Agreement and the Transactions contemplated thereby, Western and Powerhouse
entered into an agreement relating to the existing arrangement between
Powerhouse and Western (the "Powerhouse Agreement").  The Powerhouse Agreement
provides,
                                      93
<PAGE>
among other things, that, immediately after the Closing, Western will exercise
one of three options (the "Options"), such chosen Option to replace and
supersede the existing arrangement in its entirety. Under the Options, any one
of which may be selected by the Company, (i) the existing arrangement could
continue in full force and effect; (ii) the existing arrangement could be
terminated, the Products destroyed and Powerhouse reimbursed its development
costs and expenses; or (iii) upon the completion of the development of the
Products, Western acquires the Products from Powerhouse and pays a royalty to
Powerhouse for the use of its proprietary software technology.

                  As described under "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain
Persons in the Transactions -- Severance and Management Arrangements," P&E
Properties will receive a payment of $1.2 million upon the Closing pursuant to a
management agreement with the Company to provide services (including finance and
accounting, cash management, real estate matters, labor negotiations and
corporate administration) as requested from time to time by Mr. Snyder for a
period of 180 days following the Closing.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

                  Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), requires the Company's executive officers,
directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the
Company's equity securities ("Reporting Persons") to file reports of ownership
and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC. These Reporting
Persons are required by SEC regulation to furnish the Company with copies of all
Forms 3, 4 and 5 they file with the SEC. Based solely on the Company's review of
the copies of the forms it has received and written representations from certain
Reporting Persons, the Company believes that all of its Reporting Persons

complied with all filing requirements applicable to them with respect to
transactions during calendar year 1995.

             AMENDMENTS TO 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN (Proposal No. 3)

                  On July 19, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to
stockholder approval, the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") to
serve as a replacement for the 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan. Stockholders
approved the adoption of the Stock Option Plan at the 1995 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of the Company.

   
                  In connection with the Board of Directors' approval of, and as
contemplated by, the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Board of Directors
adopted the following amendments to the Stock Option Plan (the "Amendments"),
subject to stockholder approval and to the consummation of the Transactions
under the Securities Purchase Agreement: (1) an increase in the number of 

                                      94
<PAGE>
shares of Common Stock available for the grant of options by 1,500,000
(including the formula grant feature for non-employee directors of the Company
referred to below); (2) an increase in the maximum number of shares of Common
Stock for which options may be granted to any person in any one calendar year to
1,500,000; (3) permitting the Stock Option Committee (as defined below) to
determine the meaning of the term "cause" as used in the Stock Option Plan on a
grant-by-grant basis; and (4) a formula option grant feature for non-employee
directors of the Company. The Amendments will enable the Company to grant stock
options to Mr. Snyder as contemplated by the Snyder Employment Agreement at the
Closing (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions
- -- Snyder Employment Arrangements"), and will also increase the number of shares
available for the grant of options to key employees following the Closing.
    

   
                  The formula grant feature will provide for the grant of a
non-qualified stock option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock to each
non-employee director of the Company on the date of Closing. Thereafter, on the
date that a person first becomes a non-employee director, he or she will
automatically be granted a non-qualified stock option to purchase 5,000 shares
of Common Stock. The formula grant feature also will provide for the annual
automatic grant of an option to purchase 3,000 shares of Common Stock to each
non-employee director on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the
Company following such individual's first becoming a non-employee director. Each
such option granted to a non-employee director will have an exercise price per
share equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant,
will be fully vested and exercisable as of the date of grant and will have a
term of ten years.
    
                  Approval of the adoption of the Amendments at the Special
Meeting is a condition to the consummation of the Transactions under the
Securities Purchase Agreement and is necessary to effectuate elements of the
Snyder Employment Arrangements. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Conditions
to Closing." The Amendments will be abandoned and the Stock Option Plan will not
be so amended, even if adoption of the Amendments is approved by the
stockholders at the Special Meeting, if the Transactions are not consummated for
any reason.


Description of the Stock Option Plan

                  The Stock Option Plan currently provides for the issuance of
options to purchase up to an aggregate of 750,000 shares of Common Stock. The
Stock Option Plan provides for the granting of options intended to qualify as
incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and non-qualified stock options to key
employees of the Company or its subsidiaries, including officers and employee
directors of the Company or its 
                                      95
<PAGE>
subsidiaries who are also employees, and to consultants who perform services for
the Company or its subsidiaries.  Currently, no person may receive in any one
calendar year options to purchase  more than 500,000 shares of Common Stock.

                  The Stock Option Plan is administered by a disinterested
committee appointed by the Board of Directors which is comprised of at least two
disinterested members of the Board of Directors (the "Stock Option Committee").
Among other things, the Stock Option Committee determines, subject to the
provisions of the Stock Option Plan, the key employees and consultants to whom
options should be granted, the nature of the options to be granted, the number
of options to be granted and the exercise price, the vesting schedule and the
term of the options and all other conditions and terms of the options to be
granted. The number of grantees may vary from year to year. It is not possible
to state in advance the exact number or identity of the grantees or the amounts
of the grants. To date, no options have been granted under the Stock Option
Plan. For information concerning stock options to be granted to Mr. Snyder
pursuant to the Snyder Employment Agreement following the Closing, see "THE
PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions -- Snyder
Employment Arrangements."

                  The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under
the Stock Option Plan may not be less than the fair market value of the shares
at the time the option is granted. The exercise price of non-qualified stock
options granted under the Stock Option Plan may not be less than 85% of the fair
market value of the shares at the time the option is granted. An optionee may
pay the option price in cash or, if permitted by the Stock Option Committee, by
delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock that have a fair market value
equal to the option price or a combination of cash and shares. Shares may not be
issued or transferred upon the exercise of an option until the option price is
paid in full.

                  Options generally become exercisable over such period as the
Stock Option Committee may prescribe, and expire no later than ten years from
the date of grant, subject to earlier termination on the optionee's termination
of employment or relationship with the Company. The Stock Option Committee may
accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding stock options, at any time or
upon the occurrence of any event. Options are not assignable or otherwise
transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except
that the Stock Option Committee may permit transfers by an optionee to his
family members. Shares subject to options granted under the Stock Option Plan
that have lapsed or terminated may again be subject to options granted under the
Stock Option Plan. Furthermore, the Stock Option Committee may offer to exchange
new options for existing options, with the shares subject to the existing
options again being available for grant under options.

                                      96

<PAGE>
                  The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Stock Option
Plan at any time; provided that approval by the stockholders of the Company will
be obtained if necessary or desirable to comply with applicable law.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to Optionees

                  For federal tax purposes, an optionee is not subject to tax
upon the grant of an option. If the option is not an incentive stock option, the
optionee will generally recognize ordinary income at the time of exercise of the
option in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
shares and the exercise price. A subsequent sale of the shares will result in a
capital gain or loss. If the option is an incentive stock option, the optionee
will generally not recognize income until the sale of the shares. If the shares
are held for the requisite holding periods, then all gain on the sale will be
treated as long-term capital gain. If the requisite holding periods are not
satisfied (a "disqualifying disposition"), then the portion of the gain equal to
the difference between the market value of the shares at the time of exercise
and the exercise price will generally be treated as ordinary income. The Company
will be entitled to a tax deduction in an amount corresponding to any ordinary
income recognized by the optionee.

Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Company

                  The Company will generally be entitled to a deduction for
federal income tax purposes at the same time and in the same amount as an
optionee is required to recognize ordinary income as described above. To the
extent an optionee realizes capital gains as described above, the Company will
not be entitled to any deduction for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, the
Company will not be entitled to any tax deduction in connection with incentive
stock options with respect to which there is no disqualifying disposition.

                  The Company believes that compensation attributable to options
granted under the Stock Option Plan at a price at least equal to the fair market
value of the underlying option shares at the date of grant may reasonably be
treated as performance-based compensation and will not be subject to the
limitations contained in Section 162(m) of the Code on the deductibility of
non-performance related compensation paid to certain corporate executives in
excess of $1 million in any taxable year. For a 

                                      97
<PAGE>
discussion of Section 162(m) of the Code, see "EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN."

                                ---------------

                THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A
                   VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE ADOPTION OF THE
                     AMENDMENTS TO THE STOCK OPTION PLAN.

                                ---------------

                 EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN (Proposal No. 4)

   
                  In connection with the Board of Directors' approval of, and as
contemplated by, the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors (the "Compensation Committee") adopted the Executive

Officer Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan"), subject to stockholder approval and to
the consummation of the Transactions under the Securities Purchase Agreement.
The Bonus Plan will enable the Company, through the Compensation Committee, to
award bonuses to Mr. Snyder under the Bonus Plan as contemplated by the Snyder
Employment Agreement following the Closing (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of
Certain Persons in the Transactions--Snyder Employment Arrangements"), as well
as to other executive officers of the Company following the Closing.
    

                  Approval of the adoption of the Bonus Plan by the Compensation
Committee is a condition to the consummation of the Transactions under the
Securities Purchase Agreement. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Conditions
to Closing." The Bonus Plan will be abandoned and no awards thereunder will be
made, even if adoption of the Bonus Plan is approved by the stockholders at the
Special Meeting, if the Transactions are not consummated for any reason.

                  The Bonus Plan has been structured, and its adoption has been
made subject to stockholder approval, in order to assure that the Company will
be able to deduct bonus payments to Mr. Snyder as contemplated by the Snyder
Employment Agreement and to other executive officers under the Bonus Plan. In
1993, the Code was amended to add Section 162(m), which precludes the Company
from taking a tax deduction for individual compensation in excess of $1 million
to each of the Company's highest paid executives. There are, however, certain
exceptions to this limitation, specifically for compensation that is
performance-based within the meaning of Section 162(m) and approved by the
stockholders. Accordingly, in order to qualify the Bonus Plan under Section
162(m) of the Code and maximize the deductibility by the Company of bonus
payments made to executive officers (including Mr. Snyder), the Compensation
Committee directed that the Bonus Plan be submitted to the stockholders of the
Company for their approval at the Special Meeting.

                                      98
<PAGE>
Terms of the Bonus Plan

                  The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Bonus
Plan, which is attached as Appendix VII to this Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Bonus Plan.

                  The purpose of the Bonus Plan is to advance the interests of
the Company and its stockholders by providing incentives in the form of periodic
cash bonus awards to certain senior executive officers of the Company.

                  The Bonus Plan will be administered by the Compensation
Committee, as such committee is from time to time constituted. The Compensation
Committee may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any
subcommittee thereof consisting solely of at least two "outside directors," as
defined under Section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder.

                  The Compensation Committee has the exclusive authority to
select the senior executives of the Company (a "Participant") to be granted
bonus awards ("Bonuses") under the Bonus Plan, to determine the size and terms
of the Bonus to be made to each individual selected, to modify the terms of any
Bonus that has been granted (except with respect to any modification which would

increase the amount of compensation payable to a "Covered Employee," as such
term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code), to determine the time when
Bonuses will be awarded, to establish performance objectives in respect to
Bonuses and to certify that such performance objectives were attained. The
Compensation Committee is authorized to interpret the Bonus Plan, to establish,
amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Bonus Plan, and to
make any other determinations which it deems necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Bonus Plan.

   
                  The Compensation Committee may in its discretion award a Bonus
to a Participant for any fiscal year of the Company (a "Year"). The amount of a
Participant's Bonus shall be an amount (the "Maximum Bonus") determinable from
written performance goals approved by the Committee not later than 90 days
following the beginning of the Year to which such goals relate and while the
outcome is substantially uncertain. The performance goals and formula applicable
to each affected Participant shall be set forth in a written schedule
established by the Compensation Committee (the "Bonus Schedule"). The
performance goals must be objective and based on actual versus budgeted earnings
before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. The Bonus Schedule
shall specify the manner in which the Maximum Bonuses shall be determined if the
performance goals are met and the period or periods to which the performance
goals apply. The performance goals and Maximum Bonus applicable to any affected
Participant may be adjusted in such manner as the Compensation 

                                      99
<PAGE>
Committee  determines to be proper and may be made without a loss of
deductibility of Bonuses under Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount of the
Bonus actually paid to any affected Participant may be less than the Maximum
Bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, but shall be no greater
than the amount of such Participant's Maximum Bonus. No awards may be made under
the Bonus Plan until following the Closing. Notwithstanding any other provision
of the Bonus Plan to the contrary, however, in no event may a Participant's
Maximum Bonus for any Year under the Bonus Plan exceed $2 million. If the
Company were nevertheless to decide to pay a larger bonus, a portion thereof may
not be deductible under Section 162(m).
    
                  The Plan may be amended or suspended in whole or in part at
any time and from time to time, or may be terminated at any time, by the
Compensation Committee. Amendments will require stockholder approval only if
required under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Federal Income Tax Consequences

                  Under present federal income tax law, Participants will
realize ordinary income equal to the amount of the Bonus received in the year of
receipt. The Company will receive a deduction for the amount constituting
ordinary income to the Participant, provided that the Bonus Plan satisfies the
requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. It is the Company's intention that
the Bonus Plan be adopted and administered in a manner that maximizes the
deductibility of compensation for the Company under Section 162(m) of the Code.

                                ---------------

           THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR
                  APPROVAL OF THE ADOPTION OF THE BONUS PLAN.


                                ---------------

                              CHARTER AMENDMENTS

   
                  The proposed amendments to the Restated Certificate set forth
in the foregoing Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders (the "Charter
Amendments") have been approved by the Board of Directors and are being
submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities Purchase Agreement. However, approval of the
Charter Amendments by the stockholders is not a condition to the consummation of
the Transactions under the Securities Purchase Agreement. See "SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Conditions to Closing." None of the Charter Amendments
will be effected, even if adopted by the stockholders at the Special Meeting, if
the Transactions are not consummated for any reason.
    
                                      100
<PAGE>
                  Approval of the Charter Amendments by the stockholders shall
be deemed also to constitute approval of a resolution authorizing the Board of
Directors, at any time prior to the filing of the Charter Amendments with the
Delaware Secretary of State, to abandon any such proposed amendment without
further action by the stockholders, in connection with the termination of the
Securities Purchase Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding approval of such
amendment by the stockholders of the Company at the Special Meeting. Reference
is made to Appendix VIII to this Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by
reference herein and sets forth the full text of the Charter Amendments.

         AMENDMENT TO CHANGE THE NAME OF THE COMPANY (Proposal No. 5)

   
                  The Board of Directors has adopted an amendment to Article
First of the Restated Certificate that, subject to stockholder approval, changes
the name of the Company to "Golden Books Family Entertainment, Inc." This is the
name under which GPH intends to operate the business of the Company following
the Closing. The Company has been advised by GPH that, in the view of Mr. Snyder
and GPH, the proposed name change will be of benefit to the Company and its
stockholders in view of the Company's well-known GOLDEN BOOKS(R) trademark.
    

                                ---------------

                THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A
                VOTE FOR ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED AMENDMENT TO
            CHANGE THE NAME OF THE COMPANY TO "GOLDEN BOOKS FAMILY
                             ENTERTAINMENT, INC."

                                ---------------


               AMENDMENTS TO INCREASE THE AUTHORIZED COMMON AND

                    PREFERRED STOCK (Proposal Nos. 6 and 7)

                  The Restated Certificate currently authorizes the issuance of
40,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, without
par value (the "Preferred Stock"). As of April 9, 1996, 21,666,739 shares of
Common Stock were outstanding, 208,800 shares were held in treasury, 2,580,300
shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options
granted and available for future grants under the Company's existing stock
option plans, and 416,042 shares were subject to the conversion privilege of the
Series A Preferred Stock (all of which will be redeemed at the Closing under the
Securities Purchase Agreement). In addition, as of the date of this Proxy
Statement, 19,970 shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding, representing the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock which will be redeemed at the Closing 

                                      101
<PAGE>
and will thereupon again  constitute authorized and unissued shares of Preferred
Stock. In connection  with the consummation of the Transactions, the Board of
Directors has reserved  an additional 14,370,000 shares, including 6,500,000
shares issuable upon  conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock,
3,120,000 shares  issuable as stock dividends on the Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock,  3,250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant and
1,500,000  additional shares available for the grant of options under the Stock
Option Plan. See "SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT -- Terms of the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock" and "-- Terms of the Warrant" and "AMENDMENTS TO
1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN." Accordingly, giving effect to the consummation of the
Transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, a balance of
1,382,961 authorized shares of Common Stock and 87,000 authorized shares of
Preferred Stock will be available to the Board of Directors for future stock
issuances.

                  The Board of Directors has adopted an amendment to Article
Fourth of the Restated Certificate that, subject to stockholder approval,
increases the authorized number of shares of Common Stock to 60,000,000 and
increases the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock to 200,000. The
Board of Directors believes that the authorization of such additional shares of
Common and Preferred Stock is appropriate in order to provide added flexibility
for future corporate purposes, which may include capital and financing needs,
stock distributions and stock splits, business acquisitions, management
incentive and employee benefit plans and other general corporate purposes. The
increase in the number of authorized shares of Common and Preferred Stock will
permit the Board of Directors to approve the issuance of additional shares of
Common Stock or Preferred Stock if warranted without the need for further action
by stockholders to authorize such shares, subject to present or future
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed
(including the rules of the NASD governing corporations (such as the Company)
with securities quoted on the Nasdaq National Market) and applicable law.
Currently, the rules of the NASD require stockholder approval by a majority of
the total votes cast in person or by proxy prior to the issuance of designated
securities by an issuer with securities quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (1)
where the issuance would result in a change of control of the issuer, (2) in
connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company if an
affiliate of the issuer has certain interlocking interests with the company to
be acquired or where the issuer issues more than 20% of its currently

outstanding shares or (3) in connection with a transaction, other than a public
offering, involving the sale or issuance of more than 20% of the common stock or
voting power outstanding before the issuance. The Board of Directors believes
that the availability of such additional shares of Common and Preferred Stock
would enable the Company to act promptly to take 

                                      102
<PAGE>
advantage of various corporate opportunities as such opportunities arise
without the delay or cost of calling a special meeting of stockholders.

                  The additional authorized shares of Common Stock and Preferred
Stock could also conceivably be issued to make any attempt to acquire control of
the Company more difficult and costly and thereby discourage attempts to acquire
the Company. For example, additional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock
could be sold in private placement transactions to purchasers who support the
Board of Directors and who are opposed to a takeover bid which the Board of
Directors believes is not in the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders. Additionally, the Board of Directors could authorize holders of a
series of Preferred Stock to vote either separately as a class or with the
holders of the Common Stock on any merger, sale or exchange of assets by the
Company or any other extraordinary corporate transaction. Additional shares of
Common Stock or shares of Preferred Stock convertible into Common Stock could
also be issued to increase the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock, thereby diluting the interest of parties attempting to obtain control of
the Company. If an issuance of additional shares of Common or Preferred Stock is
made on other than a pro rata basis to all stockholders, dilution of ownership
interest and voting power of existing stockholders may occur and, depending on
the consideration for which the shares were issued, could dilute earnings per
share.

                  There are at present no plans or arrangements concerning the
issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, except
pursuant to outstanding stock options and employee benefit plans and the Series
A Preferred Stock (which will be redeemed at the Closing), and except as
contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Snyder Employment
Arrangements (see "THE PROPOSALS -- Interests of Certain Persons in the
Transactions -- Snyder Employment Arrangements"). If any plans or arrangements
are made concerning the issuance of any such shares, holders of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may or may not be given
the opportunity to vote thereon, depending upon the nature of any such
transaction, the law applicable thereto, the policy of any stock exchange
(including the NASD) upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed at such
time and the judgment of the Board of Directors.

                  None of the outstanding shares of any class of capital stock
of the Company has preemptive rights or cumulative voting rights. The proposed
amendment would not change the terms and conditions of any outstanding shares of
Common Stock. Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the effective date of the proposed amendments, if they are
adopted by the stockholders at the 
                                      103
<PAGE>
Special Meeting, would remain outstanding and represent the same number of

shares of Common Stock as before such effective date.

                                ---------------

           THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR
              ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO INCREASE THE
                    AUTHORIZED COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK.

                                ---------------

               STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING

                  Any proposal of a stockholder intended to be presented at the
Company's 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must have been received by the
Secretary of the Company by January 3, 1996 for inclusion in the notice of
meeting and proxy statement relating to the 1996 Annual Meeting.

                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

   
                  The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
subsidiaries at February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995 and for each of the three
fiscal years in the period ended February 3, 1996 included in this Proxy
Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in their report (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and
includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in fiscal 1994 in the
method of accounting for postretirement benefits other than pensions to conform
with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106) which appears
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
    

                  Deloitte & Touche LLP has served as the Company's independent
auditors since its incorporation in 1984. Representatives of Deloitte & Touche
LLP will attend the Special Meeting and will have an opportunity to make a
statement and to respond to appropriate questions from stockholders.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

                  The Company is subject to the informational requirements of
the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, the Company files reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. Reports, proxy statements and
other information filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Regional Offices of the Commission at Seven
World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and Northwest Atrium Center, 500
West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60621. Copies of such material can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 

                                      104
<PAGE>
prescribed rates by writing to the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549.



   
                                  By Order of the Board of Directors,
    


                                  James A. Cohen
                                  Secretary


   
April __, 1996
    

                                      105

<PAGE>
   
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    

   
     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company for the three fiscal years
ended February 3, 1996 and related notes thereto appearing above.
    


   
Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 1996 (Fiscal 1996)
Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 1995 (Fiscal 1995)
    

   
     Revenues for the year ended February 3, 1996 decreased $28.3 million (7.0%)
to $374.3 million as compared to $402.6 million for the year ended January 28,
1995. Consumer Products Segment revenues decreased $33.9 million (9.8%) for the
year. The decrease resulted from the decline in unit and dollar sales of the
Company's interactive electronic storybooks and products reflecting the
competitive environment, the maturity of certain older formats, and the price
reductions implemented by the Company on a number of formats in the third
quarter of Fiscal 1996 in an effort to further reduce its inventory of these
products. In addition, the Company experienced lower sales in its paper
tableware and party goods division as the performance of certain licensed
products declined in comparison to the prior year. The reduced productivity of
these licensed products is attributable to their declining popularity with the
consumer as these products approach maturity and in light of the Fiscal 1996
performance of certain licenses utilized by competitors. Sales in the Company's
other core Consumer Products categories, including picture, color and activity
books rebounded in the fourth quarter, in comparison to the comparable period of
the prior year, and concluded Fiscal 1996 with minor increases over the prior
year. All product categories utilizing licenses associated with major motion
pictures released in Fiscal 1996 experienced lower sales as compared to products
utilizing major motion picture releases in Fiscal 1995. Further, the minor sales
increases of core products and decreases in sales of non-core products resulted,
in part, from financial setbacks at a number of the Company's regional mass
merchant customers and the non-quantifiable impact of the personnel distractions
resulting from the contemplated sale of a major interest in the Company and the
resulting change in management. Commercial product segment revenues which are
comprised of printing services, increased $5.6 million (9.9%) for the year ended
February 3, 1996. The increase for the year reflects double-digit growth in the
Company's graphic products and kit businesses, partially offset by a decline in
custom publishing sales.
    

   
     Price decreases in the Consumer Products Segment were approximately 4%.
This decline primarily resulted from pricing adjustments of the Company's older
electronic storybook formats to reflect the ongoing competitive pressures in

this category and 
                                     106
<PAGE>
inventory reduction measures partially offset by minor price 
increases in other product categories. Sales of printing services in the 
Commercial Products Segment are the result of individual agreements entered 
into with customers as to price and services performed. Accordingly, the effects
of inflation cannot be determined on the sales of printing services.
    

   
     The loss before interest expense and income taxes for the year ended
February 3, 1996 was $42.9 million as compared to income of $2.5 million for the
year ended January 28, 1995. During Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded an $8.7
million provision for restructuring and closure of operations and an additional
gain of $2.0 million from its streamlining plan (the "Plan" or "streamlining
plan") as certain costs and expenses of implementing the Plan were less than
originally anticipated. During Fiscal 1995, the Company recorded a $20.4 million
gain on its streamlining plan and a $1.1 million reduction to the Company's
previously recorded provision for write-down of the Advertising Specialty
Division (the "Division"). Excluding the Fiscal 1996 and 1995 non-recurring
items, the loss before interest expense and income taxes increased $17.2
million. The increase was the result of a $12.3 million decrease in gross
profit, and a $4.9 million increase in selling, general and administrative
expenses.
    

   
     Gross profit for the year ended February 3, 1996 was $92.9 million, as
compared to $105.1 million for the year ended January 28, 1995, a decrease of
11.7%. As a percentage of revenues, the gross profit margin decreased to 24.8%
for Fiscal 1996 as compared to 26.1% for Fiscal 1995. In the Consumer Products
Segment, gross profit decreased $13.8 million (14.1%) to $84.4 million for the
year ended February 3, 1996, as compared to the year ended January 28, 1995. As
a percentage of revenues, the Consumer Products Segment gross profit margin
decreased to 27.1% for Fiscal 1996 as compared to 28.5% for Fiscal 1995. A
portion of the decrease in gross profit margin for the year resulted from
unfavorable manufacturing variances as actual production was less than planned
due to the Company's lower sales level and its continued efforts to reduce
inventories.
    

   
     Further, increased raw material prices for certain selling grades of paper,
certain price decreases in the Consumer Products Segment and the sell down of
inventory related to non-core discontinued product categories at less than
historical margins contributed to the decline in the gross profit margin. The
gross profit margin decline was mitigated by lower royalties as a percentage of
sales, reflecting a product mix shift from licensed to proprietary products. In
the Commercial Products Segment, the gross profit margin of printing services
increased to 13.4% in Fiscal 1996 from 12.0% in Fiscal 1995. The increase for
the year was due to lower unfavorable manufacturing variances.
    
                                     107

<PAGE>
   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended February 3,
1996 increased $4.9 million (3.9%) to $129.0 million as compared to $124.1
million for the year ended January 28, 1995. The increase for the year is
primarily attributable to accelerated amortization of the Company's Storyland
racks as a result of the resumption of the operation of the Wal-Mart Storyland
program by Wal-Mart management at the beginning of the first quarter in Fiscal
1997 (see Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources). In addition,
Fiscal 1996 reflects a full year of depreciation of the Company's order
processing, customer service and inventory management system that was placed in
service during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1995.
    

   
     Interest expense for the year decreased $4.7 million to $12.9 million as
compared to $17.6 million in Fiscal 1995. The decrease was due to lower average
debt outstanding as the Company repaid all outstanding notes under its Revolving
Credit Agreement in the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, partially offset by higher
interest rates in the first quarter of Fiscal 1996 and the costs associated with
the Company's Receivable Purchasing Agreement. Total average outstanding debt
decreased to $152.8 million in Fiscal 1996 from $221.3 million in Fiscal 1995,
while average interest rates increased from 7.9% to 8.2%. The increase in
average interest rates resulted primarily from the increase in first quarter
short term rates and the composition of the average debt outstanding (see
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources).
    

   
     The Company's provision for income taxes was $11.3 million and $2.5 million
for the years ended February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, respectively. The
Fiscal 1996 provision includes a non-cash charge of $13.9 million, reflecting an
increase in the income tax valuation allowance as the future realization of
existing deductible temporary differences was uncertain. The effective income
tax rates from operations of 20.3% in Fiscal 1996 and 16.3% in Fiscal 1995 are
significantly below the Federal statutory rate due to losses incurred during
each year for which no tax benefit has been recognized. In Fiscal 1995, the
disproportionate provision was partially offset by permanent differences
relating to the sale of the Advertising Specialty Division. Profitable operating
results in subsequent years will benefit from an income tax provision rate which
will be lower than the statutory rate due to the reinstatement of deferred tax
assets for which valuation allowances have been established. At February 3,
1996, the Company had available net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $65.9 million for Federal income tax purposes and approximately
$6.5 million for state income tax purposes. In addition, the Company had tax
credit carryforwards of approximately $3.7 million.
    

   
     The loss for the year ended February 3, 1996, before the provision for
restructuring and closure of operations, the

                                     108
<PAGE>

additional gain on streamlining plan and the non-cash write-off of deferred
income taxes, was $46.4 million or $2.25 per share, compared to a loss of $18.4
million or $.91 per share, before the gain on streamlining plan, the adjustment
of the previously recorded provision for write-down of Division and the non-cash
write-off of deferred income taxes. During the year ended February 3, 1996, the
Company recorded net non-recurring charges of $20.6 million or $.98 per share
for the provision for restructuring and closure of operations, the additional
gain on streamlining plan and the non-cash write-off of deferred income taxes.
Therefore, the net loss for Fiscal 1996 was $67.0 million or $3.23 per share.
During the year ended January 28, 1995, the Company recorded non-recurring gains
of $21.5 million ($13.2 million, net of income taxes) or $.62 per share for the
Plan gain and the adjustment of the previously recorded provision for write-down
of Division and a non-cash charge of $12.4 million or $.59 per share for the
write-off of deferred income taxes. Therefore, the net loss for Fiscal 1995 was
$17.6 million or $.88 per share.
    

   
Fiscal Year Ended January 28, 1995 (Fiscal 1995)
Compared to Fiscal Year Ended January 29, 1994 (Fiscal 1994)

    
   


    
   
     On May 12, 1993, the Company established a provision, including operating
losses through the expected disposition date, to write-down the assets of the
Advertising Specialty Division of its Penn Corporation subsidiary to net
realizable value. Further, on April 7, 1994, the Company announced the adoption
of a plan (the "Plan" or "streamlining plan") designed to improve its
competitive position and reduce its operating cost structure through the sale,
divestiture, consolidation or phase out of certain operations, properties and
products, and a reduction in its management, administrative and direct labor
workforces. The Plan included the sale of the game and puzzle operation, the
exit from direct marketing continuity clubs and school book club businesses, the
closure and sale of the Company's Fayetteville, North Carolina manufacturing and
distribution facility and streamlining the Company's publishing business so as
to focus on its core competencies. Therefore, subsequent to the Company's
quarter ended May 1, 1993, the results of operations do not include the results
of the Advertising Specialty Division and subsequent to January 29, 1994, the
results of operations do not include the results of those businesses and
facilities sold or closed as part of the Plan.
    

   
     During the year ended January 28, 1995, the game and puzzle operation was
sold to Hasbro, Inc. for cash proceeds of $101.4 million; the sale of the
Advertising Specialty Division was completed for cash proceeds of $14.0 million;
the Direct Marketing Continuity Clubs business was sold for cash proceeds of
$10.2 million and the Company completed the sale of its School Book Club
business for cash proceeds of $4.3 million.
    
                                     109
<PAGE>
   
     Revenues for the year ended January 28, 1995 decreased $214.1 million

(34.7%) to $402.6 million as compared to $616.7 million for the year ended
January 29, 1994. Excluding revenues of the operations disposed of under the
Plan, revenues decreased $76.3 million (15.9%) for the year ended January 28,
1995, as compared to the prior year. Consumer Products Segment revenues from
ongoing operations decreased $68.7 million (16.6%) for the year. The decline
resulted from lower sales of non-Western products after the management of the
Books 'R' Us program at Toys 'R' Us was assumed by Toys 'R' Us at the beginning
of Fiscal 1995; lower sales of interactive electronic storybooks as the growth
in new electronic storybook formats was offset by original formats approaching
maturity; and the continued reductions in retailers' on-hand inventories,
resulting in a slower order rate for restocking and future orders. Additionally,
the decrease for the year was further impacted by the decline in domestic
consumer product sales caused by distractions resulting from the previously
contemplated sale of the Company, market uncertainties and employee concerns
associated with announced and implemented overhead reduction measures and the
sales of certain of the Company's businesses as outlined in the Plan. Commercial
product segment revenues (other than revenues of the Advertising Specialty
Division) which are comprised of printing services, decreased $7.6 million
(11.7%) for the year ended January 28, 1995. The decline for the year was due to
decreases in sales of kits, services to third party software developers and
custom publishing.
    

   
     Price increases in the Consumer Products Segment were approximately 3%.
Sales of printing services are the result of individual agreements entered into
with customers as to price and services performed. Accordingly, the effects of
inflation cannot be determined on the sales of printing services.
    

   
     Income before interest expense and income taxes for the year ended January
28, 1995 was $2.5 million as compared to a loss of $47.1 million for the year
ended January 29, 1994. This improvement of $49.6 million was the result of a
$20.4 million gain on streamlining plan, a $1.1 million reduction to the
Company's previously recorded provision for write-down of the Advertising
Specialty Division, a $78.9 million decrease in selling, general and
administrative expenses and a $79.0 million decrease in gross profit. In
addition, operations for the year ended January 29, 1994 included a $28.2
million provision to write-down the carrying value of the assets of the
Advertising Specialty Division to their estimated net realizable value.
    

   
     Gross profit for the year ended January 28, 1995 was $105.1 million, as
compared to $184.2 million for the year ended January 29, 1994, a decrease of
42.9%. As a percentage of revenues, the gross profit margin decreased to 26.1%
for Fiscal 1995 as compared to 29.9% for Fiscal 1994. For ongoing 

                                     110
<PAGE>
operations, gross profit for Fiscal 1995 decreased $32.3 million (23.5%) to
$105.1 million, compared to $137.5 million in Fiscal 1994. As a percentage of
revenues, the gross profit margin decreased to 26.1% for Fiscal 1995 as compared

to 28.7% for Fiscal 1994. In the Consumer Products Segment, gross profit of
on-going operations decreased $32.3 million (24.7%) to $98.3 million for the
year ended January 28, 1995, as compared to the year ended January 29, 1994. As
a percentage of revenues, the Consumer Products Segment gross profit margin
decreased to 28.5% for Fiscal 1995 as compared to 31.5% for Fiscal 1994. A
substantial portion of the decrease in gross profit margin for the year arose
from negative manufacturing variances due to lower production in response to the
Company's continuing efforts to reduce inventories. Additionally, the decrease
in gross profit margin was attributable to a change in product mix, which caused
an increase in royalty costs and increased freight costs associated with
category management and direct store shipment programs. In the Commercial
Products Segment, the gross profit margin of printing services increased to
12.0% in Fiscal 1995 from 10.7% in Fiscal 1994. The increase for the year was
due to a more favorable product mix.
    

   
     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended January 28,
1995 decreased $78.9 million (38.9%) to $124.1 million as compared to $203.0
million for the year ended January 29, 1994. For ongoing operations, selling,
general and administrative expenses for the year ended January 28, 1995
decreased $19.6 million (13.6%) to $124.1 million as compared to $143.7 million
for the year ended January 29, 1994. The decrease was primarily attributable to
decreased sales promotion costs, including the costs of corrugated displays and
co-op advertising, and reduced personnel and other costs resulting from the
implementation of the Plan.
    

   
     Interest expense for the year increased $1.3 million to $17.6 million as
compared to $16.3 million in Fiscal 1994. While the increase was due to higher
interest rates, it was substantially offset by increased earnings from invested
cash balances of $1.2 million. Total average outstanding debt decreased to
$221.3 million for the year from $248.7 million for the previous year, while
average interest rates increased from 6.6% to 7.9%. The increase in average
interest rates resulted primarily from the increase in short term rates (see
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources).
    

   
     The Company's income tax provision for Fiscal 1995 includes income taxes
resulting from the streamlining plan gain, the adjustment of the provision for
write-down of Division and an effective income tax benefit rate of 16.0% from
operations. The effective income tax benefit rate from operations is
significantly below the federal statutory rate due to losses incurred during the
year for which no tax benefit has been 

                                     111
<PAGE>
recognized, partially offset by permanent differences relating to the sale of
the Advertising Specialty Division. Profitable operating results in subsequent
years will benefit from an income tax provision rate which will be lower than
the statutory rate due to the reinstatement of deferred tax assets for which a
valuation allowance was established in Fiscal 1995. For the year ended January

29, 1994, the income tax benefit rate was 35.2%.
    

   
     The loss for the year ended January 28, 1995, before the streamlining plan
gain and the adjustment of the provision for write-down of Division and the
non-cash write-off of deferred income taxes was $18.4 million or $.91 per share,
compared to a loss of $21.7 million or $1.07 per share, before the provision for
write-down of Division and the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle (postretirement benefits other than pensions), for the year ended
January 29, 1994. During the year ended January 28, 1995, the Company recorded a
gain on streamlining plan of $20.4 million ($12.4 million, net of income taxes)
or $.59 per share, adjusted its provision for write-down of Division by $1.1
million ($.8 million, net of income taxes) or $.03 per share and recorded a
non-cash charge of $12.4 million or $.59 per share for the write-off of deferred
income taxes. Therefore, the net loss for Fiscal 1995 was $17.6 million or $.88
per share. During the year ended January 29, 1994, the Company adopted Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions", using the immediate recognition
method. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $24.3 million
($14.8 million, net of income taxes) or $.71 per share as a cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principle in the statement of operations. Further, the
Company's provision for write-down of Division was $28.2 million ($19.3 million,
net of income taxes) or $.92 per share. Therefore, the net loss for Fiscal 1994
was $55.8 million or $2.70 per share.
    

   
Effects of Inflation
    

   
     For Fiscal 1994 and the first three quarters of Fiscal 1995, the Company's
raw material costs, principally paper, remained relatively stable. In the fourth
quarter of Fiscal 1995 and throughout Fiscal 1996, the Company experienced
increases in the price of paper due to increased demand, decreases in imported
paper and an overall reduction in industry capacity. Pricing pressures make it
difficult for the Company to recover the effect of inflation and industry
dynamics on costs and expenses. To the extent possible, the Company's objective
is to offset the impact of inflation through productivity enhancements, product
specification changes and price increases.
    

   
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
    
                                     112
<PAGE>
   
     Operations for the year ended February 3, 1996, excluding the non-cash
portion of the provision for restructuring and closure of operations, the
additional Plan gain, non-cash charges for depreciation, amortization and the
provision for losses on accounts receivable utilized cash of $49.6 million. The
operations for the year ended January 28, 1995, excluding the Plan gain, the

adjustment of the previously recorded provision for write-down of Division,
non-cash charges for depreciation, amortization and the provision for losses on
accounts receivable utilized cash of $24.8 million. During the years ended
February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, other changes in assets and liabilities
resulting from operating activities, provided cash of $50.5 million and $38.4
million, respectively, resulting in net cash provided by operating activities of
$.9 million and $13.6 million in Fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively.
    

   
     Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment were $17.9 million during the
year ended February 3, 1996 as compared to $19.3 million during the year ended
January 28, 1995. Capital expenditures for the year ended February 3, 1996
include costs associated with the completion of the Company's new order
processing, customer service and inventory management system, the acquisition of
a five unit web press, retail fixtures utilized in its category management
programs and the installation of emission control equipment in one of its
manufacturing facilities. During the second quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company
commenced a facility expansion of its paper tableware and party goods operations
in Kalamazoo, Michigan, which is expected to be completed in the second quarter
of Fiscal 1997. The construction of the building addition phase of the expansion
is estimated to cost $5.1 million; of which $2.6 million has been expended
through February 3, 1996.
    

   
     During the year ended February 3, 1996, financing activities utilized cash
of $32.3 million, primarily by the repayment of $32.0 million of outstanding
borrowings under the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement, and the Agreement was
terminated. Financing activities during the year ended January 28, 1995 utilized
cash of $49.1 million primarily by the repayment of $48.0 million of outstanding
borrowings under the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement.
    

   
     Working capital decreased to $165.3 million from $228.2 million at January
28, 1995. This decrease resulted from the Company's investment in property,
plant and equipment and the funds required by its operations during Fiscal 1996.
Further, during the third quarter of Fiscal 1996, deferred income taxes of $13.9
million, including $10.7 million of current deferred income taxes were charged
to expense as the future realization of existing deductible temporary
differences is uncertain.
    
                                     113
<PAGE>
   
     During Fiscal 1994, the Company's Storyland category management program,
which provides retailers with the Company's management of all operational and
supply chain functions within a children's book department, was expanded to
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ("Wal-Mart") following a thirty store test in Fiscal 1993.
During Fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Storyland "store-within-an- aisle" program,
which included special racks, signage and full face presentation of children's
books, grew to 664 locations. During Fiscal 1996, it was determined that despite
the success of the program in expanding the sales of children's books at the

mass market level, operation of the program would be returned to Wal-Mart
management.
    

   
     In anticipation of this change and in recognition of the trend among mass
market retailers to consolidate operating decisions at the headquarters level
rather than at store level, the Company announced the elimination of
approximately 400 positions from its in-store merchandising and sales forces in
the third quarter of Fiscal 1996. This workforce reduction was completed in
January, 1996. Management of the Company believes that over time the reorganized
sales and merchandising forces will be more appropriately suited to interact
with and meet the needs of their customer base.
    

   
     As a result of the Wal-Mart decision and the sales and merchandising force
reorganization, rack management and product presentation will be the
responsibility of the Company's customers. Additionally, the Company will no
longer be responsible for the sourcing of third party ("guest") publisher
product for Storyland locations at Wal-Mart. In light of these developments, the
Company anticipates that its Customer Products sales will significantly decline
in the first quarter of Fiscal 1997, reflecting the elimination of guest
publisher sales and sales declines in other product categories as the amount of
retail selling space dedicated to the Company's products has been reduced.
However, the decline in sales and related gross profits will be substantially
offset by headcount reductions and operating cost efficiencies completed and
realized in Fiscal 1996 as well as a price increase implemented in the first
quarter of Fiscal 1997 to offset the impact of Fiscal 1996 raw material cost
increases. Further, management of the Company believes that its emphasis on the
headquarters operations of retailers will lead to promotional opportunities and
sales increases in the second half of Fiscal 1997.
    

   
     During the year ended February 3, 1996, Western Publishing Company, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an extendable one-year
Receivables Purchasing Agreement, which includes a letter of credit facility,
with a financial institution providing for the sale of certain trade accounts
receivable on a non-recourse revolving basis, up to a maximum of $62.5 million
outstanding at any one time. As of 

                                     114
<PAGE>
February 3, 1996, there were $1.5 million of receivables outstanding under this
program. In the opinion of management, this Agreement will provide adequate
working capital to satisfy planned operating levels.
    

   
Proposed Equity Investment
    

   

     On January 31, 1996, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase
Agreement (the "Agreement") with Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. ("Golden Press"),
a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company owned by Richard E. Snyder,
Barry Diller and Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P., pursuant to which Golden Press
will acquire a significant equity interest in the Company. The transaction is
subject to customary conditions, including stockholder approval.
    

   
     Under the terms of the Agreement, Golden Press will invest $65 million of
cash in the Company in exchange for $65 million of newly-issued Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common
Stock (the "Warrant"). The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have a
dividend rate of 12% per annum, will be convertible at $10 per share, and will
not have a mandatory redemption date. The preferred stock dividend will be
payable quarterly in 195,000 shares of Common Stock for the first four years,
subject to certain adjustments based on the market price of the Common Stock at
that time. Thereafter, preferred stock dividends will be paid in cash. The
Warrant, which will not be exercisable for the first two years, will have a
seven year term and an exercise price of $10 per share.
    

   
     In conjunction with the proposed equity investment, a stockholder meeting
will be held to consider and act upon several proposals, including approval of
the equity investment transaction; an amendment to increase the Company's
authorized number of shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000 to 60,000,000
shares; an amendment to increase the Company's authorized number of shares of
Preferred Stock from 100,000 to 200,000 shares; and an amendment to increase the
number of shares of Common Stock available under the 1995 stock option plan from
750,000 shares to 2,250,000 shares.
    

   
     The Agreement contemplates the redemption of the Company's Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock which was mandatorily redeemable by the Company in
accordance with its terms on March 31, 1996. As a result, the charter amendment
providing for the extension of the mandatory redemption date until March 31,
1998, which was previously approved by the requisite preferred and common
stockholders, was not made effective. If the equity investment transaction is
not consummated the Company intends to file the charter amendment, 

                                     115
<PAGE>
thereby extending the mandatory redemption date to March 31, 1998.
    

   
     Coincident with the Agreement, the Company entered into an interim
employment agreement (the "Interim Employment Agreement") with Richard E.
Snyder, whereby Mr. Snyder became President of the Company. Pursuant to the
Interim Employment Agreement, the Company issued 599,465 shares of Common Stock
to Mr. Snyder at a price of $8 per share in exchange for a non-recourse note in
the amount of the purchase price, secured by a pledge of the shares. Upon the

consummation of the equity investment, the Interim Employment Agreement will be
superseded by a five year employment agreement. Under the terms of the
agreement, Mr. Snyder will receive annual compensation of $500,000 and an annual
bonus opportunity of up to $1 million. Additionally, Mr. Snyder will receive
options to acquire 1,113,293 shares of the Company's Common Stock at fair value,
a one-time special bonus based on the market price of the Company's Common
Stock, supplemental retirement benefits, post-retirement medical benefits and
certain other benefits. A substantial portion of the costs associated with Mr.
Snyder's agreement will be charged to operations upon the closing of the equity
investment transaction.
    

   
     Since his appointment, Mr. Snyder has not been directly involved in the
Company's business or financial decisions but has been assessing its operations.
Mr. Snyder has not yet finalized any plans regarding future operations. Such
plans will likely be finalized during Fiscal 1997 and may involve a
restructuring of operations which could result in substantial charges to
operations or changes in the classification of the Company's assets and
liabilities.
    

   
     On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated
by the Agreement, the Company would have cash of $89.3 million, Stockholder's
Equity of $126.2 million and Total Capitalization of $365.3 million at February
3, 1996.
    
                                     116


<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
(In Thousands Except For Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          First        Second        Third         Fourth
                                                         Quarter       Quarter      Quarter       Quarter
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>           <C> 
1996
   Net sales                                            $   84,072      $ 93,093     $104,439      $ 87,968
   Gross profit                                             18,474        25,944       23,234        20,528
   Net loss (1)                                            (13,308)       (3,041)     (37,488)      (13,210)
   Net loss per common share                             $    (.64)     $   (.15)    $  (1.79)     $   (.64)
   Weighted average number of common
     shares                                                 21,023        21,025       21,043        21,092

1995
   Net sales                                            $   67,308      $104,410     $129,269      $ 97,367
   Gross profit                                             10,629        28,370       39,282        22,652
   Net (loss) income (2)                                   (14,017)       (2,932)       5,383        (6,013)
   Net (loss) income per common share                   $     (.68)     $   (.15)    $    .25      $   (.30)
   Weighted average number of common
     shares                                                 20,959        20,985       21,020        21,023
</TABLE>




(1)   Includes an additional gain on streamlining plan of $2,000 recognized in
      the Second Quarter, and the provision for restructuring and closure of
      operations of $8,701 recognized in the Third Quarter.

(2)   Includes gain on streamlining plan of $20,352 ($12,396, net of income
      taxes) recognized in the Third Quarter, and a reduction to the Company's
      previously recorded provision for write-down of Division of $1,100 ($753,
      net of income taxes) recognized in the Fourth Quarter.

                                     117

<PAGE>
   
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Page

<S>                                                                        <C>

Independent Auditors' Report.........................................       F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 3, 1996
  and January 28, 1995...............................................       F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
  Years ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995 and
  January 29, 1994...................................................       F-4
Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity
  for the Years ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995 and
  January 29, 1994...................................................       F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
  Years ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995 and
  January 29, 1994...................................................       F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................       F-7
</TABLE>
    
                                      F-1


<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
  Western Publishing Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Western
Publishing Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 3, 1996 and January 28,
1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, common
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended February 3, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company at February 3, 1996 and
January 28, 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 1996 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, in Fiscal 1994
the Company changed their method of accounting for postretirement benefits other
than pensions to conform with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
106.




/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
April 2, 1996
                                      F-2

<PAGE>
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
FEBRUARY 3, 1996 AND JANUARY 28, 1995
(In Thousands Except for Share and Per Share Data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASSETS
                                                         1996         1995
                                                      ---------    ---------
CURRENT ASSETS:                                   
 Cash and cash equivalents                             $ 45,223      $ 85,406  
 Accounts receivable                                     61,033        83,251  
 Inventories                                             84,354       108,738  
 Prepublication and prepaid advertising costs             4,716         7,314  
 Royalty advances                                         3,240         2,221
 Refundable income taxes                                  2,492         5,940  
 Deferred income taxes                                                 10,676   
 Net assets held for sale                                13,302        17,681  
 Other current assets                                     8,663         6,397 
                                                       --------       -------
   Total current assets                                 223,023       327,624  
                                                       --------       -------
OTHER ASSETS:     
 Deferred income taxes                                                  3,210  
 Other noncurrent assets                                 14,429        10,834  
                                                       --------       -------
   Total other assets                                    14,429        14,044  
                                                       --------       -------
                          
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:       
 Cost:    
  Land                                                    1,022         1,022 
  Buildings and improvements                             23,568        21,463  
  Machinery and equipment                                98,420        96,317  
  Machinery and equipment in process 
   of installation                                       11,006         4,188
                                                       --------       -------
                                                        134,016       122,990
  Less accumulated depreciation                          58,566        47,325  
                                                        -------       -------
   Total property, plant and equipment                   75,450        75,665   
                                                        -------       -------

IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLES AND COST IN EXCESS                          
 OF NET ASSETS ACQUIRED (GOODWILL), less accumulated                          
 amortization of $21,205 and $19,173                      9,063        11,473   
                                                       --------      --------
 TOTAL                                                 $321,965      $428,806   
                                                       ========      ========

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                          1996        1995
                                                        --------    ---------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable                                       $ 19,000     $ 18,461
 Accrued compensation and fringe benefits                  8,073        8,770
 Notes payable to banks                                                32,000
 Other current liabilities                                30,641       40,153
                                                        --------    ---------
   Total current liabilities                              57,714       99,384
                                         
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:                                         
 Long-term debt                                          149,845      149,828
 Accumulated post retirement benefit obligation           27,572       26,894
 Other                                                     2,481        1,921
                                                        --------    ---------
   Total noncurrent liabilities                          179,898      178,643
                                                        --------    ---------
                                        
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - Series A, 20,000          
 shares authorized, no par value, 19,970 shares 
 issued  and outstanding; at mandatory 
 redemption amount                                         9,985        9,985 
                                                        --------    ---------
  
 COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:                      
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 40,000,000 and 
   30,000,000 shares authorized, 21,875,539 and 
   21,232,074 shares issued                                  219          212
  Additional paid-in capital                              87,044       80,914 
  Note receivable from sale of Common Stock               (4,796)
  Retained earnings (deficit)                             (3,608)      64,287
  Cumulative translation adjustments                      (1,669)      (1,797)
                                                         --------    ---------
                                                          77,190      143,616 
 Less cost of Common Stock in 
  treasury - 208,800 shares                                2,822        2,822  
                                                        --------    ---------
    Total common stockholders' equity                     74,368      140,794
                                                       ---------    ---------
 TOTAL                                                 $ 321,965    $ 428,806
                                                       =========    =========
                                      F-3

<PAGE>
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 3,1996
(In Thousands Except for Per Share Data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                               1996        1995         1994
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
REVENUES:                                  
 Net sales                                  $ 369,572    $ 398,354    $ 613,464
 Royalties and other income                     4,685        4,201        3,211
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
   Total revenues                             374,257      402,555      616,675
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 Cost of sales                                281,392      297,421      432,503
 Selling, general and administrative          129,020      124,128      203,042
 Provision for restructuring and 
  closure of operations                         8,701
 Gain on streamlining plan                     (2,000)     (20,352)
 Provision for write-down of Division                       (1,100)      28,180
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
   Total costs and expenses                   417,113      400,097      663,725
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INTEREST EXPENSE,
 INCOME TAXES AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT
 OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE            (42,856)       2,458      (47,050)

INTEREST EXPENSE                               12,859       17,567       16,270
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
 AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF
 CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE               (55,715)     (15,109)     (63,320)

PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES           11,332        2,470      (22,295)

LOSS BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT
 OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE            (67,047)     (17,579)     (41,025)

CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN
 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE                                                   (14,800)
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
NET LOSS                                    $ (67,047)   $ (17,579)   $ (55,825)
                                            =========    =========    =========
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
 Before cumulative effect of change 
  in accounting principle                   $   (3.23)   $   (0.88)   $   (1.99)
 Cumulative effect of change in 
  accounting principle                                                    (0.71)
                                            ---------   ----------    ---------
 Net Loss                                     $ (3.23)     $ (0.88)     $ (2.70)
                                            =========    =========    =========


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4


<PAGE>
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996
(In Thousands Except for Share and Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Common Stock    Additional   Note Receivable   Retained   Cumulative        Treasury Stock
                                   ---------------    Paid-In       from sale of    Earnings   Translation     ---------------------
                                   Shares   Amount    Capital       Common Stock    (deficit)  Adjustments      Shares        Amount
<S>                              <C>          <C>     <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>           <C>

BALANCES, JANUARY 30, 1993       21,148,424   $211    $79,914         $     0        $139,387   $(1,444)        208,800       $2,822

  Net loss                                                                            (55,825)
  Dividends on Preferred 
   Stock - $42.50 per share                                                              (848)
  Excercise of stock options         18,900      1        299     
  Translation adjustments                                                                (200)
                                 ----------   ----    -------         -------        --------   -------         -------       ------

BALANCES, JANUARY 29, 1994       21,167,324    212     80,213               0          82,714    (1,644)        208,800        2,822

  Net loss                                                                            (17,579)
  Dividends on Preferred Stock 
   - $42.50 per share                                                                    (848)
  Exercise of stock options          64,750               701
  Translation adjustments                                                                          (153)
                                 ----------   ----    -------         -------        --------   -------         -------       ------

BALANCES, JANUARY 28, 1995       21,232,074    212     80,914               0          64,287    (1,797)        208,800        2,822

  Net loss                                                                            (67,047)
  Dividends on Preferred Stock 
   - $42.50 per share                                                                    (848)
  Exercise of stock options          44,000      1        516
  Issuance of Common Stock          599,465      6      5,614          (4,796)
  Translation adjustments                                                                           128
                                 ----------   ----    -------         -------        --------   -------         -------       ------

BALANCES, FEBRUARY 3, 1996       21,875,539   $219    $87,044         $(4,796)       $(3,608)   $(1,669)        208,800       $2,822
                                 ==========   ====    =======         =======        ========   =======         =======       ======
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996

(In Thousands)

                                               1996        1995        1994
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss                                   $(67,047)  $(17,579)   $(55,825)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net 
   cash provided by (used in) operating
   activities:
      Depreciation and amortization            13,963     11,708      13,625
      Amortization of intangibles arising 
       from acquisition                         2,032      3,457       4,888
      Provision for losses on accounts 
       receivable                               1,440        472       5,662
      Provision for restructuring and 
       closure of operations                    1,954    
      Provision for write-down of Division                (2,450)     26,405
      Gain on streamlining plan                (2,000)   (20,352)
      Cumulative effect of change in 
       accounting principle (before income
       tax benefit)                                                   24,300
      Gains on sale of equipment                 (339)      (187)        (26)
      Other                                     2,935        712        (187)
      Changes in assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable                    20,451     54,174      (9,222)
        Inventories                            22,550     12,504      17,959
        Prepublication, prepaid advertising 
         costs and royalty advances             1,579      1,189       1,229
        Net assets held for sale                         (37,719)
        Income taxes                            2,614      6,890     (12,830)
        Other current assets                      546      3,954      (2,280)
        Accounts payable                          539    (22,226)     (1,087)
        Accrued compensation and fringe 
         benefits                                (696)    (2,164)     (1,021)
        Other current liabilities             (13,552)    12,881      (5,708)
        Deferred income taxes                  13,886      8,376     (20,340)
                                             --------   --------    --------
           Net cash provided by (used in)
             operating activities                 855     13,640     (14,458)
                                             --------   --------    --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Acquisitions of property, plant and 
   equipment                                  (17,921)   (19,307)    (37,359)
  Proceeds from streamlining plan               8,252    115,971
  Proceeds from sale of Division                          14,001
  Proceeds from sale of equipment                 566        225         119
  Return of investment in joint venture           350        500       1,900
                                             --------   --------    --------

           Net cash (used in) provided 
            by investing activities            (8,753)   111,390     (35,340)
                                             --------   --------    --------

See notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                               1996        1995        1994

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  (Repayments) borrowings under Credit 
   Agreement                                 $(32,000)  $(48,000)    $50,000
  Proceeds from sale of Common stock 
   (exercise of options)                          517        701         300
  Dividends paid on Preferred Stock                         (848)       (848)
  Other                                          (768)      (986)       (562)
                                             --------   --------     -------

           Net cash (used in) provided 
            by financing activities           (32,251)   (49,133)     48,890
                                             --------   --------     -------

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES
  ON CASH                                         (34)        (4)        (20)
                                             --------   --------     -------

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND
  CASH EQUIVALENTS                            (40,183)    75,893        (928)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING
  OF YEAR                                      85,406      9,513      10,441
                                             --------   --------     -------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END
  OF YEAR                                    $ 45,223   $ 85,406     $ 9,513
                                             ========   ========     =======

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
  FLOW INFORMATION:
    Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest                               $ 11,893   $  16,663    $15,738
      Income taxes, net of refunds 
       received                                (5,465)    (12,829)     6,124

                                      F-6

<PAGE>
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
THREE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996

1.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements
         include the accounts of Western Publishing Group, Inc., and its
         wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company"). Certain reclassifications
         have been made in the prior year financial statements to conform with
         the current year presentation. All significant intercompany

         transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

         Use of Estimates - The financial statements, which are prepared in
         conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, include
         amounts that are based, in part, on management's best estimates and
         judgments.

         Fiscal Year - The fiscal year of the Company ends on the Saturday
         nearest January 31. Accordingly, Fiscal 1996 contained 53 weeks and
         Fiscal 1995 and 1994 each contained 52 weeks.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid
         debt investments purchased with maturities of three months or less to
         be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of investments in high
         grade commercial paper. Accordingly, these investments are subject to
         minimal credit and market risk. As of January 30, 1994, the Company
         adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 115,
         "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities".
         Under this statement, the Company is required to classify cash
         equivalents into one or more of the following categories: held to
         maturity, trading, or available for sale. The adoption of this
         statement had no effect on the consolidated financial statements. At
         February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, all of the Company's cash
         equivalents are classified as held to maturity and their carrying
         amounts approximate fair value.

         Inventories - Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.
         Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method for
         substantially all domestic inventories. Inventories of international
         operations are valued using the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method. At
         February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, approximately 92% and 93% of
         total inventories were valued under the LIFO method.

         Prepublication Costs - Prepublication costs (comprised principally of
         externally developed art, manuscript and editorial costs and internally
         or externally developed plate costs) are deferred. Such costs are
         amortized from the date of initial product sale, generally over a
         period of one year.

         Properties and Depreciation - Property, plant and equipment are stated
         at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the following
         estimated useful lives for financial statement purposes:

           Buildings and improvements                               10-40 years
           Machinery and equipment                                   3-10 years

         Expenditures which significantly increase value or extend useful lives
         are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as
         incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets
         replaced, retired or disposed of are eliminated from the property
         accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in operations.

         Costs related to the development of information systems that are
         expected to benefit future periods are capitalized and amortized over

         the estimated useful lives of the systems.

         During Fiscal 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
         issued FAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
         and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of". The adoption of this
         statement in the first quarter of Fiscal 1997 will not have a material
         effect on the Company's financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
         Identified Intangibles - Identified intangibles arising from the
         acquisition of Penn Corporation in Fiscal 1987 are being amortized
         generally by accelerated methods over 15 years.

         Cost in Excess of Net Assets Acquired - The cost in excess of net
         assets acquired ("goodwill") arising from the acquisition of Penn
         Corporation is being amortized on the straight-line method over a
         40-year period.

         Foreign Currency Translation - Foreign currency assets and liabilities
         are translated into United States dollars at end of period rates of
         exchange, and income and expense accounts are translated at the
         weighted average rates of exchange for the period. The gains and losses
         resulting from the translation adjustments have been accumulated as a
         separate component of common stockholders' equity.


2.       PROPOSED EQUITY INVESTMENT

         On January 31, 1996, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase
         Agreement with Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. ("Golden Press"), a
         newly-formed Delaware limited liability company owned by Richard E.
         Snyder, Barry Diller and Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P., pursuant to
         which Golden Press will acquire a significant equity interest in the
         Company. The transaction is subject to customary conditions, including
         stockholder approval.

         Under the terms of the equity investment transaction, Golden Press will
         invest $65 million of cash in the Company in exchange for $65 million
         of newly-issued Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and a warrant to
         purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Warrant"). The Company
         will utilize the investment proceeds to redeem its existing Series A
         Convertible Preferred Stock which matured on March 31, 1996 (see Note
         9), for expenses associated with the transaction and for general
         working capital purposes.

         The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will have a dividend rate of
         12% per annum, will be convertible at $10 per share, and will not have
         a mandatory redemption date. The preferred stock dividend will be
         payable quarterly in 195,000 shares of Common Stock for the first four
         years, subject to certain adjustments based on the market price of the
         Common Stock at that time. Thereafter, preferred stock dividends will
         be paid in cash.


         The Warrant, which will not be exercisable for the first two years,
         will have a seven year term and an exercise price of $10 per share.


3.       RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET DISPOSITIONS

         Provision for Restructuring and Closure of Operations

         During the quarter ended October 28, 1995, the Company recorded an
         $8,701,000 provision for restructuring and closure of operations in a
         further effort to reduce its operating cost structure and improve
         future operating results, and to reflect the costs incurred in
         connection with the termination of a previously announced transaction
         to sell a significant interest in the Company. The provision includes a
         non-cash charge of $2,000,000 and consists of the following components:

            o     Severance costs of $3,660,000 associated with the Company's
                  previously announced workforce reductions of salaried and
                  hourly personnel. These reductions were completed in the
                  fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996.

            o     Unrecoverable assets and costs of $3,171,000 to be incurred
                  in connection with the Company's decision to close certain of
                  its retail store locations.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
            o     Transaction  costs of $1,870,000  resulting  from the 
                  Company's  October 17, 1995  announcement  of the
                  termination  of its initial  agreement  in principle  to 
                  sell a  significant  interest in the Company to Warburg, 
                  Pincus Ventures, L.P. and Richard E. Snyder.

         Sale and Phase Out of Operations

         On April 7, 1994, the Company adopted a plan (the "Plan") designed to
         improve its competitive position and reduce its cost structure through
         the sale, divestiture, consolidation or phase out of certain
         operations, properties and products, and a workforce reduction.

         The Plan included the following major components:

            o     An agreement to sell the game and puzzle  operation  
                  (including  certain  inventories) to Hasbro,  Inc.
                  ("Hasbro").  This  transaction  was  completed  on  
                  August 4, 1994 for cash  proceeds  of  approximately
                  $101,400,000.

            o     The decision to exit the Direct Marketing Continuity Clubs
                  and School Book Club businesses. The sale of the School Book
                  Club business was consummated on July 1, 1994 for cash
                  proceeds of approximately $4,300,000 and the sale of the
                  Direct Marketing Continuity Club business was completed on
                  October 7, 1994 for cash proceeds of approximately

                  $10,200,000.

            o     The closedown and sale of the Company's Fayetteville, North
                  Carolina manufacturing and distribution facility, which was
                  primarily dedicated to the game and puzzle operation but was
                  not included in the sale to Hasbro. This facility is closed
                  and is for sale.

            o     The decision to streamline the Company's publishing business
                  so as to focus on its core competencies. This included a
                  reduction in the management, administrative and direct labor
                  workforces.

         Revenues of the game, puzzle, direct marketing and school book club
         operations were approximately $125,000,000 for Fiscal 1994. As of
         February 3, 1996, net assets held for sale primarily relates to the
         Company's Fayetteville facility.

         The Company recorded a net gain from the Plan of $20,352,000
         ($12,396,000, net of income taxes), inclusive of operating losses of
         the game, puzzle, direct marketing and school book club operations from
         January 30, 1994 through their respective disposition dates in the
         third quarter of Fiscal 1995. During the second quarter ended July 29,
         1995, an additional gain of $2,000,000 was recorded as certain costs
         and expenses of implementing the Plan were less than originally
         anticipated.

         Provision for Write-Down of Division

         During Fiscal 1994, the Company established a provision, including
         operating losses through the expected disposition date, of $28,180,000
         ($19,280,000, net of income taxes) to write-down the assets of the
         Advertising Specialty Division of its Penn Corporation subsidiary to
         net realizable value.

         On August 5, 1994, the sale of the Ritepoint and Adtrend businesses of
         the Division was completed for cash proceeds of approximately
         $5,650,000. The sale of the Vitronic and K-Studio businesses of the
         Division was completed on November 7, 1994 for cash proceeds of
         approximately $8,350,000. As the proceeds from the sale of this
         Division exceeded management's estimate, the Company adjusted its
         previously recorded provision for write-down of Division by recognizing
         a gain of $1,100,000 ($753,000, net of income taxes) in the fourth
         quarter of Fiscal 1995.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
         Revenues of $7,202,000 and losses before interest expense and income
         taxes, exclusive of the provision for write-down, of $2,083,000 for the
         Division, are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of
         operations for Fiscal 1994. Subsequent to May 1, 1993, the consolidated
         statements of operations do not include the results of the Division.

         Net Assets Held for Sale


         Net assets held for sale consisted of the following:

                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

           Current assets                       $   802     $ 2,181
           Property, plant and equipment, net    14,500      17,500
                                                -------     -------
                                                 15,302      19,681
           Less:
             Current liabilities                 (2,000)     (2,000) 
                                                -------     -------
         Net assets held for sale               $13,302     $17,681
                                                =======     =======

 4.      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

         Accounts receivable consisted of the following:
                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

         Accounts receivable                    $68,037     $94,790
         Allowance for doubtful accounts         (2,522)     (4,067) 
         Allowance for returns                   (4,482)     (7,472) 
                                                -------     -------  

                                                $61,033     $83,251
                                                =======     =======

         On September 29, 1995, Western Publishing Company, Inc. ("WPC"), a
         wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into an extendable
         one-year Receivables Purchasing Agreement, which includes a letter of
         credit facility, with a financial institution to sell in pools, certain
         trade accounts receivable on a revolving basis, up to a maximum of
         $62.5 million outstanding at any one time. The pools are sold on a
         non-recourse basis for credit losses and subject to a discount fee.
         During Fiscal 1996, the Company sold approximately $19,000,000 of
         receivables, of which approximately $1,500,000 were outstanding at
         February 3, 1996. The proceeds from the sale of receivables are
         reported as providing operating cash flow in the accompanying
         statements of cash flows. The costs associated with this program of
         $571,000 are included as a component of interest expense in the
         accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 5.      INVENTORIES

         Inventories consisted of the following:
                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

         Raw materials                          $ 10,877    $  9,780

         Work-in-process                          13,014      19,838
         Finished goods                           60,463      79,120
                                                --------    --------

                                                $ 84,354    $108,738
                                                ========    ========   

         At February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995, the replacement cost of
         inventories valued using the LIFO method exceeded the net carrying
         amount of such inventories by approximately $9,800,000 and $9,200,000,
         respectively.


 6.      IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLES AND GOODWILL

         Identified intangibles and goodwill, all of which result from the
         acquisition of Penn Corporation in Fiscal 1987, net of amortization,
         included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, were as
         follows:

                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

         Goodwill                               $  5,364    $  5,928
         Identified intangibles:
           Customer lists                          3,008       4,832
           Other                                     691         713
                                                --------    --------

                                                $  9,063    $ 11,473
                                                ========    ========    

         During Fiscal 1996, the Company reduced the unamortized portion of
         goodwill by a tax benefit of approximately $378,000, resulting from a
         carryback of certain related items.


 7.      LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consisted of the following:
                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

         Notes payable to banks                 $           $ 32,000
         7.65% Senior Notes ($150,000,000 
           face amount) due in 2002              149,845     149,828
                                                --------    --------    
                                                 149,845     181,828
         Less current portion                                 32,000
                                                --------    --------    

                                                $149,845    $149,828
                                                ========    ========


                                     F-11
<PAGE>
         The Company maintained an amended and restated revolving credit
         agreement dated May 31, 1994, as amended (the "Agreement"), with a
         group of commercial banks, which expired on May 31, 1995. During the
         first quarter of Fiscal 1996, all outstanding notes were repaid and the
         Agreement was terminated.

         On September 17, 1992, the Company completed an offering of
         $150,000,000 of 7.65% Senior Notes due September 15, 2002. Interest is
         payable semiannually on March 15 and September 15. There is no
         obligation to redeem, purchase or repay the Senior Notes prior to
         maturity.

         The Indenture covering the Senior Notes contains certain provisions
         limiting additional indebtedness, guarantees, liens and the payment of
         cash dividends on Preferred and Common Stock. At February 3, 1996,
         there were no retained earnings available to pay dividends on Common
         Stock.

         The Company's 7.65% Senior Notes had a fair value of approximately
         $125,000,000 and $111,000,000 at February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995,
         respectively, based on market interest rates. Notes payable to banks at
         January 28, 1995 under the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement
         approximate fair value, as the short-term interest rates on the then
         outstanding balances were reset in December 1994.


 8.      OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

         Other current liabilities consisted of the following:
                                                  1996        1995
                                                   (In thousands)

         Royalties payable                      $  5,985    $  6,320
         Accrued interest                          4,339       4,151
         Costs associated with restructuring 
          and closure of operations                5,247
         Costs associated with streamlining plan   3,919       8,732
         Other                                    11,151      20,950
                                                 -------    --------
                                                $ 30,641    $ 40,153
                                                ========    ========


 9.      PREFERRED STOCK

         The Company has 100,000 authorized preferred shares, no par value,
         including 20,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A. The
         Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has a dividend rate of 8.5% per
         annum. The conversion price is $24 per share. The stock is redeemable
         at the option of the Company at any time for $500 a share plus all
         dividends (whether or not earned or declared) accrued and unpaid to the
         date fixed for redemption.


         The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was mandatorily redeemable by
         the Company in accordance with its terms on March 31, 1996. Although
         the requisite approval of the preferred stockholders was obtained and
         the common stockholders of the Company approved adoption of a charter
         amendment which provided for the extension of the mandatory redemption
         date until March 31, 1998, such amendment was not made effective as all
         outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is expected to be
         redeemed pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement between Golden
         Press and the Company (see Note 2) . If the transaction is not
         consummated, the Company intends to file the charter amendment, thereby
         extending the mandatory redemption date to March 31, 1998. The carrying
         amount of preferred stock approximates its fair value.

                                     F-12
<PAGE>
10.      EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS

         In December 1995, the Company adopted a stock option plan ("the 1995
         stock option plan"), which provides for the granting of options to
         purchase up to 750,000 shares of Common Stock through 2005 to 
         employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. As of February 3, 
         1996, no options have been granted under the 1995 stock option plan. 
         In March 1986, the Company adopted a stock option plan ("the 1986 
         stock option plan"), which as amended, provides for the granting of 
         options to purchase up to 2,100,000 shares of Common Stock through 
         1996 to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.

         Prior to February 3, 1990, options granted become exercisable two 
         years after the date of grant (50%) and three years after the date of
         grant (50%). Options granted between February 4, 1990 and January 29, 
         1994 become exercisable in their entirety five years after the date of
         grant. Options granted between January 30, 1994 and February 28, 1995
         generally become exercisable on the date of grant (33 1/3%), one year
         after the date of grant (33 1/3%) and two years after the date of 
         grant (33 1/3%). Options granted subsequent to February 28, 1995 
         become exercisable one year after the date of grant (33 1/3%), two 
         years after the date of grant (33 1/3%) and three years after the 
         date of grant (33 1/3%).

         For Fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Company granted options to purchase
         366,500 shares of Common Stock which became exercisable on the date of
         grant and expire during calendar 1997.

         The following data is presented in connection with the stock option
         plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                             Shares
                                                                            --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               Available
                                                        Option Price        Reserved        Outstanding        For Grant
                                                      ----------------     ---------        -----------        ---------

         <S>                                          <C>                  <C>               <C>               <C>
         Balances, January 30, 1993                   $10.00 to $20.00     1,357,950         1,038,650          319,300
                Increase in authorization                                    600,000                            600,000
                Granted                               $12.50                                    70,000          (70,000) 
                Cancelled                             $10.00 to $20.00                         (91,000)          91,000
                Exercised                             $11.75 to $16.75       (18,900)          (18,900) 
                                                                           ---------         ---------          -------

         Balances, January 29, 1994                   $10.00 to $20.00     1,939,050           998,750          940,300
                Granted                               $11.50 to $12.75                         871,650         (871,650) 
                Cancelled                             $10.00 to $20.00                        (428,950)         428,950
                Exercised                             $10.00 to $12.00       (64,750)          (64,750) 
                                                                           ---------         ---------          -------

         Balances, January 28, 1995                   $10.00 to $20.00     1,874,300         1,376,700          497,600
                Granted                               $ 8.25 to $13.50                         771,000         (771,000) 
                Cancelled                             $ 9.50 to $20.00                        (539,600)         539,600
                Exercised                             $10.00 to $11.75       (44,000)          (44,000) 
                                                                           ---------         ---------          -------

         Balances, February 3, 1996                                        1,830,300         1,564,100          266,200
                                                                           =========         =========          =======
         </TABLE> 
<PAGE>          
                                     F-13

         As of February 3, 1996, stock option grants to purchase 1,012,315
         shares of the Company's Common Stock were exercisable at an average
         price of $12.17. In addition to the shares reserved for the exercise of
         stock options, the Company has reserved 416,042 shares of Common Stock
         for the conversion of its Preferred Stock (see Note 9).

         During Fiscal 1996, the FASB issued FAS No. 123, "Accounting for
         Stock-Based Compensation". While the Company does not currently
         anticipate that it will adopt FAS No. 123, proforma disclosures of
         operating results and earnings per share will be presented beginning
         with the first quarter of Fiscal 1997 in accordance with the
         pronouncement.

11.      STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

         During Fiscal 1996, the Board of Directors adopted a resolution, that
         was approved by the stockholders of the Company, to increase the
         authorized number of shares of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par
         value from 30,000,000 shares to 40,000,000 shares.

         On January 31, 1996, the Company entered into an interim employment
         agreement (the "Employment Agreement") with Richard E. Snyder, in
         conjunction with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement,
         whereby Mr. Snyder became President of the Company (see Note 2).
         Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the Company issued 599,465 
         shares of Common Stock to Mr. Snyder at a price of $8.00 per share 
         in exchange for a non-recourse note in the amount of the purchase 
         price, secured by a pledge of the shares. The non-recourse note is 

         shown as a separate component of stockholder's equity. The difference 
         between the market price of $9.375 per share on January 31, 1996 and
         the purchase price was recorded as compensation to Mr. Snyder.

         Since his appointment, Mr. Snyder has not been directly involved in 
         the Company's business or financial decisions but has been assessing
         its operations. Mr. Snyder has not yet finalized any plans regarding
         future operations. Such plans will likely be finalized during Fiscal 
         1997 and may involve a restructuring of operations which could 
         result in substantial charges to operations or changes in the 
         classification of the Company's assets and liabilities.

         In conjunction with the proposed equity investment, a stockholder
         meeting will be held to consider and act upon several proposals,
         including approval of the transaction; an amendment to increase the
         Company's authorized number of shares of Common Stock from 40,000,000
         to 60,000,000 shares; an amendment to increase the Company's 
         authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock from 100,000 to 
         200,000 shares, and an amendment to increase the number of shares of
         Common Stock available under the 1995 stock option plan from 750,000 
         shares to 2,250,000 shares (see Note 2).

                                     F-14
<PAGE>
12.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         Leases

         The Company leases certain facilities, machinery and vehicles under
         various noncancellable operating lease agreements over periods of one
         to 10 years. Future minimum lease payments required under such leases
         in effect at February 3, 1996 were as follows (by fiscal year):

                                                              (In thousands)
                    1997                                         $  4,493
                    1998                                            3,207
                    1999                                            2,472
                    2000                                            1,920
                    2001                                            1,663
                    2002 through 2006                               4,111
                                                                  -------

                                                                  $17,866
                                                                  -------

         Total rental expense charged to operations was $6,105,000, $6,914,000
         and $8,330,000 for the years ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995
         and January 29, 1994, respectively.

         Contingencies

         The Company has been named in various legal proceedings in the normal
         course of its business. Additionally, the Company, along with other
         parties, is involved in a number of proceedings brought under the

         Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act,
         commonly known as Superfund, as well as under other Federal and state
         statues. Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations
         are expensed or capitalized, as appropriate. Liabilities are recorded
         when environmental assessments and/or remedial efforts are probable,
         the cost can be reasonably estimated and the Company's responsibility
         is established.

         While it is not feasible to predict or determine the outcome of these
         proceedings, it is the opinion of management that their outcome, to 
         the extent not provided for through insurance or otherwise, will not 
         have a materially adverse effect on the Company's financial position 
         or results of future operations.

13.      ROYALTIES AND OTHER INCOME

         Royalties and other income consisted of the following:

                                 1996             1995              1994
                                             (In thousands)

         Royalties              $1,299           $1,948            $2,043
         Interest income         2,963            1,994               807
         Other                     423              259               361
                                ------           ------            ------
                                $4,685           $4,201            $3,211
                                ======           ======            ======

                                     F-15
<PAGE>
14.      INCOME TAXES

         Income tax expense (benefit) (calculated in accordance with Statement
         of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
         Taxes") consisted of the following:

                                 1996             1995              1994
                                             (In thousands)
         Currently (refundable) 
          payable:
           Federal              $(2,092)         $(6,656)         $(11,185) 
           State                     78              380              (240) 
           Foreign                 (540)             370               (30) 
                                -------          -------          --------  

                                 (2,554)          (5,906)          (11,455) 
                                -------          -------          --------  

         Deferred:
           Federal               11,281            8,239            (9,520) 
           State                  2,615              222            (1,300) 
           Foreign                  (10)             (85)              (20) 
                                -------          -------          --------  


                                 13,886            8,376           (10,840) 
                                -------          -------          --------  

                                $11,332          $ 2,470          $(22,295) 
                                =======          =======          ========  

         Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) of Western 
         Publishing Company, Inc.'s Canadian subsidiary was $(1,257,000), 
         $1,412,000 and $(106,000) for the years ended February 3, 1996, 
         January 28, 1995 and January 29, 1994, respectively.

         A reconciliation of the statutory United States Federal income tax 
         rate to the Company's effective income tax rate follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995              1994
         <S>                                                                 <C>              <C>               <C> 
         Statutory rate                                                       35.0%            35.0%             35.0%
         State income taxes, net of Federal benefit                            (.2)            (2.6)              1.6
         Valuation allowance, net of refundable amounts                      (56.8)           (82.4)
         Permanent differences relating to the sale of
             the Advertising Specialty Division                                                35.9
         Other - net                                                           1.7             (2.2)             (1.4)
                                                                             -----            -----              ---- 

                                                                             (20.3)%          (16.3)%            35.2%
                                                                             =====            =====              ==== 
</TABLE>

                                     F-16
<PAGE>
         The income tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
         significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at
         February 3, 1996 and January 28, 1995 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996                                  1995
                                                               ----                                  ----
                                                      Assets         Liabilities           Assets         Liabilities
                                                                              (In thousands) 
         <S>                                          <C>             <C>                  <C>               <C>


         Allowances for doubtful accounts and
           returns not currently deductible         $   2,098                            $   4,035
         Inventories:
           Excess of book basis over tax
             basis due to purchase accounting                         $ (6,117)                            $  (6,108) 
           Other                                        7,395                                9,803
         Property, plant and equipment:
           Excess of tax basis over
             acquisition accounting basis               3,620                                3,746

           Excess of tax over book depreciation                         (9,107)                               (6,555) 
         Identified intangibles                                         (1,096)                               (1,096) 
         Deferred gain on sale of plant                                   (794)                                 (738) 
         Accrued expenses not
           currently deductible                         7,396                                9,714
         Deductible pension contributions
           in excess of pension expense                                 (1,717)                               (1,768) 
         Postretirement benefits                       11,028                               10,758
         Net operating loss carryforwards
           and credits                                 32,811                                4,026
         Other - net                                      557                                  514
         Valuation Allowance                          (46,074)                             (12,445) 
                                                    ---------         --------           ---------         ---------
         Total                                      $  18,831         $(18,831)          $  30,151         $ (16,265) 
                                                    =========         ========           =========         =========
         </TABLE>

         Deferred income taxes are classified as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996                                  1995
                                                               ----                                  ----
                                                              Assets                                Assets
                                                      Current        Noncurrent            Current        Noncurrent
                                                                             (In thousands)
         <S>                                        <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>
         Deferred income taxes                      $  11,169         $ 34,905           $  17,536         $   8,795
         Valuation allowance                          (11,169)         (34,905)             (6,860)           (5,585) 
                                                    ---------         --------           ---------         ---------

                                                    $      -          $     -            $  10,676         $   3,210
                                                    =========         ========           =========         =========
</TABLE>

         At February 3, 1996, the Company had available net operating loss
         carryforwards of approximately $65,900,000 for Federal income tax
         purposes that expire in 2011 and approximately $6,500,000 for state
         income tax purposes. The Federal carryforwards primarily resulted from
         operating losses generated in Fiscal 1996. The Company also has tax
         credit carryforwards at February 3, 1996 of approximately $3,700,000.
         The valuation allowance relates to the uncertainty of realizing 
         certain Federal and state deferred tax assets.

                                     F-17
<PAGE>
15.      PENSION, POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

         Pension Benefits

         Western Publishing Company, Inc. and its Canadian subsidiary have
         noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans covering 
         substantially all domestic hourly and Canadian salaried and hourly 
         employees. The benefits are generally based on a unit amount at the 

         date of termination multiplied by the participant's credited service.
         The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts within the 
         limits which can be deducted for income tax purposes.

         The following tables set forth the plans' funded status and amounts
         recognized in the consolidated financial statements at February 3, 
         1996 and January 28, 1995, and for each of the three years ended 
         February 3, 1996:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995
<S>                                                                        <C>               <C>
                                                                                 (In thousands)
         Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
           Accumulated benefit obligations, including
             vested benefits of $15,052,000 and $11,897,000                $  15,222         $ 12,052
                                                                           =========         ========

         Projected benefit obligations for service rendered                $  15,745         $ 12,472
         Plan assets at fair value (primarily U.S. government
           securities, corporate bonds and equity mutual funds)               16,995           15,051
                                                                            --------         --------
         Projected benefit obligations less than plan assets                   1,250            2,579
         Unrecognized net loss (gain)                                            978             (181) 
         Unrecognized prior service cost                                       2,205            2,272
         Unamortized portion of unrecognized net asset
           at January 31, 1987                                                  (140)            (249) 
                                                                            --------         --------
         Prepaid pension costs recognized in
           accompanying balance sheets                                     $   4,293         $  4,421
                                                                           =========         ========
</TABLE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995              1994
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>              <C> 
                                                                                          (In thousands)
         Net pension (income) expense, included the following components:
             Service cost - benefits earned during the period              $     441         $    509         $     573
             Interest cost on projected benefit obligations                    1,054            1,105             1,104
             Actual return on plan assets                                     (3,437)             415            (1,836) 
             Net amortization and deferral                                     2,070           (1,995)              211
             Net settlement gain                                                  (3)             (50) 
                                                                           ---------         --------         ---------

         Net pension expense (income)                                      $     125         $    (16)        $      52
                                                                           =========         ========         =========

         The weighted average discount rate used in determining the actuarial
         present value of the projected benefit obligations was 7.0% and 8.5%
         in 1996 and 1995. The expected long-term rate of return on assets was
         10.0%.


         Pension expense charged to operations for these plans and for other
         multi-employer plans in which certain union employees of the Company's
         subsidiaries participate was $503,000, $376,000 and $598,000 for the
         years ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995 and January 29, 1994,
         respectively.

                                     F-18
<PAGE>
         Subsidiaries of the Company also maintain defined contribution
         contributory retirement plans for substantially all domestic employee
         groups. Under the plans, the subsidiaries make contributions based on
         employee compensation and in certain cases based on specified levels 
         of voluntary employee contributions. Western Publishing Company, 
         Inc.'s Canadian subsidiary also maintains a profit sharing plan for 
         certain salaried employees. Expense for these plans was $3,123,000, 
         $3,723,000 and $4,157,000 for the years ended February 3, 1996, 
         January 28, 1995 and January 29, 1994, respectively.

         Postretirement Benefits

         Western Publishing Company, Inc. provides certain health care and life
         insurance benefits for substantially all of its retired employees.
         Effective January 31, 1993, the Company adopted FAS No. 106,
         "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
         Pensions." FAS No. 106 requires the Company to accrue the estimated
         cost of retiree benefit payments during the years the employee 
         provides services. The Company previously expensed the cost of these 
         benefits, which are principally health care, as claims were incurred.
         FAS No. 106 allows recognition of the cumulative effect of the 
         liability in the year of adoption or the amortization of the 
         obligation over a period of up to twenty years. The Company elected 
         to recognize the cumulative effect of this obligation on the 
         immediate recognition basis. At January 31, 1993, the Company 
         recognized the accumulated liability for such benefits (transition 
         obligation). The cumulative effect of this change in accounting 
         principle reduced earnings by $24,300,000 ($14,800,000, net of income
         taxes).

         The postretirement benefit obligation recorded in the consolidated
         balance sheets consisted of the following components:


</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>
                                                                                 (In thousands)

         Retirees currently receiving benefits                             $  13,872         $ 12,594
         Current employees eligible to receive benefits                        6,500            5,600
         Current employees not yet eligible to receive benefits                9,400            6,600
         Unrecognized net (gain) loss from past experience                    (4,900)           1,800
         Unrecognized prior service cost                                       2,700              300
                                                                           ---------          -------


                                                                           $  27,572         $ 26,894
                                                                           =========         ========
</TABLE>

         The net postretirement benefit cost, which is not currently funded,
consisted of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995              1994
<S>                                                                        <C>               <C>              <C>
                                                                                          (In thousands)

         Service cost - benefits earned during the year                    $     500         $    600         $     700
         Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit
           obligation                                                          2,000            2,000             1,900
         Net amortization and deferral of unrecognized amounts                  (100) 
         Recognition of transition obligation                                                                    24,300
                                                                           ---------         --------         ---------

         Net postretirement benefit expense                                $   2,400         $  2,600         $  26,900
                                                                           =========         ========         =========
</TABLE>

         The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the
         accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of January 1, 1996
         was 7.5% for 1996 decreasing linearly to 5% in 2010; and remaining 
         level thereafter.

                                     F-19
<PAGE>
         If the health care cost trend rate were increased one percentage point
         in each year, the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of
         January 1, 1996 and the net postretirement cost would have both
         increased by approximately 13%. The weighted average discount rate 
         used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
         as of January 1, 1996 and January 1, 1995 was 7.0% and 8.5%, 
         respectively.

         Postemployment Benefits

         During November 1992, the FASB issued FAS No. 112, "Employers'
         Accounting for Postemployment Benefits", which requires the cost of
         such benefits be accrued over the employee service period. The 
         adoption of this statement in Fiscal 1995 did not have a material 
         effect on the Company's financial statements.

16.      INDUSTRY SEGMENT INFORMATION

         The Company has two industry segments, Consumer Products and 
         Commercial Products.

         The Company is engaged in the creation, publication, manufacturing,

         printing and marketing of story and picture books, interactive
         electronic books and games, coloring books and other activity books 
         and products for children as well as multimedia "edutainment" 
         products. The Company is also engaged in the manufacture and sale of 
         decorated paper tableware, party goods, stationery and gift products.
         The Company's foreign operations within the Consumer Products Segment
         consist of a marketing subsidiary in Canada and a marketing branch 
         in the United Kingdom.

         The Company's Commercial Products Segment provides printing, graphic,
         creative and distribution services and prior to May 1, 1993, was
         engaged in the manufacture of advertising specialties including
         imprinted writing instruments, wearable and simulated leather items,
         such as wallets, folders and other promotional business products (see
         Note 3).

         Operating profit represents income before income taxes, interest
         expense and general corporate income and expense. Identifiable assets
         are those assets used specifically in the operations of each industry
         segment or which are allocated when used jointly. Corporate assets are
         principally comprised of cash and cash equivalents, net assets held 
         for sale, refundable income taxes, deferred income taxes, prepaid 
         pension costs and certain other assets. Domestic sales to foreign 
         markets were less than 10% of total consolidated sales for the years
         ended February 3, 1996, January 28, 1995 and January 29, 1994.

                                     F-20
<PAGE>
         Information by industry segment is set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996             1995              1994
<S>                                                                       <C>               <C>              <C>
                                                                                          (In thousands)
         Net sales:
           Consumer Products                                               $ 306,543         $340,970         $ 535,603
           Commercial Products                                                63,029           57,384            77,861
                                                                           ---------         --------         ---------

                                                                           $ 369,572         $398,354         $ 613,464
                                                                           =========         ========         =========
         Operating (loss) profit:
           Consumer Products                                               $ (23,887)        $ (7,487)        $     192
           Commercial Products                                                   805             (112)           (2,558) 
                                                                           ---------         --------         ---------

                                                                             (23,082)          (7,599)           (2,366) 

         Other income                                                          3,386            2,253             1,168
         General corporate expense                                           (16,459)         (13,648)          (17,672) 
         Provision for restructuring and closure
             of operations                                                    (8,701) 
         Gain on streamlining plan                                             2,000           20,352

         Provision for write-down of Division                                                   1,100           (28,180) 
         Interest expense                                                    (12,859)         (17,567)          (16,270) 
                                                                           ---------         --------         ---------

         Loss before income taxes and
            cumulative effect of change in accounting
            principle                                                      $ (55,715)        $(15,109)        $ (63,320) 
                                                                           =========         ========         =========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Consumer             Commercial
                                                      Products              Products          Corporate       Total
                                                      --------             ----------         ---------       -----
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>               <C>            <C>
                                                                                 (In thousands)
         Identifiable assets:
           1996                                      $  213,792            $   33,521        $   74,652     $  321,965
           1995                                         268,517                23,201           137,088        428,806
           1994                                         331,502                27,974           145,640        505,116

         Depreciation and amortization:
           1996                                          12,816                 1,734             1,445         15,995
           1995                                          11,263                 2,293             1,609         15,165
           1994                                          12,176                 5,153             1,184         18,513

         Capital expenditures:
           1996                                          12,540                 5,202               179         17,921
           1995                                          18,805                   372               130         19,307
           1994                                          33,524                 2,443             1,392         37,359

</TABLE>
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
         Other Information

         For the year ended February 3, 1996, net sales from the Company's two
         largest customers, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. and Toys `R' Us, Inc. totaled
         approximately $78,400,000, or 21% of net sales. For the years ended
         January 28, 1995 and January 29, 1994, revenues from these customers
         totaled approximately $91,700,000 or 23% of net sales and $133,400,000
         or 22% of net sales, respectively. The Company's products are 
         primarily sold to mass market retailers throughout the United States,
         Canada and the United Kingdom.


17.      NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

         Net loss per common share was computed as follows:

                                              1996        1995         1994
                                                 (In thousands except for

                                                      per share data)

         Net loss                          $ (67,047)   $(17,579)   $ (55,825) 
         Preferred dividend requirements        (848)       (848)        (848) 
                                           ---------    --------    ---------

         Loss applicable to Common Stock   $ (67,895)   $(18,427)   $ (56,673) 
                                           =========    ========    =========

         Weighted average common shares
          outstanding                         21,047      20,997       20,956
                                           =========    ========    =========

         Net loss per common share         $   (3.23)   $   (.88)   $   (2.70) 
                                           =========    ========    =========



                                 * * * * * *

                                     F-22



   
PROXY                   WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.                    PROXY
                              444 MADISON AVENUE
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
    

   
         THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
    

   
     The undersigned hereby appoints _____________ and _____________ as Proxies,
each with the power to appoint his substitute, and hereby authorizes them, and
each of them, to represent and vote, as designated below, all the shares of
Common Stock of Western Publishing Group, Inc. (the "Company") which the
undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders to be
held at Chemical Bank, 270 Park Avenue, __th Floor, Room ____, New York, New
York, on __________, May __, 1996 at 10:00 A.M., local time, and any adjournment
or postponement thereof (the "Special Meeting"), with all the powers the
undersigned would possess if personally present, upon the matters noted below:
    

   
1.       Approval of the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31,
         1996, as amended, between Golden Press Holding, L.L.C. and the Company
         and the transactions contemplated thereby.
    

   
              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
2.       Election of Directors to hold office until the 1996 Annual Meeting of 
         Stockholders.

         FOR all nominees listed below               WITHHOLD AUTHORITY
         (except as marked to the contrary below)  |_|  to vote for all nominees
                                                          listed below     |-| 
    

   
         Shahara Ahmad-Llewellyn, Barry Diller, Linda L. Janklow, Marshall 
         Rose, Richard E. Snyder and H. Brian Thompson
    

   
         (INSTRUCTION:  To withhold authority to vote for any individual 
         nominee, write that nominee's name on the space provided below.)
    


   
          (continued and to be signed and dated on the reverse side)

    


   3.    Adoption of Amendments to the 1995 Stock Option Plan.

              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
4.       Adoption of the Executive Officer Bonus Plan.

              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
5.       Adoption of an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of 
         Incorporation changing the name of the Company to "Golden Books Family
         Entertainment, Inc."

              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
6.       Adoption of an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
         Incorporation increasing the authorized number of shares of Common
         Stock from 40 million shares to 60 million shares.

              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
7.       Adoption of an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
         Incorporation increasing the authorized number of shares of Preferred
         Stock from 100,000 shares to 200,000 shares.

              |_| FOR                   |_| AGAINST               |_| ABSTAIN
    

   
         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION OF EACH OF
         THE PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE.
    

   
This proxy, when properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed by the
undersigned stockholder. If no direction is made, this proxy will be voted FOR
the adoption of Proposals No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 above.
    

   
         PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE PROXY CARD PROMPTLY USING THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
    


   
Please sign exactly as name appears herein.
    


   

                            When shares are held by joint tenants, both should
                            sign. When signing as attorney, executor,
                            administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full
                            title as such. If a corporation, please sign in full
                            corporate name by the President or other authorized
                            officer. If a partnership, please sign in
                            partnership name by authorized person.
    


   
                                             Signature
    


   
                                       Signature if held jointly
    

   
                            Dated:                                     , 1996
    



<PAGE>
   
                                                                    APPENDIX I
                                                              [COMPOSITE COPY]
    

   
                     AMENDED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    

<PAGE>
   
                     AMENDED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    
                                    BETWEEN

                         GOLDEN PRESS HOLDING, L.L.C.

                                      AND

                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.


   
     Dated as of January 31, 1996, as Amended by Amendment No. 1 Thereto,
                          Dated as of April 15, 1996
    



<PAGE>
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                              Page 
ARTICLE I. SALE AND PURCHASE 

Section 1.1. Agreement to Sell and to Purchase...............    3
Section 1.2. Closing.........................................    3
Section 1.3. Purchase Price..................................    3

ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Section 2.1. Organization and Qualification..................    4
Section 2.2. Authority Relative to this Agreement............    4
Section 2.3. Financing Arrangements..........................    5
Section 2.4. Investment Intent...............................    5

ARTICLE III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1. Organization and Qualification..................    5
Section 3.2. Capitalization..................................    6
Section 3.3. Subsidiaries and Equity Investments.............    7
Section 3.4. Authority Relative to this Agreement............    8
Section 3.5. Reports and Financial Statements; Undisclosed
              Liabilities....................................    9
Section 3.6. Absence of Certain Changes or Events............    11
Section 3.7. Litigation......................................    11
Section 3.8. Disclosure......................................    11
Section 3.9. Employee Benefit Plans..........................    12
Section 3.10. ERISA..........................................    13
Section 3.11. Compliance with Applicable Laws................    15
Section 3.12. Taxes..........................................    15
Section 3.13. Certain Agreements.............................    16
Section 3.14. Takeover Provisions Inapplicable...............    17
Section 3.15. Company Action.................................    17
Section 3.16. Fairness Opinions..............................    17
Section 3.17. Financial Advisors; Expenses...................    18
Section 3.18. Title to Property..............................    18
Section 3.19. Intellectual Property..........................    18
Section 3.20. Licenses, Permits and Authorizations...........    19
Section 3.21. Insurance......................................    20
Section 3.22. Environment....................................    20
Section 3.23. Related Party Transactions.....................    21
Section 3.24. No Company Material Adverse Effect.............    21

ARTICLE IV.  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE SALE AND PURCHASE

Section 4.1. Conduct of Business by the Company..............    22
Section 4.2. Notice of Breach................................    25

ARTICLE V.  ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 5.1. Access and Information..........................    26
Section 5.2. Company Proxy Statement.........................    26

Section 5.3. Stockholders' Meeting...........................    27
Section 5.4. HSR Act.........................................    28
Section 5.5. Additional Agreements...........................    28
                                
                                      i

<PAGE>

Section 5.6. No Solicitation..................................   28
Section 5.7. Transfer Restriction.............................   29
Section 5.8. Director and Officer Indemnification and
              Insurance.......................................   30
Section 5.9. Board of Directors...............................   30
Section 5.10. Redemption of Company Preferred Stock...........   31
Section 5.11. Expenses........................................   31
Section 5.12. Related Party Transactions......................   31
Section 5.13. Moore Termination...............................   31

ARTICLE VI. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 6.1. Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to Effect
              the Sale and Purchase............................  32
Section 6.2.  Conditions to Obligation of the Company to Effect
               the Sale and Purchase...........................  32
Section 6.3.  Conditions to Obligations of Buyer to Effect the
               Sale and Purchase...............................  33

ARTICLE VII.  TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

Section 7.1. Termination.....................................    34
Section 7.2. Effect of Termination...........................    36
Section 7.3. Amendment.......................................    36
Section 7.4. Waiver..........................................    36

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 8.1. Non-Survival of Representations, Warranties and
              Agreements......................................   37
Section 8.2. Notices..........................................   37
Section 8.3. Expenses; Termination Fees.......................   38
Section 8.4. Publicity........................................   39
Section 8.5. Specific Performance.............................   40
Section 8.6. Interpretation...................................   40
Section 8.7. Miscellaneous....................................   40

Exhibit A -- Form of Series B Certificate of Designations
Exhibit B -- Form of Warrant
Exhibit C -- Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit D -- Form of Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher
Exhibit E -- Form of Opinion of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy

                                      ii

<PAGE>

                     INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
                                                               PAGE
Beneficial ownership........................................... 36
Bernstein......................................................  5
Business Combination Proposal.................................. 26
Buyer..........................................................  1
Buyer Disclosure Schedule......................................  3
Buyer Material Adverse Effect..................................  3
CERCLA.........................................................  18
Closing........................................................  2
Closing Date...................................................  2
Code........................................................... 11
Commission.....................................................  6
Companies......................................................  6
Company Benefit Plans.......................................... 10
Company Common Stock...........................................  1
Company Disclosure Schedule....................................  4
Company Material Adverse Effect................................  4
Company Meeting................................................ 24
Company Preferred Stock........................................  5
Company Proxy Statement........................................ 10
Company SEC Reports............................................  8
Company Voting Matters......................................... 25
Confidentiality Agreement...................................... 23
Continuing Directors........................................... 27
Environmental Laws............................................. 18
ERISA.......................................................... 10
Exchange Act...................................................  3
Excluded_Employees............................................. 20
Expenses....................................................... 34
GAAP...........................................................  8
Governmental Entity............................................ 13
HSR Act........................................................  3
Intellectual Property.......................................... 16
Interim SEC Reports............................................  8
Irrevocable Proxies............................................ 31
Moore.......................................................... 11
New Preferred Shares...........................................  l
New Preferred Stock............................................  l
Purchase Price.................................................  2
Registration Rights Agreement..................................  3
Securities Act.................................................  3
Series B Certificate of Designations...........................  1
Significant Agreements......................................... 14
Significant Subsidiary.........................................  6
Snyder......................................................... 19
Stock Option Plan..............................................  5
Subsidiaries...................................................  6
Subsidiary.....................................................  6
Superior Proposal.............................................. 26
Tax_Subsidiaries............................................... 13
Third Party.................................................... 35

Third Party Business Combination............................... 35
Warrant........................................................  l
WPV............................................................ 25

                                     iii

<PAGE>
   
                     AMENDED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
    

   
                  THIS AMENDED SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of 
January 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of April 15,
1996, between Western Publishing Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and Golden Press Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company ("Buyer").
    
                             W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Company desires to create a series of its
Preferred Stock, no par value, consisting of 13,000 shares ("New Preferred
Shares") designated as its "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "New
Preferred Stock"). The terms, limitations and relative rights and preferences of
the New Preferred Stock are set forth in the Certificate of Designations,
Number, Voting Powers, Preferences and Rights of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
(the "Series B Certificate of Designations");

                  WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue a warrant (the
"Warrant") to purchase an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares (subject to adjustment)
of the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Company Common
Stock"), substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto;

                  WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase the New Preferred Shares
and the Warrant from the Company, and the Company desires to sell the New
Preferred Shares and the Warrant to Buyer, in each case upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

                  WHEREAS, the members of Buyer and the Board of Directors of
the Company have approved, and deem it advisable and in the best interests of
their members and stockholders, respectively, to consummate the purchase and
sale of the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant, upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth herein; and

                  WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company, subject to
Section 5.3 hereof, has resolved to recommend approval of the purchase and sale
of the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant and the other transactions
contemplated herein to the holders of all the issued and outstanding shares of
Company Common Stock;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, 

                                     I-1
<PAGE>

and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as
follows:
                                     I-2

<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE I.


                              SALE AND PURCHASE

     Section 1.1.  Agreement to Sell and to Purchase. On the 
Closing Date (as defined below) and upon the terms and subject to 
the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall 
issue, sell, and deliver the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant 
to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and accept the New Preferred 
Shares and the Warrant from the Company.
 
     Section 1.2.  Closing.  The closing of such sale and 
purchase (the "Closing") shall take place (i) at the offices of 
Willkie Farr & Gallagher, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, New 
York, at 10:00 a.m. on the day on which the last of the 
conditions set forth in Article VI is satisfied or waived, or 
(ii) at such other time and place as the parties hereto shall 
agree in writing.  The date on which the Closing is to occur is 
herein referred to as the "Closing Date."

     At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Buyer or 
its designees a stock certificate representing the New Preferred 
Shares and the Warrant, each of which shall be duly executed on 
behalf of the Company and registered in the name of Buyer (or its 
nominee).  In full consideration for the New Preferred Shares and 
the Warrant, Buyer shall thereupon pay to the Company the 
Purchase Price (as defined below) as provided in Section 1.3 
hereof.
 
     Section 1.3.  Purchase Price.  The aggregate purchase  
price for the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant ("Purchase 
Price")shall be $65,000,000.  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver 
to the Company $65,000,000 by wire transfer of immediately 
available funds to such account as the Company shall designate 
not less than three business days prior to the Closing Date.


                                 ARTICLE II.

                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

                                    I-3
<PAGE>

     Section 2.1.  Organization and Qualification.  Buyer is 
a limited liability company duly authorized and validly existing 
under the laws of the state of Delaware and has the requisite 
power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and 
currently proposed to be conducted.  Buyer is duly qualified to 
do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where 

the character of its properties owned or held under lease or the 
nature of its activities make such qualification necessary, 
except where the failure to be so qualified would not, 
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have 
a material adverse effect on its business, properties, assets, 
condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities or operations (a 
"Buyer Material Adverse Effect").  Complete and correct copies as 
of the date hereof of the certificate of formation of Buyer have 
been delivered to the Company as part of a disclosure schedule 
delivered by Buyer to the Company on the date of this Agreement 
(the "Buyer Disclosure Schedule").
 
     Section 2.2.  Authority Relative to this Agreement.  
Buyer has the requisite power to enter into this Agreement and to 
carry out its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery 
of this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement between 
the Company and Buyer to be entered into on the Closing Date (the 
"Registration Rights Agreement"), substantially in the form of 
Exhibit C attached hereto, and the consummation of the 
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly 
authorized by all necessary actions on the part of Buyer.  This 
Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, upon its 
execution, each constitute a valid and binding obligation of 
Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its terms except as 
enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other 
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights 
generally and except that the availability of equitable remedies, 
including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of 
the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  
No other proceedings on the part of Buyer are necessary to 
authorize this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement and 
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Buyer is not 
subject to or obligated under (i) any operating agreement, 
indenture or other loan document provision or (ii) any other 
contract, license, franchise, permit, order, decree, concession, 
lease, instrument, judgment, statute, law, ordinance, rule or 
regulation applicable to Buyer or its properties or assets, that 
would be breached or violated, or under which there would be a 
default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or 
under which there would arise a right of termination, 
cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or the loss of a 

                                     I-4

<PAGE>

material benefit, by its executing and carrying out this 
Agreement other than, in the case of clause (ii) only, (A) any 
breaches, violations, defaults, terminations, cancellations, 
accelerations or losses which, either singly or in the aggregate, 
will not have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or prevent the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and (B) the  laws
and regulations referred to in the next sentence.  Except as 
disclosed in Section 2.2 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule or, in 

connection, or in compliance, with the provisions of the Hart-
Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended  (the 
"HSR Act"), the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
Act"), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and the corporation, securities or  blue sky laws or
regulations of the various states, no filing or  registration with, or
authorization, consent or approval of, any 
public body or authority is necessary for the consummation by 
Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other 
than filings, registrations, authorizations, consents or 
approvals the failure of which to make or obtain would not 
reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or 
prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
     Section 2.3.  Financing Arrangements.  Buyer has funds 
available to it sufficient to effect the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement.
 
     Section 2.4.  Investment Intent.  Buyer is acquiring 
the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant for investment for its 
own (or an affiliate's) account, not as a nominee or agent and 
not with a view to the distribution of any part thereof in 
violation of law.  Buyer has no present intention of selling, 
granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the 
same.  


                                 ARTICLE III.

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to Buyer as 
follows:

     Section 3.1.  Organization and Qualification.  The 
Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in 
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the 
corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being 
conducted and currently proposed to be conducted.  The Company is 

                                    I-5
<PAGE>

duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business, and is in 
good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its 
properties owned or held under lease or the nature of its 
activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the 
failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to 
have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, 
assets, condition (financial or otherwise), liabilities or 
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole 
(a "Company Material Adverse Effect").  Complete and correct 
copies as of the date hereof of the Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation and By-laws of the Company and each of its 

subsidiaries have been delivered to Buyer or its representatives 
as part of a disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to 
Buyer on the date of this Agreement (the "Company Disclosure 
Schedule").
 
     Section 3.2.  Capitalization.  The authorized capital 
stock of the Company consists of 40,000,000 shares of Company 
Common Stock and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value.  
As of the date hereof, 21,276,074 shares of Company Common Stock 
are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable 
(which figure does not include shares issued upon exercise of 
employee stock options granted after October 28, 1995), 208,800 
shares of Company Common Stock are held in the Company's 
treasury, 19,970 shares of preferred stock designated as Series A 
Preferred Stock ("Company Preferred Stock") are outstanding, and 
no shares of Company Preferred Stock are held in the Company's 
treasury.  As of October 28, 1995, employee stock options to 
acquire up to 1,705,300 shares of Company Common Stock were 
outstanding, and employee stock options to purchase 311,500 
shares of Company Common Stock were issued from such date through 
the date hereof.  As of the date hereof, there are no bonds, 
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness having the 
right to vote on any matters on which the Company's stockholders 
may vote issued or outstanding.  As of the date hereof, except 
for (i) options to acquire up to 1,725,133 shares of Company 
Common Stock issued to employees of the Company pursuant to the 
Amended and Restated 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan of the 
Company (the "Stock Option Plan") and (ii) 416,042 shares of 
Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Company 
Preferred Stock, there are no options, warrants, calls or other 
rights, agreements or commitments outstanding obligating the 
Company to issue, deliver or sell shares of its capital stock or 
debt securities, or obligating the Company to grant, extend or 
enter into any such option, warrant, call or other such right, 
agreement or commitment.  Section 3.2 of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of (a) all 
agreements, offering memoranda, registration statements, 
prospectuses or offering circulars concerning sales or attempted 
sales of the Company's 

                                    I-6

<PAGE>

securities (whether by the Company or by a  substantial
stockholder) since January 1, 1992 and (b) all  written proposals
concerning the acquisition or proposed  acquisition of the
Company's securities since January 1, 1992.   As of the date
hereof, the New Preferred Shares, including the  Series B
Certificate of Designations, and the Warrant were duly  authorized
by the Company's Board of Directors.  On or prior to  the Closing
Date, assuming approval of the Company Voting Matters  (as defined
in Section 5.3 hereof) by holders of the Company  Common Stock,
the Series B Certificate of Designations will have  become

effective in accordance with the DGCL, and all of the New 
Preferred Shares and all of the shares of Company Common Stock 
issuable in payment of dividends in respect of or upon conversion 
of the New Preferred Shares and upon exercise of the Warrant will 
be, when so issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid 
and nonassessable and shall be delivered free and clear of all 
liens, claims, charges and encumbrances of any kind or nature 
whatsoever.  The Company has duly reserved 3,250,000 shares of 
Company Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant 
and 9,620,000 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance upon 
conversion of the New Preferred Stock and upon payment of stock 
dividends in respect thereof.  The Company has not agreed to 
register any securities under the Securities Act (other than 
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, 
between Richard A. Bernstein ("Bernstein") and certain of his 
affiliates and the Company).
 
     Section 3.3.  Subsidiaries and Equity Investments.

     (a)  Section 3.3 of the Company Disclosure Schedule 
sets forth (i) the name of each corporation that is a 
"Significant Subsidiary" (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of 
Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
"Commission") (such subsidiaries hereinafter referred to 
collectively as "Subsidiaries" and individually as a 
"Subsidiary", and collectively with the Company, the 
"Companies")), (ii) the name of each corporation, partnership, 
joint venture or other entity (other than the Subsidiaries) in 
which any of the Companies has, or pursuant to any agreement has 
the right or obligation to acquire at any time by any means, 
directly or indirectly, an equity interest or investment; (iii) 
in the case of each of such corporations described in clauses (i) 
and (ii) above, (A) the jurisdiction of incorporation, (B) the 
capitalization thereof and the percentage of each class of voting 
capital stock owned by any of the Companies, (C) a description of 
any contractual limitations on the holder's ability to vote or 
alienate such securities, (D) a 

                                    I-7

<PAGE>

description of any outstanding  options or other rights to acquire
securities of such  corporation, and (E) a description of any
other contractual  charge or impediment which would materially
limit or impair any  of the Companies' ownership of such entity or
interest or its  ability effectively to exercise the full rights
of ownership of  such entity or interest; and (iv) in the case of
each of such  unincorporated entities, information substantially
equivalent to  that provided pursuant to clause (iii) above with
regard to  corporate entities.

     (b)  Each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, 

validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its 
jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite corporate 
power and authority to own its properties and assets and to 
conduct its business as now conducted.  Each Subsidiary is duly 
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in every 
jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or 
leased by it or the nature of the business conducted by it makes 
such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so 
qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Company 
Material Adverse Effect.  All the outstanding shares of capital 
stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly 
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and (except as 
specified in Section 3.3 of the Company Disclosure Schedule) are 
owned of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by the 
Company, free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, security 
interests or other legal or equitable encumbrances, limitations 
or restrictions.  There are no outstanding options, warrants, 
agreements, conversion rights, preemptive rights or other rights 
to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any issued or 
unissued shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary.  Except as 
set forth in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended January 28, 1995 or as disclosed in Section 3.3 
of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not own, 
directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, 
partnership, joint venture or other business association or 
entity.

     Section 3.4.  Authority Relative to this Agreement.  
The Company has the corporate power to enter into this Agreement 
and the Registration Rights Agreement and to issue the Warrant 
and, subject to approval of the Company Voting Matters by holders 
of the Company Common Stock, to carry out its obligations 
hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery of this 
Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Warrant and 
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and 
thereby have been duly authorized by the Company's Board of 
Directors.  Each of this Agreement, the Registration Rights 
Agreement (when executed) and the Warrant (when issued) 
constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company 
enforceable in accordance with its terms except as enforcement 
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws 

                                     I-8

<PAGE>

affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and 
except that the availability of equitable remedies, including 
specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court 
before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  Except for 
the approval of the holders of Company Common Stock described in 
Section 5.3, no other proceedings on the part of the Company are 
necessary to authorize this Agreement, the Registration Rights 
Agreement and the Warrant and the transactions contemplated 

hereby and thereby.  

     Except as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Company  Disclosure
Schedule, neither the Company nor any subsidiary is  subject to or
obligated under (i) any charter, by-law, indenture  or other loan
document provision or (ii) any other contract,  license,
franchise, permit, order, decree, concession, lease,  instrument,
judgment, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation  applicable
to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their  respective
properties or assets, that would be breached or  violated, or
under which there would be a default (with or  without notice or
lapse of time, or both), or under which there  would arise a right
of termination, cancellation or acceleration  of any obligation or
the loss of a material benefit, or a right  to receive a severance
or other similar payment, by its executing  and carrying out this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated  herein, except, in
the case of clause (ii), where such breach,  violation or default
would not reasonably be expected to have a  Company Material
Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in Section  3.4 of the
Company Disclosure Schedule or, in connection, or in  compliance,
with the provisions of the HSR Act, the Securities  Act, the
Exchange Act, and the corporation, securities or blue  sky laws or
regulations of the various states, no filing or  registration
with, or authorization, consent or approval of, any  public body
or authority is necessary for the consummation by the  Company of
the transactions contemplated hereby, except where the  failure to
so file or register or to receive an authorization,  consent or
approval would not reasonably be expected to have a  Company
Material Adverse Effect.
 
     Section 3.5.  Reports and Financial Statements; 
Undisclosed Liabilities.

     (a)  The Company has furnished Buyer with true and 
complete copies of its (i) Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal years ended January 29, 1994 and January 28, 1995, as 
filed with the Commission, (ii) Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q 
for the quarters ended April 29, 1995, July 29, 1995 and October 
28, 1995, as filed with the Commission, (iii) proxy statements 
related to all meetings of its stockholders (whether annual or 
special) held since January 1, 1993 and (iv) all other reports 
filed with, or registration statements declared effective by, the 
Commission since December 31, 1992, except registration 
statements on Form S-8 relating to employee benefit plans, which 

                                    I-9
<PAGE>

are all the documents (other than preliminary material) that the 
Company filed or was required to file with the Commission from 
that date through the date hereof (clauses (i) through (iv) being 
referred to herein collectively as the "Company SEC Reports").  
From the date hereof through the Closing Date, the Company will 
furnish to Buyer copies of any reports and registration 

statements to be filed with the Commission (the "Interim SEC 
Reports") within a reasonable amount of time prior to filing 
thereof.  As of the their respective dates, the Company SEC 
Reports (or the Interim SEC Reports, as the case may be) complied 
in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities 
Act or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and 
regulations of the Commission thereunder applicable to such 
reports and registration statements.  As of their respective 
dates, the Company SEC Reports (or the Interim SEC Reports, as 
the case may be) did not contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be 
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in 
light of the circumstances under which they were, or will be, 
made, not misleading.  The audited consolidated financial 
statements and unaudited interim financial statements of the 
Company included in the Company SEC Reports (or the Interim SEC 
Reports, as the case may be) comply as to form in all material 
respects with applicable accounting requirements of the 
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and with the 
published rules and regulations of the Commission with respect 
thereto.  The financial statements and the condensed financial 
statements, as applicable, included in the Company SEC Reports 
(or in the Interim SEC Reports, as the case may be) (i) have been 
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis (except as may 
be indicated therein or in the notes thereto), (ii) present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company and its subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and the 
results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then 
ended subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial 
statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and any other 
adjustments described therein and the fact that certain 
information and notes have been condensed or omitted in 
accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated 
thereunder, and (iii) are in all material respects in accordance 
with the books and records of the Company.

     (b)  Except as set forth in Section 3.5(b) or Section 
3.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule and except for 
indebtedness or liabilities that are reflected or reserved 
against in the most recent financial statements included in the 
Company SEC Reports or that have been incurred since October 28, 
1995 in the ordinary course of business, the Company does not 
have any liabilities, whether absolute, accrued, contingent or 
otherwise.  

                                    I-10

<PAGE>

     Section 3.6.  Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  
Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Reports or as disclosed in 
Section 3.6 of the Company Disclosure Schedule and except for the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, since October 28, 

1995, there has not been (i) any transaction, commitment, dispute 
or other event or condition (financial or otherwise) of any 
character (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) 
individually or in the aggregate having, or which could 
reasonably be expected to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect 
(other than as a result of changes in laws or regulations of 
general applicability), (ii) any damage, destruction or loss, 
whether or not covered by insurance, which, individually or in 
the aggregate, has had or, insofar as reasonably can be foreseen, 
in the future would reasonably be expected to have, a Company 
Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any entry into any commitment 
or transaction material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken 
as a whole (including, without limitation, any borrowing or sale 
or purchase of assets) except in the ordinary course of business 
consistent with past practice.
 
     Section 3.7.  Litigation.  Except as disclosed in the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 
28, 1995, or the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the 
quarters ended April 29, 1995, July 29, 1995 and October 28, 
1995, or as disclosed in Section 3.7 of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule, there is no claim, suit, action or proceeding pending 
or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or 
affecting the Company or any subsidiary which, either alone or in 
the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Company 
Material Adverse Effect, nor is there any judgment, decree, 
injunction, rule or order of any court, governmental department, 
commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding 
against the Company or any subsidiary having, or which in the 
future could reasonably be expected to have, either alone or in 
the aggregate, any such Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
     Section 3.8. Disclosure.  None of the information with 
respect to the Company or its subsidiaries to be included or 
incorporated by reference in the proxy statement of the Company, 
including any amendments or supplements thereto (collectively, 
the "Company Proxy Statement"), to be mailed to the stockholders 
of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated 
herein will, at the time of the mailing of the Company Proxy 
Statement and at the time of the Company Meeting (as defined in 
Section 5.3), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or 
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or 
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of 
the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; 

                               I-11

<PAGE>

provided, however, that this provision shall not apply to 
statements or omissions in the Company Proxy Statement based upon 
information expressly furnished by or on behalf of Buyer for use 
therein.  The Company Proxy Statement will comply as to form in 
all material respects with the provisions of the Exchange Act and 

the rules and regulations thereunder.  No representation or 
warranty made by the Company contained in this Agreement and no 
statement contained in any certificate, list, exhibit or other 
instrument specified in this Agreement, including without 
limitation the Company Disclosure Schedule, contains any untrue 
statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, 
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
not  misleading, and no fact or circumstance exists or has
occurred  which has, or in the future can reasonably be expected
to have, a  Company Material Adverse Effect which has not been
disclosed in  this Agreement, the Company Disclosure Schedule or
the Company  SEC Reports.  Prior to the date hereof, the Company
has provided  or made available to Buyer or its representatives
complete and  accurate copies of (i) all unredacted minutes of
meetings and  written consents of the Board of Directors of the
Company and  committees thereof since January 1, 1993 and (ii) all
documents  and agreements, including any amendments, renewals or 
modifications thereof, referenced in the Company Disclosure 
Schedule.
 
     Section 3.9.  Employee Benefit Plans.  (a)  Except as 
disclosed in the Company SEC Reports or as disclosed in Section 
3.9(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no material 
employee benefit or compensation plans, agreements or 
arrangements, including, but not limited to, "employee benefit 
plans," as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and including, 
but not limited to, plans, agreements or arrangements relating to 
former employees, including, but not limited to, retiree medical 
plans, maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to 
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has an obligation to 
make contributions or material collective bargaining agreements 
to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party 
(together, "Company Benefit Plans").  No default exists with 
respect to the obligations of the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries under any such Company Benefit Plan, which default, 
either alone or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to 
have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Since January 1, 1993, 
there have been no disputes or grievances subject to any 
grievance procedure, unfair labor practice proceedings, 
arbitration or litigation under such Company Benefit Plans, that 
have not been finally resolved, settled or otherwise disposed of, 
nor is there any default, or any condition which, with notice or 
lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, under any 
such Company 

                             I-12

<PAGE>

Benefit Plans, by the Company or its subsidiaries  or, to the best
knowledge of the Company, any other party  thereto, which failure
to resolve, settle or otherwise dispose of  or default, either

alone or in the aggregate, would reasonably be  expected have a
Company Material Adverse Effect.  Since January  1, 1993 there
have been no strikes, lockouts or work stoppages or  slowdowns, or
to the best knowledge of the Company and its  subsidiaries,
jurisdictional disputes or organizing activity  occurring or
threatened with respect to the business or  operations of the
Company or its subsidiaries that, individually  or in the
aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to  have a
Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b)  All of the approximately 175 employees of the 
Company or its subsidiaries who, pursuant to letters distributed 
in December 1993, were made beneficiaries of certain benefits 
payable upon a "change of control" of the Company have 
subsequently received letters in July 1994 effectively 
terminating such benefits, and no such person has or will, or 
could in the future, under any circumstances, become eligible for 
such benefits.  Section 3.9(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule 
sets forth in reasonable detail the amount of benefits that would 
have been payable to such beneficiaries who are employed by the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries on the date hereof pursuant to 
such letters had all the requisite conditions therefor been 
subsequently satisfied in December 1993 and assuming that such 
benefits had never been revoked.

     (c)  The employment of John F. Moore ("Moore") with the 
Company and its subsidiaries was terminated as of January 26, 
1996.  The terms of such termination are set forth in Section 
3.9(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.
 
     Section 3.10.  ERISA.  All Company Benefit Plans have 
been administered in accordance with, and are in compliance with, 
the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended (the "Code") and all other Laws, domestic or 
foreign, except where such failures to administer or comply would 
not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse 
Effect.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Company 
Disclosure Schedule, each of the Company Benefit Plans which is 
intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code 
has been determined, or, as described in Section 3.10 of the 
Company Disclosure Schedule, is in the process of being 
determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be "qualified," 
within the meaning of such section of the Code, and the Company 
knows of no fact which is likely to have an adverse effect on the 
qualified status of such plans, including any failure to request 
a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service 
regarding any such plan's compliance with the applicable 
requirements of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 within the Code 
Section 401(b) remedial amendment period.

                             I-13

<PAGE>


     None of the Company Benefit Plans which are defined 
benefit pension plans have incurred any "accumulated funding 
deficiency" (whether or not waived) as that term is defined in 
Section 412 of the Code and, as disclosed in the Coopers & 
Lybrand actuarial report dated April 7, 1995 delivered by the 
Company to the Buyer prior to the date hereof, the fair market 
value of the assets of each such plan equal or exceed the accrued 
liabilities of such plan.  To the best knowledge of the Company, 
there are not now nor have there been any non-exempt "prohibited 
transactions," as such term is defined in Section 4975 of the 
Code or Section 406 of ERISA, involving the Company's Benefit 
Plans which could subject the Company, its subsidiaries or Buyer 
to the penalty or tax imposed under Section 502(i) of ERISA or 
Section 4975 of the Code and which would reasonably be expected 
to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth 
in Section 3.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Company 
Benefit Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA has been 
completely or partially terminated; no proceedings to completely 
or partially terminate any Company Benefit Plan have been 
instituted by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under 
Title IV of ERISA; and no reportable event within the meaning of 
Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Company 
Benefit Plan.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries 
has any outstanding liability under Section 4062, 4063 or 4064 of 
ERISA with respect to any "single-employer plan", as defined in 
Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, and, to the best knowledge of the 
Company, no event has occurred which could reasonably be expected 
to result in any such liability except for any such liability 
which would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material 
Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries 
has made a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of 
Section 4201 of ERISA, from any "multiemployer plan", as defined 
in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which has resulted in, or is 
reasonably expected to result in, any withdrawal liability to the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries except for any such liability 
which would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material 
Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries 
has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA 
within the last five years except for any such transaction which 
would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material 
Adverse Effect.  The Company and its subsidiaries have complied 
with all requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining 
Notification Act and any similar state or local "plant closing" 
law with respect to the employees of the Company and its 
subsidiaries, except for such failures to comply as would not 
reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  
Except as disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement 
nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will 
(i) result in any payment becoming due to any current, former or 
retired employee of the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) 
increase any benefits otherwise payable under any Company Benefit 

                             I-14


<PAGE>

Plan or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time for payment 
or vesting of any benefits under any Company Benefit Plan.
 
     Section 3.11.  Compliance with Applicable Laws.  Except 
as disclosed in the Company SEC Reports filed prior to the date 
of this Agreement or in Section 3.11 of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule, the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries are 
not being conducted in violation of any law, ordinance, 
regulation, order or writ of any governmental or regulatory 
authority, domestic or foreign ("Governmental Entity"), except 
for possible violations that individually or in the aggregate do 
not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company 
Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its 
subsidiaries has received notice of violation of any law, 
ordinance, regulation, order or writ, or is in default with 
respect to any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree 
of any Governmental Entity, that would affect any of their 
respective assets, properties or operations, except for such 
violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the 
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material 
Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.11 of the 
Company Disclosure Schedule, no investigation or review by any 
Governmental Entity with respect to the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries (a) is pending, nor (b) to the knowledge of the 
Company, (i) is threatened nor (ii) has any Governmental Entity 
indicated an intention to conduct the same, other than those the 
outcome of which would not reasonably be expected to have a 
Company Material Adverse Effect.  Section 3.11 of the Company 
Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list as of 
the date hereof of all material filings and correspondence with, 
reports to, and transcripts of any significant proceedings 
(including dates thereof) before, any Governmental Entity since 
January 1, 1993.
 
     Section 3.12.  Taxes.

     (a)  Each of the Company and the subsidiaries of which 
it owns 50% or more of the capital stock (the "Tax Subsidiaries") 
has filed all tax returns required to be filed by any of them and 
has paid (or the Company has paid on its behalf), or has set up 
an adequate reserve for the payment of, all taxes required to be 
paid in respect of the periods covered by such returns, except 
where the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have 
a Company Material Adverse Effect.  The information contained in 
such tax returns is true, complete and accurate in all material 
respects, except where a failure to be so would not reasonably be 
expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  Except as 
disclosed in Section 3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, 
neither the Company nor any Tax Subsidiary is delinquent in the 
payment of 


                             I-15

<PAGE>

any assessed tax or other assessed governmental  charge, except
where such delinquency would not reasonably be  expected to have a
Company Material Adverse Effect.  Except as  disclosed in Section
3.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no  deficiencies for any
taxes have been proposed, asserted or  assessed against the
Company or any of its Tax Subsidiaries that  have not been finally
settled or paid in full, which would  reasonably be expected to
have a Company Material Adverse Effect,  and no requests for
waivers of the time to assess any such tax  are pending.

     (b)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is 
a party to any contract or arrangement which would result in an 
"excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of 
the Code as a consequence of the transactions contemplated 
hereby, assuming for this purpose satisfaction of the 
requirements of Section 280(G)(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

     Section 3.13.  Certain Agreements.  Neither the Company 
nor any of its subsidiaries is in default (or would be in default 
with notice or lapse of time, or both) under, is in violation (or 
would be in violation with notice or lapse of time, or both) of, 
or has otherwise breached, any indenture, note, credit agreement, 
loan document, lease, license or other agreement, including, 
without limitation, any Significant Agreement (as defined below), 
whether or not such default has been waived, which default, alone 
or in the aggregate with all other such defaults, would 
reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.  
Section 3.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a 
complete and correct list as of the date hereof of each 
agreement, contract and commitment of the following types, 
written or oral, to which the Company or its subsidiaries is a 
party or by which they or any of their assets are bound:  (a) 
mortgages, indentures, security agreements, guarantees, pledges 
and other agreements and instruments relating to the borrowing of 
money or extension of credit; (b) employment, severance and 
material consulting agreements; (c) licenses of patent, trademark 
and other rights relating to any Intellectual Property (as 
defined below) and any other licenses, permits and authorizations 
relating to the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries 
(whether as licensor or licensee) that involve by their terms a 
per annum payment in excess of $100,000 or resulted in a payment 
obligation in excess of $100,000 in the calendar year ended 
December 31, 1995; (d) joint venture or partnership contract or 
agreement; and (e) consignment sales contracts and franchise 
agreements (whether as franchisor or franchisee) granting the 
franchisee the privilege to sell the franchisor's products or 
services in a specified geographic area ((a) through (e) 
collectively, "Significant Agreements").  Prior to the date 
hereof, the Company has delivered or made available to Buyer or 
its representatives complete and correct copies of all written 

Significant Agreements together will all amendments thereto, and 
accurate descriptions 

                             I-16

<PAGE>

of all oral Significant Agreements.  Each  Significant Agreement
is in full force and effect and is binding  upon the Company and,
to the Company's knowledge, is binding upon  such other parties,
in each case in accordance with its terms.   There are no material
unresolved disputes involving the Company  or any of its
subsidiaries under any Significant Agreement.
 
     Section 3.14.  Takeover Provisions Inapplicable.  As of 
the date hereof and at all times on or prior to the Closing Date, 
Section 203 of the DGCL is, and shall be, inapplicable to the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the 
granting of an irrevocable proxy by Bernstein to Buyer).  Section 
3.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and 
correct copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the 
Company to the effect that such section of the DGCL is, and shall 
be, inapplicable to the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement.
 
     Section 3.15.  Company Action.  The Board of Directors 
of the Company (at a meeting duly called and held) has by 
unanimous vote of the directors (i) determined that the 
transactions that are the subject of the Company Voting Matters 
(as defined in Section 5.3 hereof) are advisable and in the best 
interests of the Company and its stockholders, (ii) recommended 
the approval of this Agreement, the transactions that are the 
subject of the Company Voting Matters and the other matters to be 
voted upon at the Company Meeting as contemplated hereby by the 
holders of the Company Common Stock and directed that the 
transactions that are the subject of the Company Voting Matters 
and the other matters to be voted upon at the Company Meeting as 
contemplated hereby be submitted for consideration by the 
Company's stockholders at the Company Meeting, and (iii) adopted 
a resolution having the effect of causing the Company not to be 
subject, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to any state 
takeover law that may purport to be applicable to the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
     Section 3.16.  Fairness Opinions.  The Company has 
received, and has furnished the Buyer with a complete and correct 
copy of, the written opinion of each of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
("Bear Stearns") and Jefferies & Company, Inc. ("Jefferies"), the 
financial advisors to the Company, dated the date hereof, to the 
effect that the consideration to be received by the Company for 
the New Preferred Shares and the Warrant is fair to the Company 
from a financial point of view, and such opinions have not been 
withdrawn or otherwise modified.
 

                             I-17

<PAGE>

     Section 3.17.  Financial Advisors; Expenses.

     (a)  Except for Bear Stearns and Jefferies, a complete
and correct copy of the engagement letter between each of whom 
and the Company has been furnished to Buyer, no broker, finder or 
investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other 
fee or commission in connection with the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or 
on behalf of the Company.

     (b)  The fees, costs and expenses (including without 
limitation, all attorneys' and accountants' fees and expenses but 
excluding the fees, costs and expenses incurred by Buyer and its 
affiliates) incurred through the date hereof by each of the 
Company and its subsidiaries, any committees of the Company's 
Board of Directors and Bernstein in connection with the 
transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, 
all severance and related costs, consulting fees, payments made 
for non-compete agreements and all fees and commissions 
(including expenses) payable to Bear Stearns and Jefferies, as 
well as a good faith projection of all such fees, costs and 
expenses that will be incurred by each such party from the date 
hereof through the Closing Date, are set forth in reasonable 
detail on Section 3.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

     Section 3.18.  Title to Property.  Except as set forth 
on Section 3.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company 
and its subsidiaries have good, marketable and unencumbered 
title, or valid leasehold rights in the case of leased property, 
to all real property and all personal property purported to be 
owned or leased by them or that is required for the conduct of 
the businesses of the Company or its subsidiaries as presently 
conducted, free and clear of all liens, security interests, 
claims, encumbrances and charges, excluding (i) liens for fees, 
taxes, levies, duties or governmental charges of any kind that 
are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof, 
(ii) liens for mechanics, materialmen, laborers, employees, 
suppliers or other liens arising by operation of law for sums 
which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith 
by appropriate proceedings, (iii) easements and similar 
encumbrances ordinarily created for fuller utilization and 
enjoyment of property, and (iv) liens or defects in title or 
leasehold rights that, in the aggregate, do not and would not 
reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
 
     Section 3.19.  Intellectual Property.  The Companies 
own or possess adequate licenses or other valid rights to use all 
patents, patent rights, copyrights, service marks, service mark 


                               I-18
<PAGE>

rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name 
rights, proprietary characters and products (or any likeness or 
other attribute thereof) and proprietary information used or held 
for use in connection with the businesses of the Company and its 
subsidiaries (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") as 
currently being conducted and are unaware of any assertions or 
claims challenging the validity of any of the foregoing that, 
individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to 
have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and the conduct of the 
businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries as now conducted 
or now proposed to be conducted by the Company does not and will 
not conflict with any patents, patent rights, copyrights, service 
marks, service mark rights, licenses, trademarks, trademark 
rights, trade names, trade name rights or copyrights of others in 
any way that would reasonably be expected to have a Company 
Material Adverse Effect.  No known existing infringement of any 
proprietary right owned by or licensed by or to the Company and 
its subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to have a Company 
Material Adverse Effect.  Other than as set forth in the Company 
SEC Reports or Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, 
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, since January 1, 
1993, has transferred, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise 
disposed of any rights to use, produce, market or in any way 
exploit through any electronic medium (including computer 
software) any Intellectual Property.  Except as set forth in 
Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the 
Company nor any of its subsidiaries, orally or in writing, has 
assigned, transferred, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of (or 
agreed to do any of the foregoing) any of its rights with respect 
to any Intellectual Property to any affiliates of the Company, or 
any officers, directors or affiliates of any officers or 
directors of the Company, except to wholly owned subsidiaries of 
the Company or the Company.
 
     Section 3.20.  Licenses, Permits and Authorizations.  
No license, permit or authorization that is currently held by the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the businesses 
of the Company and its subsidiaries, or which is required for the 
conduct of the businesses of the Company or its subsidiaries as 
presently conducted, is subject to any restriction or condition 
that limits in any material respect the businesses of the Company 
and its subsidiaries as presently conducted, and there are no 
applications by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with 
respect to any material aspect of the businesses of the Company 
or its subsidiaries, or complaints by other persons or entities 
pending or threatened as of the date hereof before any 
Governmental Entity relating to any material licenses, permits or 
authorizations applicable to the businesses of the Company or its 
subsidiaries, where such complaints have or would reasonably be 
expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company 
has provided the Buyer or its representatives with copies of all 

material licenses, permits, and authorizations 

                             I-19

<PAGE>

that are currently  held by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.  Except as set  forth on Section 3.20 of the Company
Disclosure Schedule, no  consents or approvals of a Governmental
Entity are necessary for  the material licenses, permits and
authorizations of the  Companies to continue in full force and
effect following  consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.
 
     Section 3.21.  Insurance.  The insurance policies in 
force at the date hereof, with respect to the assets, properties 
or operations of each of the Company and its subsidiaries are in 
full force and effect with reputable insurers in such amounts and 
insure against such losses and risks (including product 
liability) as are consistent with historical practices and 
customary to protect the properties and businesses of the Company 
and its subsidiaries.
 
     Section 3.22.  Environment.

     (a)  As used herein, the term "Environmental Laws" 
means all federal, state, local or foreign laws relating to 
pollution or protection of human health or the environment 
(including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, 
groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including, 
without limitation, laws relating to emissions, discharges, 
releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, 
contaminants, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or 
wastes into the environment, or otherwise relating to the 
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, 
disposal, transport or handling of chemicals, pollutants, 
contaminants, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or 
wastes, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands or 
demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or 
notice letters, orders, permits, plans or regulations issued, 
entered, promulgated or approved thereunder.

     (b)  Except as disclosed on Section 3.22 of the Company 
Disclosure Schedule or in the Company SEC Reports, there are, 
with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries, and all real 
property currently or formerly owned, leased, or otherwise used 
by the Company or its subsidiaries, no past or present violations 
of Environmental Laws, releases of any material into the 
environment, actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, 
events, incidents, or contractual obligations which may give rise 
to any common law or other legal liability, including, without 
limitation, liability under the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") or 
similar state or local laws, which liabilities, either 

individually or in the aggregate, would have a Company Material 
Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.22 hereto or 
in the Company SEC Reports, to the 

                             I-20

<PAGE>

knowledge of the Company,  there have been and are no (i)
polychlorinated biphenyls, (ii)  underground storage tanks, or
(iii) asbestos-containing materials  located on, under, or in any
portion of real property currently  or formerly owned, leased, or
otherwise used by the Company or  its subsidiaries.

     (c)  The Company has provided to Buyer all 
environmental studies and reports pertaining to the previous and 
current real property and the improvements thereon of the Company 
and its subsidiaries that they are aware of, have commissioned or 
have in their possession.  To the knowledge of the Company and 
its subsidiaries, the information furnished by the Company to 
Willkie Farr & Gallagher under cover of a letter dated December 
14, 1995 is true and correct in all material respects, and there 
is no environmental condition or noncompliance that has resulted 
in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Company 
Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.23.  Related Party Transactions.  Section 
3.23(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and the Company SEC 
Reports together set forth the transactions and agreements 
(whether oral or written) during the past five years between the 
Company and its subsidiaries on the one hand, and (i) any 
employee, officer or director of the Companies, (ii) a record or 
beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of Company Common 
Stock, or (iii) any affiliate of any such employee, officer, 
director or beneficial owner, on the other hand, other than 
payment of employee compensation.  Except as disclosed in the 
Company SEC Reports or in Section 3.23(a) of the Company 
Disclosure Schedule, during the past three years no employee, 
officer or director of the Companies, or any spouse or relative 
of any of such persons, has been a director or officer of, or has 
had any direct or indirect interest in, any firm, corporation, 
association or business enterprise which during such period has 
been a supplier, customer, sales agent, or licensor or licensee 
of real or personal property or Intellectual Property, of the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries or has competed with or been 
engaged in any business of the kind being conducted by the 
businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries.

     Section 3.24.  No Company Material Adverse Effect.  
Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Reports filed prior to the 
date hereof or in Section 3.24 or any other Section of the 
Company Disclosure Schedule, there does not exist any fact or 
circumstance which, alone or together with another fact or 
circumstance, would reasonably be expected to result in a Company 

Material Adverse Effect.

                           ARTICLE IV.

                             I-21

<PAGE>
                               
        CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE SALE AND PURCHASE

     Section 4.1.  Conduct of Business by the Company.  From 
the date hereof through the Closing Date, unless either Buyer or 
Richard E. Snyder ("Snyder") shall otherwise agree in writing:

     (i) the Company shall, and shall cause its  subsidiaries to,
carry on their respective businesses in the  usual, regular and
ordinary course in substantially the same  manner as heretofore
conducted, and shall, and shall cause  its subsidiaries to, use
their best efforts to preserve  intact their present business
organizations, keep available  the services of their present
officers and employees and  preserve their relationships with
customers, suppliers and  others having business dealings with
them to the end that  their goodwill and on-going businesses shall
be unimpaired  on the Closing Date, except such impairment as
would not  reasonably be expected to have a Company Material
Adverse  Effect.  The Company shall, and shall cause its
subsidiaries  to, (A) maintain insurance coverages and its books
and  records in a manner consistent with prior practices, (B) 
comply in all material respects with all laws, ordinances  and
regulations of Governmental Entities applicable to the  Company
and its subsidiaries, (C) maintain and keep its  properties and
equipment in good repair, working order and  condition, ordinary
wear and tear excepted, and (D) perform  in all material respects
its obligations under all contracts  and commitments to which it
is a party or by which it is  bound, except in each case where the
failure to so maintain,  comply or perform, either individually or
in the aggregate,  would not reasonably be expected to result in a
Company  Material Adverse Effect;

     (ii) the Company shall not, nor shall it propose to, 
except as required by this Agreement, (A) sell or pledge or 
agree to sell or pledge any capital stock owned by it in any 
of its subsidiaries, (B) amend its Certificate of 
Incorporation or By-laws, (C) split, combine or reclassify 
its outstanding capital stock or issue or authorize or 
propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of, 
in lieu of or in substitution for shares of the capital 
stock, or, except as contemplated by this Agreement, 
declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution 
payable in cash, stock or property (other than dividends 
payable on the Company Preferred Stock, to the extent 
otherwise permitted), or (D) directly or indirectly redeem, 
purchase or otherwise acquire or agree to redeem, purchase 
or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock, except 

as contemplated by this Agreement or except pursuant to (x) 

                             I-22

<PAGE>

the exercise of rights granted to such party to repurchase 
shares of its capital stock from employees upon termination 
of employment or (y) contractual obligations arising under 
agreements existing on the date hereof and disclosed in the 
Company Disclosure Schedule;

     (iii) the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any 
of its subsidiaries to, (A) except as required by this 
Agreement, issue, deliver or sell or agree to issue, deliver 
or sell any additional shares of, or stock appreciation 
rights or rights of any kind to acquire any shares of, its 
capital stock of any class, or any option, rights or 
warrants to acquire, or securities convertible into, shares 
of capital stock other than (x) issuances of Company Common 
Stock pursuant to the exercise of warrants or stock options 
outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed on Section 
4.1(iii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or (y) the 
grant of employee stock options and the issuance of Company 
Common Stock upon exercise thereof, at fair market value at 
the time of grant of the options, in each case in the 
ordinary course of business and consistent with past 
practice, to employees (other than Richard A. Bernstein, 
James A. Cohen, Ilan K. Reich, Steven M. Grossman and Ira A. 
Gomberg (collectively, the "Excluded Employees")), provided 
that such employees are not affiliates or immediate family 
members of Excluded Employees, and provided further that the 
sum of the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable 
upon exercise of all employee stock options outstanding on 
the date hereof and the aggregate number of such options 
granted pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the sum 
of 1,874,300 and such number of options outstanding on the 
date hereof that expire or are canceled (but not exercised) 
after the date hereof, (B) except for the sale of the 
facility located in Fayetteville, North Carolina, acquire, 
lease or dispose or agree to acquire, lease or dispose of 
any capital assets or any other assets other than in the 
ordinary course of business, (C) incur additional 
indebtedness or encumber or grant a security interest in any 
asset or enter into any transaction other than in the 
ordinary course of business, (D) incur any liability or 
obligation, or contribute any asset, to a subsidiary of the 
Company other than in the ordinary course of business, (E) 
acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating 
with, or by purchasing a substantial equity interest in, or 
by any other manner, any business or any corporation, 
partnership, association or other business organization or 
division thereof, in each case in this clause (E) which are 
material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company 

and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (F) adopt, enter 
into, amend or terminate any contract, agreement, commitment 
or arrangement with respect to any of the foregoing that is 
not otherwise permitted by the exceptions applicable to the 
foregoing;

                             I-23

<PAGE>

     (iv) the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of 
its subsidiaries to, except as required to comply with 
applicable law, (A) except as set forth in Section 4.1(iv) 
of the Company Disclosure Schedule, adopt, enter into, 
terminate or amend any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, 
severance, termination, stock option, pension, retirement, 
deferred compensation, employment or other Company Benefit 
Plan agreement, trust, fund or other arrangement for the 
benefit or welfare of any director, officer or current or 
former employee, (B) increase in any manner the compensation 
or fringe benefits of any director, officer or employee 
(except for normal increases in the ordinary course of 
business that are consistent with past practice and that, in 
the aggregate, do not result in a material increase in 
benefits or compensation expense to such party and its 
subsidiaries relative to the level in effect prior to such 
increase), (C) pay any benefit not provided under any 
Company Benefit Plan disclosed to Buyer in Section 3.9(a) of 
the Company Disclosure Schedule or any employee benefit or 
compensation plan or agreement of the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries which, by its terms, is not required to be 
disclosed therein, in each case, that is in existence on the 
date hereof, provided that the aggregate amount of bonuses 
under the Company's Management Incentive Plan, which is the 
only bonus plan for the Excluded Employees, paid pursuant to 
this clause (C) to Excluded Employees shall not exceed 
$375,000, (D) except for benefits that have already been 
earned or vested without acceleration, grant any awards or 
make any payments under any bonus, incentive, performance or 
other compensation plan or arrangement or Company Benefit 
Plan (including, without limitation, the grant of stock 
options, stock appreciation rights, stock based or stock 
related awards, performance units or restricted stock, or 
the removal of existing restrictions in any benefit plans or 
agreements or awards made thereunder), except for (x) making 
of matching and annual contributions to 401(k) plans and (y) 
the grant of employee stock options (and the issuance of 
Company Common Stock upon exercise thereof), at fair market 
value at the time of grant of the options, to employees 
(other than Excluded Employees), provided that such 
employees are not affiliates or immediate family members of 
Excluded Employees, and provided further that the sum of the 
number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon 
exercise of all employee stock options outstanding on the 

date hereof and the aggregate number of such options granted 
pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed the sum of 
1,874,300 and such number of options outstanding on the date 
hereof that expire or are canceled (but not exercised) after 
the date hereof, in the case of each of clause (x) and (y), 
in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past 
practice, (E) take any action to fund or in any other way 
secure the payment of compensation or benefits under any 
employee plan, agreement, contract or arrangement or Company 
Benefit Plan, other than in the ordinary course of business 

                             I-24

<PAGE>

consistent with past practice, or (F) adopt, enter into, 
amend or terminate any contract, agreement, commitment or 
arrangement to do any of the foregoing that is not otherwise 
permitted by the exceptions applicable to the foregoing;

     (v) the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of 
its subsidiaries to, make any investments in non-investment 
grade securities;

     (vi) the Company shall not, nor shall it permit its 
subsidiaries to make any change in its accounting policies 
or procedures except as required under statutory accounting 
practices or GAAP, as applicable;

     (vii) the Company shall use its best reasonable efforts 
to refrain from taking, nor shall it permit any of its 
subsidiaries to take, any action that would, or reasonably 
might be expected to, result in any of its representations 
and warranties set forth in this Agreement being or becoming 
untrue in any material respect, or in any of the conditions 
set forth in Article VI not being satisfied, or (unless such 
action is required by applicable law) which would adversely 
affect the ability of the Company to obtain any of the 
regulatory approvals required to consummate the transactions 
contemplated hereby;

     (viii) the Company shall use its best efforts to 
maintain in full force and effect each of the Significant 
Agreements;

     (ix) the Company shall not terminate or materially 
modify the employment arrangements of Snyder, including the 
employment agreement, dated as of even date herewith, 
between the Company and Snyder, other than for cause (as 
defined in the 1/31/96 draft of the employment agreement to 
be entered into between the Company and Snyder on the 
Closing Date); and 

     (x) the Company shall not enter into any agreement to 

perform any of the actions prohibited under this Section 4.1 
and not otherwise permitted by the exceptions contained 
therein.

     Section 4.2.  Notice of Breach.  Each party shall 
promptly give written notice to the other party upon becoming 
aware of the occurrence or, to its knowledge, impending or 
threatened occurrence, of any event which would cause any of its 
representations or warranties to be untrue on the Closing Date or 
cause a material breach of any covenant contained or referenced 
in this Agreement and will use its best reasonable efforts to 
prevent or promptly remedy the same.  Any such notification shall 

                             I-25

<PAGE>

not be deemed an amendment of the Company Disclosure Schedule or 
the Buyer Disclosure Schedule.


                           ARTICLE V.

                      ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     Section 5.1.  Access and Information.  The Company and 
its subsidiaries shall afford to Buyer and to Buyer's 
accountants, counsel and other representatives full access during 
normal business hours (and at such other times as the parties may 
mutually agree) throughout the period prior to the Closing to all 
of its properties, books, contracts, commitments, records and 
personnel and, during such period, the Company shall furnish 
promptly to Buyer a copy of (i) each report, schedule and other 
document filed or received by it pursuant to the requirements of 
federal or state securities laws, and (ii) monthly financial 
statements and all other information concerning its business, 
properties and personnel as the Buyer or its representatives may 
reasonably request.  Buyer shall hold, and shall cause its 
employees and agents to hold, in confidence all such information 
in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, 
dated May 19, 1995, between Buyer, Snyder and the Company (the 
"Confidentiality Agreement").
 
     Section 5.2.  Company Proxy Statement.

     (a) As promptly as practicable after the execution of 
this Agreement, the Company shall prepare and file with the 
Commission preliminary proxy materials which shall constitute the 
preliminary Company Proxy Statement.  Buyer shall furnish to the 
Company such information regarding Buyer as the Company may 
reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required 
in connection with preparation of the Company Proxy Statement.  
As promptly as practicable after comments are received from the 
Commission with respect to such preliminary materials and after 

the furnishing by the Company of all information required to be 
contained therein, the Company shall file with the Commission the 
definitive Company Proxy Statement.

     The Company shall mail the foregoing to its  stockholders as
promptly as practicable after clearance by the  Commission.  The
Company shall provide Buyer for its review a  copy of the
preliminary and the final Company Proxy Statement at  least such
amount of time prior to its filing and mailing as is  customary in
transactions of the type contemplated hereby and  shall not file
or mail such Company Proxy Statement without the 

                             I-26
<PAGE>

prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be 
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     (b) The Company shall retain the services of a proxy 
soliciting firm mutually acceptable to Buyer and the Company for 
the purpose of communicating to the Company's stockholders the 
recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors in favor of 
the transactions contemplated hereby and of seeking to obtain 
sufficient votes to satisfy the requirements of Section 5.3 and 
of applicable law for the completion of the transactions 
contemplated hereby.

     (c) Buyer and the Company shall make all necessary 
filings applicable to it with respect to the transactions 
contemplated hereby under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act 
and the rules and regulations thereunder and under applicable 
Blue Sky or similar securities laws and shall use its best 
reasonable efforts to obtain required approvals and clearances 
with respect thereto.

   
     Section 5.3.  Stockholders' Meeting.  The Company shall 
take all action necessary, in accordance with applicable law, 
including the rules and regulations of the National Association 
of Securities Dealers, Inc., and the Company's Certificate of 
Incorporation and By-laws, to convene a meeting of the holders of 
Company Common Stock (the "Company Meeting") as promptly as 
practicable for the purpose of considering and taking action to 
authorize this Agreement and the transactions contemplated 
hereby, including the transactions contemplated by Section 6.1(d) 
hereof and (subject to the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby) the election as directors of the Company of 
the individuals set forth on Schedule 5.9 hereof (collectively, 
the "Company Voting Matters"), as well as amendments to the 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company changing the 
name of the Company to "Golden Books Family Entertainment Inc." and 
increasing the authorized number of shares of Company Common Stock from 
40,000,000 to 60,000,000 and the authorized number of shares of 
preferred stock from 100,000 to 200,000.  Subject to its 

fiduciary duties as advised by outside counsel in connection with 
the receipt by the Company of a Business Combination Proposal (as 
defined in Section 5.6) that the Board of Directors of the 
Company reasonably believes is likely to result in a Superior 
Proposal (as defined in Section 5.6), the Board of Directors of 
the Company will recommend that holders of Company Common Stock 
vote in favor of and approve the Company Voting Matters and the 
other matters described above at the Company Meeting.  At the 
Company Meeting, all of the shares of Company Common Stock then 
owned by Buyer, each member thereof, any affiliates of any member 
(other than of Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. ("WPV")) and the 
general partnership that acts as a general partner 
    
                             I-27

<PAGE>

of WPV, or  with respect to which such persons or entities hold
the power to  direct the voting, will be voted in favor of the
Company Voting  Matters and the other matters described above. 
Prior to Closing,  the Company shall take all actions necessary to
permit the change  of the name of the Company as contemplated
above, including  changing the name of any subsidiary of the
Company that presently  has the desired name and reserving the
desired name with the  Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.
 
     Section 5.4.  HSR Act.  The Company and Buyer shall use 
their reasonable best efforts to file as soon as practicable 
notifications under the HSR Act in connection with the 
transactions contemplated hereby, and to respond as promptly as 
practicable to any inquiries received from the Federal Trade 
Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of 
Justice for additional information or documentation and to 
respond as promptly as practicable to all inquiries and requests 
received from any State Attorney General or other governmental 
authority in connection with antitrust matters relating to the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
     Section 5.5.  Additional Agreements.

     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein 
provided, each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate with 
each other and use its best reasonable efforts to take, or cause 
to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all 
things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and 
regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement, including using its best 
reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary waivers, consents and 
approvals, and to effect all necessary registrations and filings 
(including, but not limited to, filings under the HSR Act and 
with all applicable Governmental Entities).
 
     (b) In case at any time after the Closing any further 

action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of 
this Agreement, Buyer and the Company shall take all such 
necessary action.

     Section 5.6.  No Solicitation.

     (a) Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the 
Company shall not, nor shall any of its subsidiaries, directly or 
indirectly, take (nor shall the Company authorize or permit its 
subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, representatives, 
investment bankers, attorneys, accountants or other agents or 
affiliates, to take) any action to (i) solicit or initiate the 

                             I-28
<PAGE>

submission of any Business Combination Proposal (as defined 
below), (ii) enter into any agreement with respect to any 
Business Combination Proposal or (iii) participate in any way in 
discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information to, 
any person or entity in connection with, or take any other action 
to facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal that 
constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to, any 
Business Combination Proposal; provided, however, that (A) the 
Company may participate in discussions or negotiations with or 
furnish information to any Third Party (as defined in Section 
8.3(b)) which makes an unsolicited proposal of a transaction 
which the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably believes 
is likely to result in a Superior Proposal (as defined below) and 
(B) the Company may recommend to its shareholders a Business 
Combination Proposal which it has reasonably determined is likely 
to result in a Superior Proposal.  For purposes of this 
Agreement, "Business Combination Proposal" shall mean, with 
respect to the Company, any tender or exchange offer, proposal 
for a merger, consolidation or other series of related 
transactions in a business combination involving the Company or 
any Subsidiary of the Company or any other proposal or offer to 
enter into a Third Party Business Combination (as defined in 
Section 8.3(b)), and "Superior Proposal" shall mean, with respect 
to the Company, any Business Combination Proposal pursuant to 
which a Third Party would, or would have the right to, acquire 
more than 25% of the outstanding voting capital stock of the 
Company and which the Board of Directors of the Company 
reasonably determines, based upon advice of its financial 
advisors, is financially superior than the transactions 
contemplated hereby and is likely to be consummated.

     (b) In addition to the obligations of the Company set 
forth in Section 5.6(a), the Company shall promptly advise Buyer 
of any request for information or of any Business Combination 
Proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which appears to be 
intended to or could reasonably be expected to lead to any 
Business Combination Proposal, the material terms and conditions 
of such request, Business Combination Proposal or inquiry, and 

the identity of the person or entity making any such request, 
Business Combination Proposal or inquiry.  The Company shall keep 
Buyer fully informed of the status and details of any such 
request, Business Combination Proposal or inquiry and shall 
promptly furnish Buyer a copy of any written proposal in 
connection therewith.
 
     Section 5.7.  Transfer Restriction.  Until the earlier 
to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the issuance of the 
Warrant and (ii) the date on which a bona fide Business 
Combination Proposal is publicly announced or a proxy 
solicitation for control of the Company's Board of Directors is 
initiated by any person or entity (other than Buyer, each member 
thereof, any affiliates of such 

                             I-29
<PAGE>

members (other than of WPV) and  the general partnership that acts
as a general partner of WPV),  Buyer shall not sell, transfer or
assign the Warrant other than  to any members of Buyer or to any
affiliate of Buyer or such  members.
 
     Section 5.8.  Director and Officer Indemnification and 
Insurance.  From the date hereof through the third anniversary of 
the Closing Date and for so long as any claim asserted prior to 
such date has not been fully adjudicated by a court of competent 
jurisdiction, the Company (i) shall at all times maintain 
liability insurance coverage with respect to each of the 
Company's and its subsidiaries' respective current and former 
directors and officers and persons serving in a fiduciary 
capacity at the direction of the board of directors or of any 
officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (at least to 
the extent covered by the current Company liability insurance 
policies), insuring each such individual against liability for 
their actions in such capacities occurring prior to the Closing 
and in scope of coverage and in amounts and having deductibles at 
least equivalent to that maintained by the Company on the date 
hereof and otherwise reasonably comparable to the coverage 
maintained by the Company on the date hereof and (ii) shall not 
amend or modify any of the provisions of Article Eight of the 
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Article 6 of 
the Company's By-laws in any manner that would adversely affect 
such individuals, unless required by law.
 
     Section 5.9.  Board of Directors.  The individuals set 
forth on Schedule 5.9 hereto (the "Continuing Directors"), 
subject to their election at the Company Meeting by the holders 
of Company Common Stock as contemplated by Section 5.3 and to the 
applicable provisions of the Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, shall be the directors 
of the Company until their respective successors shall be duly 
elected or appointed and qualified.  A majority of the Continuing 
Directors set forth on Schedule 5.9 shall be designated by Buyer 

(the "Designated Directors").  Schedule 5.9 will be provided 
subsequent to the date hereof but prior to the filing of the 
preliminary Company Proxy Statement, and the Designated Directors 
set forth thereon shall be approved by the Company's Board of 
Directors, subject only to their fiduciary duties.

                             I-30
<PAGE>

     Section 5.10.  Redemption of Company Preferred Stock.  
Effective upon the Closing, the Company shall duly cause all of 
the shares of the Company Preferred Stock then outstanding to be 
redeemed for cash, including payment of all accumulated and 
unpaid dividends thereon, pursuant to the terms of the Company's 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 
     Section 5.11.  Expenses.  The expenses incurred (or to 
be incurred) by the Company or its subsidiaries at any time from 
the commencement of discussions among the parties hereto and 
their representatives in connection with the transactions 
contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the proposed 
transactions that ultimately evolved into the transactions 
contemplated hereby) through the Closing Date relating to (i) 
severance and related costs in respect of employees located at 
444 Madison Avenue and payments made for non-compete agreements 
and all fees and commissions (including expenses) payable to Bear 
Stearns and Jefferies and (ii) any independent committees of the 
Company's Board of Directors, shall not exceed $3,925,000 in the 
aggregate.

     Section 5.12.  Related Party Transactions.  Except as 
set forth in Section 5.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, any 
and all transactions set forth in Section 3.23 of the Company 
Disclosure Schedule between the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries and any of the persons or entities described in 
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 3.23 shall be canceled by 
the Closing Date such that the Company and its subsidiaries will 
have no rights to any assets or properties of such persons or 
entities or obligations whatsoever with respect to such 
transactions, and such other persons or entities will have no 
rights to any assets or property (including Intellectual 
Property) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or 
obligations whatsoever with respect to such transactions.

     Section 5.13.  Moore Termination.  The Company shall 
deliver to Buyer prior to the Closing Date copies of written 
agreements duly executed by the Company (or the appropriate 
subsidiary of the Company) and Moore, in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, implementing the terms of the 
termination of Moore as described in Section 3.9(c) of the 
Company Disclosure Schedule.

                             I-31


<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE VI.

                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     Section 6.1.  Conditions to Each Party's Obligation to 
Effect the Sale and Purchase.  The respective obligations of each 
party to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement 
shall be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing 
Date of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be 
waived in a writing executed by Buyer and the Company subject to 
and in accordance with Section 7.4 hereof:

     (a) This Agreement and the other Company Voting 
Matters shall have been approved and adopted by the requisite 
vote of the holders of the Company Common Stock.

     (b) The waiting period applicable to the consummation 
of the sale and purchase of the New Preferred Shares under the 
HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated.

     (c) No preliminary or permanent injunction or other 
order by any federal or state court in the United States which 
prevents the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby 
shall have been issued and remain in effect, and no other legal 
proceedings, challenge or litigation challenging the legality of 
or threatening the consummation of, or otherwise arising out of, 
the transactions contemplated hereby or seeking an injunction in 
order to prevent the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby shall be pending.

     (d) The amendments to the Stock Option Plan adopted by 
the Company's Board of Directors on the date hereof and the 
Company's Incentive Bonus Plan in the form delivered to Buyer on 
the date hereof shall have been approved by the Company's Board 
of Directors (and such approval shall not have been modified or 
rescinded) and by the requisite vote of the holders of Company 
Common Stock in a manner that complies with the requirements of 
Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and Section 162(m) of the Code.

     Section 6.2.  Conditions to Obligation of the Company 
to Effect the Sale and Purchase.  The obligation of the Company 
to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall 
be subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of 
the additional following conditions, unless waived in writing by 
the Company in accordance with Section 7.4 hereof:

                             I-32

<PAGE>

     (a) Buyer shall have performed in all material 
respects its agreements contained in this Agreement required to 

be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, and the 
representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this 
Agreement shall be true in all respects when made and on and as 
of the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date (except to 
the extent they are expressly made as of another specific date 
and except if any breaches of such representations and warranties 
have not, in the aggregate, resulted in, and would not reasonably 
be expected to result in, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect), and 
the Company shall have received, on behalf of Buyer, a 
certificate executed by an authorized member of Buyer to that 
effect.  For purposes of this Section 6.2(a), all representation 
and warranties qualified by materiality shall not be deemed to be 
so qualified.

     (b) All permits, consents, authorizations, approvals, 
registrations, qualifications, designations and declarations set 
forth in Section 2.2 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall have 
been obtained, and, to the extent required to be submitted prior 
to the Closing, all filings and notices set forth in Section 2.2 
of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall have been submitted by 
Buyer.

     (c) The Company shall have received an opinion of 
Willkie Farr & Gallagher relating to certain matters set forth in 
Article II, substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached 
hereto.

     Section 6.3.  Conditions to Obligations of Buyer to 
Effect the Sale and Purchase.  The obligations of Buyer to effect 
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject 
to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of the 
additional following conditions, unless waived in writing by 
Buyer in accordance with Section 7.4 hereof:

     (a) The Company shall have performed in all material 
respects its agreements contained in this Agreement required to 
be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, and the 
representations and warranties of the Company contained in this 
Agreement shall be true in all respects when made and on and as 
of the Closing Date as if made on and as of such date (except to 
the extent they are expressly made as of another specific date 
and except if any breaches of such representations and warranties 
have not, in the aggregate, resulted in, and would not reasonably 
be expected to result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect) and 
Buyer shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company 
on behalf of the Company to that effect.  For purposes of this 
Section 6.3(a), all representation and warranties qualified by 
materiality shall not be deemed to be so qualified.

                             I-33

<PAGE>


     (b) All permits, consents, authorizations, approvals, 
registrations, qualifications, designations and declarations set 
forth in Sections 3.4 and 6.3(b) of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule shall have been obtained and, to the extent required to 
be submitted prior to the Closing, all filings and notices set 
forth in Sections 3.4 and 6.3(b) of the Company Disclosure 
Schedule shall have been submitted by the Company.

     (c) Neither the Board of Directors of the Company nor 
any committee thereof shall have amended, modified, rescinded or 
repealed the recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors 
to the stockholders of the Company to approve the adoption of 
this Agreement, and neither the Board of Directors of the Company 
nor any committee thereof shall have adopted any other 
resolutions in connection with this Agreement and the 
transactions contemplated hereby inconsistent with such 
recommendation of the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated hereby.

     (d) The Registration Rights Agreement shall have been 
entered into by the Company.

     (e) Buyer shall have received opinions from Milbank, 
Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, substantially in the form of Exhibit E 
attached hereto.

     (f) The Irrevocable Proxies, dated as of even date 
herewith, between Buyer and each of Bernstein and certain of his 
affiliates (the "Irrevocable Proxies") shall be in full force and 
effect and no representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set 
forth therein shall have been breached in any material respect on 
the part of Bernstein or any of his affiliates, as the case may 
be.

                          ARTICLE VII.

                TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

     Section 7.1.  Termination.  This Agreement may be 
terminated at any time prior to the Closing, whether before or 
after approval of the Company Voting Matters by the stockholders 
of the Company:

     (a) by mutual consent of the members of Buyer and the 
Board of Directors of the Company;

   
     (b) by either Buyer or the Company if the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been consummated on 
or before May 22, 1996 (provided the terminating party is not 
otherwise (i) in material breach of its covenants or agreements
    
                             I-34


<PAGE>

under this Agreement or (ii) in breach (determined without regard 
to any materiality qualifier therein) of its representations and 
warranties contained in this Agreement such that such breaches of 
representations and warranties, in the aggregate, have resulted, 
or would reasonably be expected to result in (A) if Buyer is the 
terminating party, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or (B) if the 
Company is the terminating party, a Company Material Adverse 
Effect);

     (c) by the Company if any of the conditions specified 
in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 have not been met or waived by the Company 
at such time as such condition is no longer capable of 
satisfaction, including the failure to obtain any required 
approval of the Company Voting Matters at a duly held meeting of 
stockholders or at an adjournment thereof (provided the Company 
is not otherwise (i) in material breach of its covenants or 
agreements under this Agreement or (ii) in breach (determined 
without regard to any materiality qualifier therein) of its 
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement such 
that such breaches of representations and warranties, in the 
aggregate, have resulted, or would reasonably be expected to 
result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect, and provided 
further that the failure to obtain such approval is not due to a 
breach by Bernstein or any of his affiliates of their respective 
obligations under the Irrevocable Proxies);

     (d) by Buyer if any of the conditions specified in 
Sections 6.1 or 6.3 have not been met or waived by Buyer at such 
time as such condition is no longer capable of satisfaction, 
including the failure to obtain any required approval of the 
Company's stockholders at the Company Meeting or at an 
adjournment thereof (provided Buyer is not otherwise (i) in 
material breach of its covenants or agreements under this 
Agreement or (ii) in breach (determined without regard to any 
materiality qualifier therein) of its representations and 
warranties contained in this Agreement such that such breaches of 
representations and warranties, in the aggregate, have resulted, 
or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Buyer Material 
Adverse Effect);

     (e) by either Buyer or the Company if there has been a 
breach on the part of the other of any of (i) its covenants or 
agreements under this Agreement in a material respect or (ii) its 
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement 
(determined without regard to any materiality qualifier therein) 
such that such breaches of representations and warranties, in the 
aggregate, have resulted, or would reasonably be expected to 
result in, (A) if Buyer is the terminating party, a Company 
Material Adverse Effect or (B) if the Company is the terminating 
party, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect), or by Buyer if there has 
been a material breach on the part of Bernstein or any of his 
affiliates of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement 

set forth in any of the Irrevocable Proxies, which breach has not 

                             I-35
<PAGE>

been cured within fifteen business days following receipt by the 
breaching party of written notice of such breach;

     (f) by either Buyer or the Company upon written notice 
to the other party if any Governmental Entity of competent 
jurisdiction shall have issued a final permanent order enjoining 
or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement, and in any such case the time for 
appeal or petition for reconsideration of such order shall have 
expired without such appeal or petition being granted; or

     (g) by either Buyer or the Company if the Board of 
Directors of the Company reasonably determines that a Business 
Combination Proposal is likely to result in a Superior Proposal; 
provided, however, that termination of this Agreement under this 
Section 7.1(g) by the Company shall not be effective unless and 
until (i) simultaneously with such termination the Company enters 
into a definitive agreement to effect the Business Combination 
Proposal and (ii) the Company has made payment in full of the fee 
required in Section 8.3(b) hereof.

     Section 7.2.  Effect of Termination.  In the event of 
termination of this Agreement by either Buyer or the Company as 
provided above, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and 
(except for termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 
7.1(e) resulting from a breach of a covenant set forth in this 
Agreement) there shall be no liability on the part of either the 
Company or Buyer or their respective officers or directors; 
provided that Section 3.17, the last sentence of Section 5.1, 
this Section 7.2 and Sections 8.3, 8.6 and 8.7 shall survive the 
termination.
 
     Section 7.3.  Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended 
by the parties hereto, by or pursuant to action taken by Buyer's 
members and the Company's Board of Directors, at any time before 
or after approval hereof by the stockholders of the Company, but, 
after such approval, no amendment shall be made which in any way 
materially adversely affects the rights of such stockholders, 
without the further approval of such stockholders.  This 
Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing 
signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
 
     Section 7.4.  Waiver.  At any time prior to the 
Closing, the parties hereto, by or pursuant to action taken by 
Buyer's members and the Company's Board of Directors, may (i) 
extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or 
other acts of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any 
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of any other 
party contained herein or in any documents delivered pursuant 

hereto by any other party and (iii) 

                             I-36

<PAGE>

waive compliance with any of  the agreements or conditions
contained herein; provided, however,  that no such waiver shall
materially adversely affect the rights  of the stockholders of the
Company or Buyer, as the case may be.   Any agreement on the part
of a party hereto to any such extension  or waiver shall be valid
if set forth in an instrument in writing  signed on behalf of such
party.


                          ARTICLE VIII.

                       GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 8.1.  Non-Survival of Representations, 
Warranties and Agreements.  All representations and warranties 
set forth in this Agreement shall terminate at the earlier of (x) 
the Closing and (y) termination of this Agreement in accordance 
with Article VII hereof.  All covenants and agreements set forth 
in this Agreement shall survive in accordance with their terms.
 
     Section 8.2.  Notices.  All notices or other 
communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall 
be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon 
receipt) by delivery in person, by cable, telegram, telex or 
other standard form of telecommunications, or by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, 
addressed as follows:

               If to the Company:

               Western Publishing Group, Inc.
               444 Madison Avenue
               Suite 601
               New York, New York  10022
               Attention:  Richard A. Bernstein
               Telecopy No.:  (212) 888-5025

               With a copy to:
               
               James A. Cohen, Esq.
               Senior Vice President -
                Legal Affairs
               Western Publishing Group, Inc.
               444 Madison Avenue
               New York, New York  10022
               Telecopy No.:  (212) 888-5025
               
               and a copy to:


                             I-37

<PAGE>

               Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
               One Chase Manhattan Plaza
               New York, New York  10005
               Attention:  Lawrence Lederman, Esq.
               Telecopy No.:  (212) 530-5219
               
               If to Buyer:
               
               Golden Press Holding, L.L.C.
               c/o Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
               466 Lexington Avenue
               New York, New York  10017
               Attention:  Joanne R. Wenig
               Telecopy No.:  (212) 878-9351
               
               With a copy to:
               
               Willkie Farr & Gallagher
               153 East 53rd Street
               New York, New York  10022
               Attention:  Jack H. Nusbaum, Esq.
               Telecopy No.:  (212) 821-8111


or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the 
other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 8.2.

     Section 8.3.  Expenses; Termination Fees.

     (a) Except in cases in which a fee is paid pursuant to 
Section 8.3(b), all costs, fees and expenses incurred in 
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated 
hereby (collectively, "Expenses") shall be paid by the party 
incurring such costs and expenses, provided that (i) if the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or if 
they are not consummated as a result of a breach (determined 
without regard to any materiality qualifier therein) by the 
Company of any representation or warranty made as of the date 
hereof in this Agreement (such that such breach, in the 
aggregate, has resulted, or would reasonably be expected to 
result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect), all Expenses 
incurred by Buyer shall be paid by the Company and (ii) if the 
transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated 
for any other reason, all Expenses incurred by Buyer from and 
after December 14, 1995 shall be paid by the Company, in each 
case not to exceed an aggregate amount of $4,000,000.

     (b) If (i) the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement are not consummated as a result of a material breach by 

the Company of Section 5.6 hereof, (ii) the Agreement is 
terminated pursuant to Section 7.1(g) hereof, or (iii) a Third 
Party Business Combination (as defined below) shall occur either 

                             I-38
<PAGE>

prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 
7.1(a), 7.1(b), 7.1(c) (other than by the Company as a result of 
the failure of a condition specified in Section 6.2 to be 
satisfied), 7.1(d) or 7.1(g) hereof or within nine months 
following the date this Agreement is terminated pursuant to 
Section 7.1(e) hereof (unless properly terminated by the Company 
pursuant to Section 7.1(e)), then the Company shall pay to Buyer, 
within five business days after receipt of a written request 
therefor in the case of clause (i) and immediately after the 
termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(g) or the 
occurrence of a Third Party Business Combination in the case of 
clauses (ii) and (iii), respectively, an amount in same day funds 
equal to $2,000,000.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term 
"Third Party Business Combination" of the Company hereto means 
the occurrence of any of the following events:  (A) the Company 
or any Subsidiary of the Company is acquired by merger or 
otherwise by any person, entity or group, other than the other 
party hereto or any affiliate thereof (a "Third Party"); (B) the 
Company or any subsidiary of the Company enters into an agreement 
with a Third Party which contemplates the acquisition of 25% or 
more of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries 
taken as a whole; (C) the Company enters into a merger or other 
agreement with a Third Party which contemplates the acquisition 
of beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the outstanding 
shares of the Company Common Stock (or securities convertible 
thereinto or exercisable therefor); (D) a Third Party acquires 
more than 25% of the total assets of the Company and its 
subsidiaries taken as a whole; (E) a Third Party who, as of the 
date 10 days preceding the date hereof, beneficially owns less 
than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock 
obtains beneficial ownership of such number of shares of Company 
Common Stock such that it beneficially owns more than 25% of the 
outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock, or any person, 
entity or group which beneficially owns (or has the right to 
acquire) 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company 
Common Stock increases its beneficial ownership of the 
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock by 10% or more; (F) 
the Company adopts a plan of liquidation relating to more than 
25% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken 
as a whole; (G) the Company repurchases more than 25% of the 
outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock; or (H) there 
is a public announcement or written proposal with respect to a 
plan or intention by the Company or a Third Party to effect any 
of the foregoing transactions (provided such transaction is 
consummated during the nine month period following such public 
announcement or written proposal).  For purposes of this 
Agreement, the term "beneficial ownership" shall have the meaning 

set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

     Section 8.4.  Publicity.  So long as this Agreement is 
in effect, Buyer and 

                             I-39
<PAGE>

the Company agree to consult with each other  in issuing any press
release or otherwise making any public  statement with respect to
the transactions contemplated by this  Agreement, and none of them
shall issue any press release or make  any public statement prior
to such consultation.  The  commencement of litigation relating to
this Agreement or the  transactions contemplated hereby or any
proceedings in connection  therewith shall not be deemed a
violation of this Section 8.4.
 
     Section 8.5.  Specific Performance.  The parties hereto 
agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any 
of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in 
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  
It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an 
injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement 
and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in 
any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, 
this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are 
entitled at law or in equity.
 
     Section 8.6.  Interpretation.  The headings contained 
in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not 
affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this 
Agreement.
 
     Section 8.7.  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement (including 
the documents, exhibits, schedules and instruments referred to 
herein), together with the Confidentiality Agreement, 
(i) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other 
prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among 
the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter 
hereof, (ii) except for certain persons under Section 5.8 hereof, 
is not intended to confer upon any other person or entity any 
rights or remedies hereunder and shall be binding upon and inure 
to the benefit solely of each party hereto, and their respective 
successors and assigns, (iii) shall not be assigned by operation 
of law or otherwise, and (iv) shall be governed in all respects, 
including validity, interpretation and effect, by the laws of the 
State of New York (without giving effect to the provisions 
thereof relating to conflicts of law); provided, however, that 
the law of the State of Delaware shall govern as to internal 
corporate matters.  This Agreement may be executed in any number 
of counterparts which together shall constitute a single 
agreement.

                             I-40


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of Buyer and the Company has 
caused this Agreement to be duly signed on its behalf all as of 
the date first written above.

                                       GOLDEN PRESS HOLDING, L.L.C.

                                       By: WARBURG, PINCUS VENTURES, L.P.
                                           Member



                                       By: 
                                           ----------------------------  
                                           Name:
                                           Title:  General Partner



                                       WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.



                                       By: 
                                           ----------------------------  
                                           Name:
                                           Title: 

                             I-41

<PAGE>
                                                                     APPENDIX II

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of January 31,
1996, is entered into by and among Western Publishing Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), Richard A. Bernstein ("Bernstein"), the Trust, fbo
Richard A. Bernstein u/a March 16, 1978, Richard A. Bernstein and Stuart Turner,
as trustees (the "Bernstein Trust"), The Richard A. and Amelia Bernstein
Foundation, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (the "Bernstein
Foundation"), and the Trust fbo Richard A. Bernstein u/a Barry S. Bernstein
dated April 5, 1986, Fleet National Bank of Connecticut, as trustee (the "Fleet
National Trust").

                  WHEREAS, Bernstein is the owner of 3,501,000 shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock"), the Bernstein
Trust is the owner of 400,000 shares of Common Stock, the Bernstein Foundation
is the owner of 60,000 shares of Common Stock and the Fleet National Trust is
the owner of 95,771 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the "Registrable
Securities" (subject to Section 1(e) below));

                  WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to each Holder
certain rights to have the shares of Common Stock owned by such Holder
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the
mutual promises and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree
as follows:

                  SECTION 1.  Definitions.

                  As used in this Agreement:

                  (a) "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Act;

                  (b) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended;

                  (c) the term "Holders" shall mean Bernstein, the Bernstein
Trust, the Bernstein Foundation, the Fleet National Trust and permitted
transferees of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 10 hereof;

                                 II-1
<PAGE>

                  (d) the term "Initiating Holder" shall mean any Holder or
Holders who in the aggregate are Holders of more than 50% of the then
outstanding Registrable Securities;

                  (e) the terms "register," "registered" and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement in compliance with the Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or

required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such
registration statement;

                  (f) "Registrable Securities" is defined in the first recital
hereof and shall also include any capital stock of the Company issued as a
dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in
replacement of, any such securities, provided, however, that any shares
transferred to a person other than a Holder shall cease to be Registrable
Securities;

                  (g) "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred
by the Company in compliance with Sections 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 hereof, including,
without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees
and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the
expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration
(but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall
be paid in any event by the Company);

                  (h) "Selling Expenses" shall mean all underwriting discounts
and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all
fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders.

                   SECTION 2.  Demand Registration.

                  (a)  Request for Registration.  If the Company shall receive
from an Initiating Holder, at any time after the Company's publicly announcing
(which may include disclosure in the proxy statement mailed to the holders of
Company Common Stock in connection with the transaction contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 7(a) hereof)) the
consolidated financial results of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries
for the fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 in the same detail as the Company's
public announcement of such results for the fiscal year ended January 29, 1995
(containing at least the consolidated revenues, operating income and net income
of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries), 

                                     II-2

<PAGE>

a written request that the
Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable
Securities, the Company will:

                             (i) within five (5) days of receipt of such
                  request, give written notice of the proposed registration,
                  qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and

                            (ii) as soon as practicable, use its diligent best
                  efforts to effect such registration (including, without
                  limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file
                  post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under
                  applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and
                  appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued
                  under the Act) as may be so requested and as would permit or

                  facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of
                  such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request,
                  together with all or such portion of the Registrable
                  Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as
                  are specified in a written request received by the Company
                  within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company is
                  given under Section 2(a)(i) above; provided further that the
                  Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action
                  to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2:

                                       (A) In any particular jurisdiction in
                           which the Company would be required to execute a
                           general consent to service of process in effecting
                           such registration, qualification or compliance,
                           unless the Company is already subject to service in
                           such jurisdiction and except as may be required by
                           the Act or applicable rules or regulations
                           thereunder;

                                       (B) After the Company has effected two
                           (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2,
                           provided that the Company shall be deemed to have
                           effected such a registration if a registration
                           statement is filed at the request of the Holders and
                           (x) is subsequently withdrawn other than at the
                           initiative of the Company or (y) is declared
                           effective;

                                       (C) If, after the first anniversary of
                           the date hereof, in the good faith judgment of the

                                     II-3

<PAGE>

                           Board of Directors of the Company, it would not be in
                           the best interests of the Company and its
                           stockholders generally for such registration
                           statement to be filed, provided that such deferral
                           does not last longer than 90 days and will not occur
                           more than once in any 12-month period.

                  The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of
the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below,
include other securities of the Company which are held by officers or directors
of the Company, or which are held by persons who, by virtue of agreements with
the Company, are entitled to include their securities in any such registration,
but the Company shall have no absolute right to include any of its securities in
any such registration.

                  (b) Underwriting. Any distribution of Registrable Securities
pursuant to this Section 2 shall be accomplished by means of a firm commitment
underwriting.


                  If officers or directors of the Company holding other
securities of the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant
to Section 2, or if holders of securities of the Company other than Registrable
Securities who are entitled, by contract with the Company or otherwise, to have
securities included in such a registration (the "Other Stockholders") request
such inclusion, the Holders shall offer to include the securities of such
officers, directors and Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition
such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this
Section 2. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration and
the Company shall (together with all officers, directors and Other Stockholders
proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into
an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the
underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, which
selection shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initiating Holders.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the representative
advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on
the number of shares to be underwritten, the securities of the Company held by
officers or directors (other than Registrable Securities) of the Company and the
securities held by Other Stockholders shall be excluded from such registration
to the extent so required by such limitation. If, after the exclusion of such
shares, further reductions are still required, the number of shares included in
the registration by each Holder shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on
the number of shares originally proposed to be registered by such Holder) by
such minimum number of shares as is 

                                     II-4

<PAGE>

necessary to comply with such request. No
Registrable Securities or any other securities excluded from the underwriting by
reason of the underwriter's marketing limitation shall be included in such
registration. If any of the Holders or any officer, director or Other
Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above
disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw
therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating
Holders. The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.
If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities or other
securities to be underwritten, the Company may include its securities for its
own account in such registration if the representative so agrees and if the
number of Registrable Securities and other securities which would otherwise have
been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

                  (c) Conditions. Any offering of Registrable Securities
registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be subject to the following
conditions:

                                    (i)  No purchaser shall be an
                  Entrepreneurial Investor (as defined in the Irrevocable Proxy,
                  dated as of even date herewith, between Golden Press Holding,
                  L.L.C. ("GP Holding") and the Shareholder); and

                                    (ii) Such offering shall not be made for
                  reasonable periods before and, as determined by the managing

                  underwriter in respect of such offering, after the effective
                  date of a registration statement for any primary or secondary
                  public offering of the Company's securities.

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

                   SECTION 3.  Company Registration.

                  (a) Request For Registration. If the Company shall determine
to register any of its equity securities either for its own account or for the
account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand
registration rights (other than a registration relating solely to employee
benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145
transaction, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit
secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would
be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of
Registrable Securities), the Company will:


                             (i) promptly give to each of the Holders a written
                  notice thereof which shall describe in reasonable detail the
                  proposed registration and distribution (including those
                  jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to
                  qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other
                  state securities laws); and


                            (ii) include in such registration (and any related
                  qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in
                  any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable
                  Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by
                  the Holders within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the
                  written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above,
                  except as set forth in Section 3(b) below. Such written
                  request may specify all or a part of the Holders' Registrable
                  Securities.


                  (b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company
gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the
Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice
given pursuant to Section 3(a)(i). In such event, the right of each of the
Holders to registration pursuant to this Section 3 shall be conditioned upon
such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such
Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided
herein. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration shall
(together with the Company and the Other Stockholders distributing their
securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in
customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters
selected for underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Section 3, if the representative determines that marketing factors require
a 


                                     II-6

<PAGE>

limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the representative may
(subject to the allocation priority set forth below) limit the number of
Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting as
the representative deems necessary and appropriate. The Company shall so advise
all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of
securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting
shall be allocated in the following manner: The securities of the Company held
by officers, directors and Other Stockholders of the Company (other than
Registrable Securities, securities held by holders who by contractual right
demanded such registration ("Demanding Holders") and securities held by
"Holders" under the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the effective
date of this Agreement, between the Company and GP Holding (the "GP Holding
Holders")) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the
extent required by such limitation, and, if a limitation on the number of shares
is still required, the number of shares that may be included in the registration
and underwriting by each of the Holders and the GP Holding Holders (if the GP
Holding Holders are not Demanding Holders) shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis
(based on the number of shares originally proposed to be registered by each such
person), by such minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with such
limitation. If any of the Holders disapprove of the terms of any such
underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to
the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or other securities
excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such
registration. The Company shall have the right to withdraw such registration at
any time in its sole discretion.


                  (c) Number.  Each of the Holders shall be entitled to have
its shares included in an unlimited number of registrations pursuant to this
Section 3.

                  SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. If the Company shall receive
from an Initiating Holder, at any time prior to two (2) months after the
effective date hereof set forth in Section 19 hereof, a written request that the
Company effect a registration pursuant to Rule 415, or any successor rule under
the Act, that would permit the sale of all or a part of the Registrable
Securities from time to time:

                             (a) The Company shall use its best efforts to file
                  with the Commission and thereafter to cause to be declared
                  effective as promptly as practicable a registration statement
                  on an appropriate form under the 

                                     II-7

<PAGE>

                  Act as reasonably determined by the Company relating to the
                  offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders
                  from time to time pursuant to Rule 415, or any successor rule

                  under the Act, in accordance with the methods of distribution
                  set forth in such registration statement (a "Shelf
                  Registration Statement").

                             (b) The Company shall use its best efforts to keep
                  the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in
                  order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be
                  usable by Holders for the period ending three (3) months after
                  the effective date hereof or such shorter period that will
                  terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the
                  Shelf Registration Statement have been sold. Notwithstanding
                  any other provision hereof, the Company may postpone or
                  suspend the filing or the effectiveness of the Shelf
                  Registration Statement (or any amendments or supplements
                  thereto) if (i) such action is required by applicable law, or
                  (ii) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for
                  valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the
                  Company's obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or
                  divestiture of assets, other pending corporate developments,
                  public filings with the Commission or other similar events, so
                  long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the
                  requirements of Section 6(a)(v) hereof, if applicable. The
                  Company shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts to
                  keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the
                  requisite period if it intentionally takes any action not
                  contemplated by clause (i) or (ii) above that would result in
                  holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby not being
                  able to offer and sell such Registrable Securities during the
                  period.


                  SECTION 5. Expenses of Registration. With respect to a
registration pursuant to Section 2 and 4 hereof, all Registration Expenses and
all Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so
registered, together with any other party whose shares are included in such
registration (including the Company, either because shares are included in such
registration for its own account or because it agreed to pay the expenses of
other registering holders), pro rata, on the basis of the number of their shares
so registered. With respect to a registration pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof,
all Registration Expenses shall be borne by the Company and all 

                                     II-8
<PAGE>

Selling Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered,
together with any other party whose shares are included in such registration
(including the Company, either because shares are included in such registration
for its own account or because it agreed to pay the expenses of another
registering holder), pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so
registered. In addition to the Company's other rights in respect of expenses in
this Agreement, the Company shall have the right, in order to cover such
expenses, to deduct the amount of such expenses from the offering proceeds to
which the Bernstein Trust, the Bernstein Foundation and the Fleet National Trust
would otherwise have been entitled.



                            SECTION 6.  Registration Procedure.

                  (a) In the case of each registration effected by the Company
pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will:

                           (i) provide the Holders of Registrable Securities to
                  be registered under the registration statement, their
                  underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and
                  accountants, a reasonable opportunity to participate in the
                  preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus
                  included therein or filed with the Commission, and each
                  amendment thereof or supplement thereto;

                            (ii) notify each Holder as to the filing of the
                  registration statement and of all amendments or supplements
                  thereto filed prior to the effective date of such registration
                  statement;

                           (iii) notify each Holder, promptly after it shall
                  receive notice thereof, of the time when such registration
                  statement becomes effective or when any amendment or
                  supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such
                  registration statement has been filed;

                            (iv) notify each Holder promptly of any request by
                  the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such
                  registration statement or prospectus or for additional
                  information;

                             (v) prepare and promptly file with the Commission,
                  and promptly notify each Holder of the filing of, any
                  amendments or supplements to such registration statement or
                  prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or
                  omissions if, at 
                                     II-9
<PAGE>
                  any time when a prospectus relating to the Registrable
                  Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any
                  event with respect to the Company shall have occurred as a
                  result of which any such prospectus or any other prospectus as
                  then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material
                  fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to
                  make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances
                  under which they were made, not misleading, and, in addition,
                  prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the
                  written request of any Holder, any amendments or supplements
                  to such registration statement or prospectus which may be
                  reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the
                  distribution of the Registrable Securities;

                            (vi) prepare promptly upon request of the Holders or
                  any underwriters for the Holders such amendment or amendments

                  to such registration statement and such prospectus or
                  prospectuses as may be reasonably necessary to permit
                  compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the
                  Act, unless, in the good faith judgment of the Board of
                  Directors of the Company, it would not be in the best
                  interests of the Company and its stockholders generally for
                  such amendment or amendments to be filed, provided that such
                  deferral does not last longer than 90 days and will not occur
                  more than once in any 12-month period;

                           (vii) advise each Holder promptly after the Company
                  shall receive notice or obtain knowledge of the issuance of
                  any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness
                  of any such registration statement or amendment thereto or of
                  the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that
                  purpose, and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the
                  issuance of any stop order or obtain its withdrawal promptly
                  if such stop order should be issued;

                          (viii) use its best efforts to qualify as soon as
                  reasonably practicable the Registrable Securities included in
                  the registration statement for sale under the blue sky or
                  other state securities laws of such states and jurisdictions
                  within the United States as shall be reasonably requested by
                  any Holder, provided that the Company shall not be required in
                  connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to
                  do business, to become subject to taxation or to file a

                                    II-10

<PAGE>

                  consent to service of process generally in any of the
                  aforesaid states or jurisdictions;

                            (ix) furnish each Holder, as soon as available,
                  copies of any registration statement and each preliminary or
                  final prospectus, or supplement or amendment required to be
                  prepared pursuant hereto, all in such quantities as any Holder
                  may from time to time reasonably request;

                             (x) furnish, at the request of any Holder
                  requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to
                  this Agreement, on the date that such Registrable Securities
                  are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with
                  a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities
                  are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are
                  not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the
                  registration statement with respect to such securities becomes
                  effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel
                  representing the Company for the purposes of such
                  registration, in form and substance as is customarily given by
                  company counsel to the underwriters in an underwritten public
                  offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the

                  holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and
                  (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the independent certified
                  public accountant of the Company, in form and substance as is
                  customarily given by independent certified public accountants
                  to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed
                  to the underwriters, if any, and, if customarily given to
                  holders of securities to be sold in a registration, to the
                  Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities;

                            (xi) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with
                  all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and
                  make available to its security holders as soon as reasonably
                  practicable, but not later than 16 months after the effective
                  date of the registration statement, an earnings statement
                  covering a period of at least twelve (12) months beginning
                  after the effective date of the registration statement, which
                  earnings statement shall satisfy the provision of Section
                  11(a) of the Act; and

                           (xii) enter into and perform an underwriting
                  agreement with the managing underwriter, if any, 

                                             II-11

<PAGE>

                  selected as provided in Section 2(b) and 3(b), containing
                  customary (y) terms of offer and sale of the securities,
                  payment provisions, underwriting discounts and commissions,
                  and (z) representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities,
                  terms and conditions provided that the Holders may, at their
                  option, require that any or all agreements on the part of the
                  Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also
                  be made to and for the benefit of such Holders, any or all of
                  the conditions precedent to the obligations of the Company
                  shall also be conditions precedent to the obligations of such
                  Holders, and all representations and warranties by the Company
                  to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made
                  to and for the benefit of such Holders, and provided further
                  that such Holders shall not be required to make any
                  representations or warranties to or agreements with the
                  Company or the underwriters other than representations,
                  warranties or agreements reasonably requested by the managing
                  underwriter or otherwise required by law.

                  (b) At the expense of the Company, the Company will keep each
registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a) effective for a
period of nine (9) months or until the Holders have completed the distribution
described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first
occurs. At the expense of the Holders, together with any other party whose
shares are included in such registration (including the Company, either because
shares are included in such registration for its own account or because it
agreed to pay the expenses of other registering holders), pro rata, on the basis
of the number of their shares so registered, the Company will keep each

registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2 effective for a
period of nine (9) months or until the Holders have completed the distribution
described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first
occurs, unless, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company, it would not be in the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders generally for such registration to be kept effective for such
period, provided that such deferral does not last longer than 90 days and will
not occur more than once in any 12-month period. In addition to the Company's
other rights in respect of expenses in this Agreement, the Company shall have
the right, in order to cover such expenses, to deduct the amount of such
expenses from the offering proceeds to which the Bernstein Trust, the Bernstein
Foundation and the Fleet National Trust would otherwise have been entitled.

                            SECTION 7.  Indemnification.

                                    II-12

<PAGE>

                  (a)  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will
indemnify each of the Holders, each of its officers, directors, agents,
trustees, representatives and affiliates of the foregoing, each underwriter (as
defined in the Act), if any, and each person controlling each of the Holders or
such underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder, with respect to each registration which has been effected pursuant
to this Agreement, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or
alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus,
offering circular or other document (including any related registration
statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration,
qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the
Act or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating
to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such
registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each of the
Holders, each of its officers, directors, partners, members, managers, agents,
representatives and their affiliates, each such underwriter and each person
controlling any such Holder or underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any such
claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or
omission based upon (i) written information furnished to the Company by the
Holders or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein or (ii)
until the date of issuance of the Company's audited consolidated financial
statements for the fiscal year ended on or about January 31, 1997, any
representation or warranty made by the Company in that certain Securities
Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, between the Company and GP
Holding (the "Securities Purchase Agreement").

                  (b)  To the extent permitted by law, each of the Holders will,
if Registrable Securities held by it are included in the securities as to which
such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the

Company, each of its directors, officers, agents and representatives and each
underwriter, if any, and each person controlling the Company or such underwriter
within the meaning of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, against
all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arising out of or 

                                    II-13
<PAGE>

based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact
contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or
other document made by such Holder, or any omission (or alleged omission) to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements by such Holder therein not misleading, and will reimburse the
Company and such directors, officers, agents, representatives, underwriters or
control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that
such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged
omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular
or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use
therein; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Holders, and provided further that the obligations of each of the
Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such
Holder of securities sold as contemplated herein.

                  (c)  Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section
7 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting
therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not
unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at such party's expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the
fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party),
and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as
provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations
under this Section 7 unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced
thereby. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation,
shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of
any judgment or enter into any 

                                    II-14

<PAGE>

settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by

the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all
liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall
furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an
Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably
required in connection with the defense of such claim and litigation resulting
therefrom.

                  (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified
Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to
herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified
Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations, provided, however, that the obligations of each Holder shall be
limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such Holder from the sale of
Registrable Securities as contemplated herein. The relative fault of the
Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified
Party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person guilty
of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Act), shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten public offering
contemplated by this Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions,
the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall be controlling.

                  (f)  The foregoing indemnity agreements are subject to the
condition that, insofar as they relate to any loss, claim, liability or damage
made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended
prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement in
question 

                                    II-15

<PAGE>

becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the Commission
pursuant to Commission Rule 424(b) (the "Final Prospectus"), such indemnity
agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter if a copy of the
Final Prospectus was furnished to the underwriter and was not furnished to the
person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time
such action is required by the Act.

                  (g)  The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this

Section 7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities
in a registration statement under this Agreement and otherwise.

                  (h)  The foregoing indemnity agreements shall include
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by the Indemnified Party in any
action or proceeding between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party or
between the Indemnified Party and any third party or otherwise.

                  SECTION 8.  Information by the Holders.  Each of the Holders
shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the
distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in
writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration,
qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9.  Rule 144 Reporting.  With a view to making
available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which
may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration,
the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

                  (a)  make and keep public information available, as those
terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Act;

                  (b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports
and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the Exchange Act;
and

                  (c) furnish to any Holder upon request, (i) a written
statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of
Rule 144, the Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or
quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission and such other reports
and documents so filed by the Company and (iii) such other information as a
Holder may reasonably request in availing itself 

                                    II-16

<PAGE>

of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any
such securities without registration.

                  SECTION 10.  Assignability.  No party may assign or transfer
its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the
other, except that Bernstein's rights hereunder may be transferred by will or
the laws of descent and distribution to a charitable organization, an immediate
family member or a trust (25% or more of the beneficial interests of which are
owned by affiliates of Bernstein or one or more members of his immediate
family), in each case to which Bernstein has transferred Registrable Securities
to the extent permitted by Section 5(d)(i) or (iv) of the Irrevocable Proxy,
dated as of even date herewith, between GP Holding and Bernstein.

                  SECTION 11.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  SECTION 12.  Amendment.  Any modification, amendment or waiver

of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be in writing and executed by
the Company, GP Holding and the Holders of not less than 50% of the Registrable
Securities, provided, however, that no such modification, amendment or waiver
shall reduce the aforesaid percentage of Registrable Securities without the
consent of all of the Holders of the Registrable Securities.

                  SECTION 13. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and
demands shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, mailed, postage
prepaid, telecopied or telegraphed or delivered by any nationally recognized
overnight delivery service to the Company at:

                           to the Company:

                           Western Publishing Group, Inc.
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy:  (212) 888-5025
                           Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

                                    II-17

<PAGE>

                           with a copy to:

                           General Counsel
                           Western Publishing Group, Inc.
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy:  (212) 888-5025

                           and, until the effective date hereof, a copy to:

                           Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
                           One Chase Manhattan Plaza
                           New York, New York  10028
                           Telecopy:  (212) 530-5219
                           Attn:       Lawrence Lederman, Esq.

and to GP Holding and each Holder at such address set forth on the signature
page hereof or as shall be furnished in writing to the Company. All such
notices, requests, demands and other communication shall, when mailed
(registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepared),
personally delivered, or telegraphed, be effective four (4) days after deposit
in the mails, when personally delivered, or when delivered to the telegraph
company, respectively, addressed as aforesaid, unless otherwise provided herein
and, when telecopied or delivered by any nationally recognized overnight
delivery service, shall be effective upon actual receipt.

                  SECTION 14. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree
that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of
this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or
were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be
entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement

and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the
United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any
other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

                  SECTION 15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

                  SECTION 16.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement
or 
                                    II-18

<PAGE>

affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 17.  Headings.  The various headings of this Agreement
are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement or any provisions hereof or thereof.

                  SECTION 18.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the
entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect
thereto.

                  SECTION 19. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become
effective as of the date of consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
Securities Purchase Agreement, and this Agreement shall have no effect for any
purpose unless and until such transactions have been consummated.

                                    II-19

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each of the undersigned
parties has executed this Agreement effective for all purposes as of the date
first above written.


                                       WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.


                                       By: _________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                       ______________________________
                                       Richard A. Bernstein


                                       RICHARD A. BERNSTEIN AND STUART TURNER, 
                                       trustees u/a March 16, 1978 fbo Richard 
                                       A. Bernstein


                                       By: ___________________________
                                           Richard A. Bernstein
                                           Trustee


                                       By: ___________________________
                                           Stuart Turner
                                           Trustee


                                       THE RICHARD A. AND AMELIA BERNSTEIN 
                                       FOUNDATION, INC.

                                       _______________________________
                                       Richard A. Bernstein
                                       President


                                       Address for notices for all
                                       Holders named above:


                                       _______________________________

                                    II-20

<PAGE>

                                       FLEET NATIONAL BANK OF CONNECTICUT 

                                       trustee u/a Barry S. Bernstein dated 
                                       April 5, 1986 fbo Richard A. Bernstein


                                       By: ________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       Address for notices:

                                       Fleet National Bank of Connecticut
                                       P.O. Box 1454
                                       One Landmark Square
                                       Stamford, Connecticut 06904
                                       Telecopy:  _______________
                                       Attn:  Ms. Catherine Clark
Section 12 is hereby 
acknowledged and agreed to:

GOLDEN PRESS HOLDING, L.L.C.

By: WARBURG, PINCUS VENTURES, L.P.
    Member


    By: __________________________                            
        Name:
        Title: General Partner

Address for notices:

Golden Press Holding, L.L.C.
c/o Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York  10017
Telecopy:  (212) 878-9351
Attn:  Joanne R. Wenig

with a copy to:

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
153 East 53rd Street
New York, New York  10022
Telecopy:  (212) 821-8111
Attn:  Jack H. Nusbaum, Esq.

                                    II-21

<PAGE>

                             Index of Defined Terms

Bernstein.............................  1
Bernstein Foundation..................  1
Bernstein Trust.......................  1
Commission............................  1
Common Stock..........................  1
Company...............................  1
Demanding Holders.....................  7
Exchange Act..........................  1  
Fleet National Trust..................  1
Final Prospectus...................... 16
GP Holding............................  5
Holders...............................  1
Indemnified Party..................... 14
Indemnifying Party.................... 14
Initiating Holder.....................  2
Registrable Securities................  2
Registration Expenses.................  2
Selling Expenses......................  2
Shelf Registration Statement..........  8
Act...................................  1
GP Holding Holders....................  7
Securities Purchase Agreement......... 13

<PAGE>
                                                                    APPENDIX III

                           IRREVOCABLE PROXY

                  THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of January 31, 1996, between Golden
Press Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the "Buyer"), and
Richard A. Bernstein (the "Shareholder"), a shareholder of Western Publishing
Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this
Agreement, the Company and the Buyer are entering into a Securities Purchase
Agreement (the "Securities Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which the Buyer will
purchase (the "Securities Purchase") 13,000 shares of the Company's Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value ("Series B Preferred Stock"), and a
warrant (the "Warrant") to purchase 3,250,000 shares (subject to adjustment) of
the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Company Common Stock");

                  WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this
Agreement, Buyer is entering into an agreement substantially similar to this
Agreement with each of (i) the Trust, fbo Richard A. Bernstein u/a March 16,
1978, Richard A. Bernstein and Stuart Turner, as trustees, and (ii) the Trust
fbo Richard A. Bernstein u/a Barry S. Bernstein dated April 5, 1986, Fleet
National Bank of Connecticut, as trustee (collectively, the "Other
Shareholders"), which own 400,000 and 95,771 shares of Company Common Stock,
respectively; and

                  WHEREAS, the Buyer, as a condition to its willingness to enter
into the Securities Purchase Agreement, has required the Shareholder to grant
the Buyer an irrevocable proxy with respect to all of the shares of Company
Common Stock owned by the Shareholder, together with any additional shares of
Company Common Stock hereafter acquired by the Shareholder (such specified
number of shares, and any additional shares when and if they are acquired by
Shareholder or any "Affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and including, without limitation,
immediate family members and trusts, 25% or more of the beneficial interests of
which are owned by such person or one or more members of his immediate family
members; provided that the Company shall not be deemed an "Affiliate" of the
Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement), being referred to as the "Shares")
on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

                                 III-1
<PAGE>

                  NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. Irrevocable Proxy. By entering into this Agreement, the
Shareholder hereby grants a proxy (the "Proxy") appointing the Buyer (or any
designee of the Buyer) as the Shareholder's lawful agent, attorney-in-fact and
proxy, with full power of substitution, for and in the Shareholder's name, to
vote, express consent or dissent, or otherwise to utilize such voting power in
such manner and upon such matters as the Buyer or its proxy or substitute shall,

in the Buyer's sole discretion, deem proper with respect to the Shares,
including without limitation, to vote any or all the Shares at any meeting, or
in connection with any written consent, of the Company's shareholders (i) in
favor of the Securities Purchase (or any similar transaction involving the
Company and the Buyer (or an Affiliate thereof)), (ii) in favor of the
Securities Purchase Agreement or other agreement evidencing any such transaction
and in favor of any other related transactions or matters presented in
connection with any such transaction, including the Company Voting Matters (as
defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), and (iii) against any other
proposal which provides for any merger, sale of assets or other Third Party
Business Combination (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between
the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company) and any other person or entity or
which would make it impractical for the Buyer to effect the Securities Purchase
or other similar transaction involving the Company and the Buyer (or an
Affiliate thereof); provided, however, that, until the consummation of the
Securities Purchase, the Proxy shall not allow Buyer to vote against, or for the
removal of, existing members of the Company's Board of Directors, except that
the Proxy will be voted for the Company Voting Matters as contemplated by
Section 5.3 of the Securities Purchase Agreement. The Proxy is irrevocable, is
coupled with an interest, and is granted in consideration of the Buyer's
entering into this Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement; provided,
however, that the Proxy shall be revoked upon the earlier to occur of (x) the
termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms
prior to the consummation of the Securities Purchase and (y) the failure of the
aggregate "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of Buyer, each member thereof, any affiliates
of such members (other than of Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. ("WPV")) and the
general partnership that acts as a general partner of WPV, at any time following
the consummation of the Securities Purchase, to constitute 15% or more of the
outstanding Company Common Stock (after taking into account the 

                                     III-2

<PAGE>

conversion or exercise of all outstanding securities of the Company that are
convertible into or exercisable for shares of Company Common Stock, provided,
however, that the shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
Warrant shall be taken into account only in the amount of the excess, if any, of
the number of such shares over the number of shares of Company Common Stock
issued to such parties as dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock). If the
proxy granted in this Section 1 shall be determined to be invalid for any
reason, the Shareholder hereby agrees to vote the Shares, in any circumstances
set forth in this Section 1, in accordance with the written instructions of
Buyer. Notwithstanding any implication to the contrary in this Agreement, the
proxy granted in this Section 1 shall be revoked, and the agreement set forth in
the immediately preceding sentence shall be terminated, with respect to any
Shares upon the sale or transfer of such Shares to a third party (other than an
Affiliate of the Shareholder), provided that such sale or transfer is otherwise
permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

                  2. Legending of Certificates; Nominee Shares. The Shareholder
agrees to submit to the Buyer contemporaneously with or promptly following
execution of this Agreement (or promptly following receipt of any additional

certificates representing any additional Shares) all certificates representing
the Shares so that the Buyer may note thereon a legend referring to the transfer
restrictions in this Agreement. If any of the Shares beneficially owned by the
Shareholder are held of record by a brokerage firm in "street name" or in the
name of any other nominee (a "Nominee," and, as to the Shares, "Nominee
Shares"), the Shareholder agrees that, upon written notice by the Buyer
requesting it, the Shareholder will within five days of the giving of such
notice execute and deliver to the Buyer a limited power of attorney in such form
as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer enabling the Buyer to require
the Nominee to grant to the Buyer an irrevocable proxy to the same effect as
Section 1 hereof with respect to the Nominee Shares held by such Nominee and to
submit to the Buyer the certificates representing such Nominee Shares for
notation of the foregoing legend thereon.

                  3. [Intentionally omitted.]

                  4. Representations and Warranties of the Shareholder.
The Shareholder represents and warrants to the Buyer that:

                           (a)  On the date hereof, the Shareholder is the sole,
true, lawful, record and beneficial owner of 3,501,000 shares of Company Common
Stock. All of the Shares are validly 

                                     III-3

<PAGE>

issued, fully paid and nonassessable, with no personal liability attaching to
the ownership thereof; and the Shareholder has good and valid title to the
Shares, free and clear of any agreements, liens, adverse claims or encumbrances
whatsoever with respect to the ownership of or the right to vote the Shares. The
Shareholder has not granted any proxies with respect to the Shares except as
contemplated by this Agreement.

                           (b)  The Shareholder has the full right, power and
authority to enter into this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by the Shareholder.

                           (c)  The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not
and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time, (i)
violate any judgment, injunction or order of any court, arbitrator or
governmental agency applicable to the Shareholder, or (ii) conflict with, result
in the breach of any provision of, constitute a default under, or give rise to a
right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of
the Shareholder under, or require the consent of any third party under, any
agreement, instrument, judgment, order or decree to which the Shareholder is a
party or by which the Shareholder may be bound.

                           (d) This Agreement is the valid and binding Agreement
of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with its
terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.


                           (e) The Shares and the shares of Company Common Stock
owned of record by the Other Shareholders (in the case of Fleet National Bank of
Connecticut, in its capacity as trustee under the trust referred to above) and
the 60,000 shares of Company Common Stock owned of record by The Richard A. and
Amelia Bernstein Foundation, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (the
"Bernstein Foundation"), are the only shares of Company Common Stock
beneficially owned or owned of record by the Shareholder, the Other Shareholders
and the Bernstein Foundation and, except for the 9,200 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Company owned by the Shareholder and the
67,500 shares of Company Common Stock issuable to the Shareholder upon the
exercise of options granted to him pursuant to the Company's Amended and
Restated 1986 Employee Stock Option Plan, the Shareholder does not own any
options to purchase or rights to subscribe for or otherwise 

                                     III-4
<PAGE>

acquire any securities of the Company and has no other interest in or voting
rights with respect to any securities of the Company. The Shareholder shall not
permit the Bernstein Foundation to acquire, directly or indirectly, any
additional shares of Company Common Stock during the term of this Agreement.

                           (f) No investment banker, broker or finder is
entitled to a commission or fee from the Shareholder or the Company in respect
of this Agreement based upon any arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf
of the Shareholder.

                  5. Additional Covenants of the Shareholder.  The Shareholder
hereby covenants and agrees
                   
that:

                           (a)  Neither the Shareholder nor any Affiliate will
enter into any transaction, take any action, or by inaction permit any event to
occur, that would result in any of the representations or warranties of the
Shareholder herein contained not being true and correct at and as of the time
immediately after the occurrence of such transaction, action or event.

                           (b)      Until the termination of this Agreement,
neither the Shareholder nor any Affiliate, whether directly, indirectly, or
through any employee, agent or otherwise shall: (i) solicit or initiate any
inquiry or submission of a proposal or an offer from any person or entity
relating to any acquisition or purchase of (A) the assets, business or property
of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or (B) any equity interest in, or any
merger, consolidation or business combination with, the Company or any of its
subsidiaries (an "acquisition proposal"), or (ii) participate in any discussions
or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any other person or entity any
information with respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way or assist or
facilitate any acquisition proposal by any other person or entity; provided,
however, that the Shareholder, in his capacity as the Chairman of the Company's
Board of Directors and the Company's Chief Executive Officer, may participate in
discussions or negotiations with or furnish information to any other person or
entity if the Company's Board of Directors, on advice of counsel, determines
that the Shareholder, in his capacity as Chairman of the Company's Board of

Directors and the Company's Chief Executive Officer, should so participate or
furnish such information. Subject to his fiduciary duties to the Company, the
Shareholder shall promptly advise the Buyer of any communication (including the
identity of the person or entity making such communication and the terms
thereof) that the Shareholder may receive relating to any of the foregoing.

                                     III-5

<PAGE>

                           (c)  Until the termination of this Agreement, subject
to his fiduciary duties to the Company, the Shareholder will at all times use
his best efforts to prevent the Company from taking any action in violation of
the Securities Purchase Agreement, including, but not limited to, any such
action that would (i) amend or otherwise change its Certificate of Incorporation
or Bylaws, (ii) issue or sell or authorize for issuance or sale any stock
appreciation rights, stock options (other than pursuant to stock option plans in
effect on the date hereof), warrants or additional shares of any class of
capital stock, including the Company Common Stock, or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of any class of capital stock, (iii) declare,
set aside, make, pay or accelerate the time for declaration or payment of, any
dividend or other distribution with respect to its capital stock, or (iv)
redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its
capital stock.

                           (d) Until the termination of this Agreement, neither
the Shareholder nor any Affiliate shall, directly or indirectly, (i) grant any
proxies or enter into any voting trust or other agreement or arrangement with
respect to the voting of any Shares or (ii) acquire, sell, assign, transfer,
encumber or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any contract, option or other
arrangement or understanding with respect to the direct or indirect acquisition
or sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition of, any shares
of capital stock of the Company during the term of this Agreement other than
with the Other Shareholders. Neither the Shareholder nor any Affiliate shall
seek or solicit any such acquisition or sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance
or other disposition or any such contract, option or other arrangement or
assignment or understanding and the Shareholder agrees to notify the Buyer
promptly and to provide all details requested by the Buyer if the Shareholder
shall be approached or solicited, directly or indirectly, by any person or
entity with respect to any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Shareholder (and any Affiliate) shall be entitled, (i) so long as the
Shareholder at all times, until the earlier to occur of the consummation of the
Securities Purchase and the termination of this Agreement, retains the right to
vote (and give consent in respect of) such Shares (subject to the terms of this
Agreement), to transfer for no consideration up to 400,000 Shares in the
aggregate to an organization that is described in Section 501(c)(3) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and (x) that is not an Affiliate of
the Shareholder and (y) that is not a person or entity in respect of which the
Shareholder or any Affiliate serves as trustee or in any other fiduciary
capacity, (ii) at any 

                                     III-6

<PAGE>


time beginning three business days after the financial results of the Company
for the fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 have been Publicly Disclosed (as
defined below) by the Company, but not before consummation of the Securities
Purchase, to sell all or a portion of the Shares to any purchaser, (x) in the
case of non-negotiated, public, open-market transactions, in amounts not to
exceed the limitations set forth in Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act
(provided that the Shareholder and his Affiliates shall be considered one person
for purposes of such limitations) and (y) in all other cases, other than to an
Entrepreneurial Investor (as defined below), (iii) to pledge Shares in order to
secure a loan from a bona fide lending institution, provided that (x) prior to
such pledge such institution agrees in writing to enter into an agreement with
the Buyer substantially identical to this Agreement and reasonably satisfactory
in all respects to the Buyer, such agreement to take effect immediately prior to
such institution's foreclosing or receiving any rights (other than a security
interest therein) in respect of such Shares, and (y) prior to such foreclosure,
the rights of such institution in respect of such Shares shall be limited to a
security interest therein and be subject to this Agreement and (iv) to transfer
Shares by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution to an
Affiliate of the Shareholder, provided that, at the time of such transfer, such
transferee enters into an agreement with the Buyer substantially identical to
this Agreement and reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Buyer. The
Shareholder shall provide the Buyer with prior written notice of any proposed
transfer of Shares pursuant to this Section 5(d) and evidence of compliance
therewith. For purposes of this Agreement, "Publicly Disclosed" means the
Company's publicly announcing (which may include disclosure in the Proxy
Statement mailed to the holders of Company Common Stock in connection with the
Securities Purchase) the consolidated financial results of the Company and its
consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 in the
same detail as the Company's public announcement of such results for the fiscal
year ended January 28, 1995 (containing at least the consolidated revenues,
operating income and net income of the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries), and an "Entrepreneurial Investor" means any investor that (or any
investor, any of whose Affiliates) (x) is listed on Schedule I hereto or (y) is
unacceptable to John Vogelstein, in his sole discretion, provided that no
individual or entity listed on Schedule II hereto shall be deemed an
Entrepreneurial Investor.

                           (e) The Shareholder shall execute and deliver any
additional documents reasonably necessary or desirable, in the reasonable
opinions of both the Buyer's counsel and the 

                                     III-7
<PAGE>
Shareholder's counsel, to evidence the Proxy granted in Section 1 with respect
to the Shares or otherwise implement and effect the provisions of this
Agreement.

                           (f) Effective upon consummation of the Securities
Purchase, the Shareholder shall resign from all of the positions then held by
him with the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, from
the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and from the Board of
Directors of the Company, from the office of Chairman and from the Board of
Directors of Western Publishing Company, Inc. and from the offices of Chairman,

President and Chief Executive Officer and from the Board of Directors of Penn
Corporation.

                           (g) The Shareholder hereby agrees promptly to cause
the amendment, in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Buyer, of the trademark
license agreement, dated September 11, 1995, between P&E Properties, Inc.
("P&E") and Western Publishing Company, Inc. relating to the right to display
"The Poky Little Puppy" trademark on a corporate jet owned by P&E, provided that
no royalties shall be payable for such right and that such right shall be not be
assignable and shall terminate when such jet is no longer owned by P&E or an
Affiliate thereof.

                  6. Representations and Warranties of the Buyer.

                  The Buyer represents and warrants to the Shareholder that:

                           (a) The Buyer has all requisite power and authority
to enter into and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. The
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all of the
transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary
action on the part of the Buyer. This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Buyer.

                           (b) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of
this Agreement by the Buyer nor the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein will violate the organizational documents of the Buyer or
will conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or
provision of any instrument, indenture, contract, lease or other document or
understanding, oral or written, to which the Buyer is a party or is otherwise
bound or affected in such a manner as to materially and adversely affect the
business of the Buyer.

                                     III-8

<PAGE>

                  7. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by any party
hereto on or after the day of termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement
in accordance with its terms, prior to the consummation of the Securities
Purchase, and thereafter (i) by mutual written consent of both parties hereto,
provided that Section 10 hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement or
(ii) at such time as the Shareholder and the Other Shareholders shall have
disposed of direct and indirect "beneficial ownership" of all shares of Company
Common Stock (excluding the 60,000 share of Company Common Stock owned by the
Bernstein Foundation) in bona fide transactions that do not violate this
Agreement.

                  8. Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.  Except as contemplated by Section 5(d), the Shareholder
shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the Buyer's
consent. The Buyer may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an
Affiliate.


                  9. Notices. All notices and communications hereunder shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally
or by Federal Express or other courier service or sent by express mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the respective party at the
applicable address below, on the date of such personal delivery or on the date
received:


If to the Buyer:           Golden Press Holding, L.L.C.
                           c/o Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
                           466 Lexington Avenue
                           New York, New York  10017
                           Attention:  Joanne R. Wenig
                           Telecopy No.:  (212) 878-9351


with a copy to:            Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                           153 East 53rd Street
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention:  Jack H. Nusbaum, Esq.
                           Telecopy No.:  (212) 821-8111

                                     III-9

<PAGE>

If to the Shareholder:     Richard A. Bernstein
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           Suite 601
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy No.:  (212) 888-5025

with a copy to:            James A. Cohen, Esq.
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy No.:  (212) 888-5025

with a copy to:            Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
                           One Chase Manhattan Plaza
                           New York, New York  10005
                           Attention:  Lawrence Lederman, Esq.
                           Telecopy No.:  (212) 530-5219

Any party may change the foregoing address from time to time by giving the other
party notice thereof.

                  10.      Injunctive Relief; Remedies Cumulative.

                           (a) Each party hereto acknowledges that the other
party will be irreparably harmed and that there will be no adequate remedy at
law for a violation of any of the covenants or agreements of such party that are
contained in this Agreement. It is accordingly agreed that, in addition to any
other remedies that may be available to the non-breaching party upon the breach
by any other party of such covenants and agreements, the non-breaching party

shall have the right to obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or
threatened breach of such covenants or agreements or otherwise to obtain
specific performance of any of such covenants or agreements.

                           (b) No remedy conferred upon or reserved to any party
herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and every remedy shall
be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy herein or now or hereafter
existing at law, in equity or by statute.

                  11. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard
to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof; provided, however, that the laws
of the State of Delaware shall govern as to internal corporate matters.

                                    III-10

<PAGE>

                  12. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute a single
agreement.

                  13. Effect of Partial Invalidity. Whenever possible, each
provision of this Agreement shall be construed in such a manner as to be
effective and valid under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement or
the application thereof to any party or circumstance shall be prohibited by or
invalid under applicable law, such provisions shall be ineffective to the extent
of such prohibition without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any
other provisions of this Agreement or the application of such provision to the
other party or other circumstances.

                  14.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

                  15. Jurisdiction and Process. Each party hereto irrevocably
submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York and of any New York state court sitting in
New York City for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party
hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection
which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding
brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party
hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such proceeding shall be conclusive
and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any
other manner provided by law. Each party hereto consents to process being served
in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested to such party at its address
specified in Section 9 or at such other address of which such party shall then
have been notified pursuant to said Section. Each party hereto agrees that such
service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of
process upon it in any such proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, be taken and held be valid personal service upon

and personal delivery to such party. Such service shall be conclusively presumed
received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States
Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

                                    III-11

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the
parties as of the date first above written.


                                       GOLDEN PRESS HOLDING, L.L.C.

                                       By:  WARBURG, PINCUS VENTURES, L.P.
                                            Member



                                       By: ________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:  General Partner




                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Richard A. Bernstein


                                    III-12

<PAGE>
                            Index of Defined Terms


Affiliate                               1
beneficial ownership                    2
Bernstein Foundation                    4
Buyer                                   1
Company                                 1
Company Common Stock                    1
Nominee                                 3
Nominee Shares                          3
Other Shareholders                      1
P&E                                     8
Proxy                                   2
Publicly Disclosed                      7
Securities Act                          1
Securities Purchase                     1
Securities Purchase Agreement           1
Series B Preferred Stock                1
Shareholder                             1
Shares                                  1
Warrant                                 1
WPV                                     2

<PAGE>
                                                                     APPENDIX IV

              CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, NUMBER, VOTING POWERS,
                 PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS OF SERIES B CONVERTIBLE
                                PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                        [WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.]


                         Pursuant to Section 151 of the
                General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

                  The undersigned DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that the following
resolution was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of [Western Publishing
Group, Inc.], a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),
with the preferences and rights set forth therein relating to dividends,
conversion, redemption, dissolution and distribution of assets of the
Corporation having been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to authority
granted to it under Article FOURTH of the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

                  RESOLVED: That, pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board
of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board
of Directors hereby authorizes the issuance of 13,000 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock of the Corporation, and hereby fixes the
designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of
such shares, in addition to those set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation, as follows:

                  1.  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series shall
be designated "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series B Preferred
Stock") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 13,000.

                  2.  DIVIDENDS.

                  (a) The holders of Series B Preferred Stock (i) shall receive
on the first day of February, May, August and November (each a "Dividend Date")
of each twelve-month period following the date of initial issuance of the Series
B Preferred Stock (the "Initial Issuance Date") through the fourth anniversary
of the Initial Issuance Date, a stock dividend per share of Series B Preferred
Stock equal to a number of shares of Common Stock of the 

                                     IV-1
<PAGE>

Corporation ("Common Stock") determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate (as
determined pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 below) by .03 (such that at the initial
Conversion Rate the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall receive in the
aggregate 195,000 shares of Common Stock on a quarterly basis, resulting in the
receipt of an aggregate of 780,000 shares of Common Stock in each of the first
four years after the Initial Issuance Date, subject to adjustment in the event

of any dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to
any such shares), provided, however, that (x) in the event that the product of
the number of shares of Common Stock per share of Series B Preferred Stock to be
distributed in any quarter and the Market Price (as defined below) (the
"Dividend Value") is less than $93.75, then, in addition to such shares of
Common Stock, the holders shall receive on such date, out of legally available
funds of the Corporation, cash per share of Series B Preferred Stock in an
amount equal to the excess of $93.75 over the Dividend Value, compounded
quarterly, and (y) in the event that the Dividend Value exceeds $187.50, then
the number of shares of Common Stock to be so distributed shall be reduced by an
amount sufficient to cause the Dividend Value to equal $187.50 (subject in each
case to adjustment in the event of any dividend, stock split, stock distribution
or combination with respect to any such shares), and (ii) shall be entitled to
receive thereafter, beginning on the first to occur of the first day of
February, May, August or November after the fourth anniversary of the Initial
Issuance Date, when and as declared, out of legally available funds of the
Corporation, cash dividends (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months) at the rate of $150 per share (subject to adjustment in the event
of any dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to
any such shares), compounded quarterly, payable quarterly on the first day of
February, May, August and November of each twelve-month period after the fourth
anniversary of the Initial Issuance Date, on a pari passu basis with the Series
A Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the "Series A Preferred Stock") (such
stock and any other class or series of the preferred stock of the Corporation
which shall rank with respect to the payment of dividends on a parity with the
Series B Preferred Stock being referred to hereinafter, collectively, as "Parity
Stock") and before any dividends shall be set apart for or paid upon the Common
Stock or any other stock ranking with respect to the payment of dividends junior
to the Series B Preferred Stock (such stock being referred to hereinafter
collectively as "Junior Stock") in any year. All dividends declared upon Series
B Preferred Stock shall be declared pro rata per share.

                                     IV-2

<PAGE>

                  For purposes of this Section 2, the term "Market Price" shall
mean the average closing price of a share of Common Stock for the ten
consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Dividend Date or the
conversion date, as the case may be, as reported on the principal national
securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock or securities are listed
or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices during such
ten trading day period in the over-the-counter market as reported by the Nasdaq
National Market or any comparable system, or, if no such firm is then engaged in
the business of reporting such prices, as reported by The Wall Street Journal,
or, if not so reported, as furnished by any member of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected by the Corporation or, if the shares of
Common Stock or securities are not publicly traded, the Market Price for such
date shall be the fair market value thereof determined jointly by the
Corporation and the holders of record of a majority of the Series B Preferred
Stock then outstanding; provided, however, that if such parties are unable to
reach agreement within a reasonable period of time, the Market Price shall be
determined in good faith by an independent investment banking firm selected

jointly by the Corporation and the holders of record of a majority of the Series
B Preferred Stock then outstanding or, if that selection cannot be made within
ten days, by an independent investment banking firm selected by the American
Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules, and provided further, that
the Corporation shall pay all of the fees and expenses of any third parties
incurred in connection with determining the Market Price.

                  (b) Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall be
cumulative, whether or not in any fiscal year there shall be net profits or
surplus available for the payment of dividends in such fiscal year, so that if
in any fiscal year or years, dividends in whole or in part are not paid upon the
Series B Preferred Stock, (i) unpaid dividends shall accumulate and no sums in
any years shall be paid to the holders of the Junior Stock until all dividends
payable on the Series B Preferred Stock have been paid in full, and (ii) no full
dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any Parity Stock
for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously
are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof
set apart for such payment on the Series B Preferred Stock for all dividend
payment periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full
cumulative dividends. If at any time the Corporation shall have failed to pay
full dividends which have accrued (whether or not earned or declared) on the
shares of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other Parity Stock, all dividends
(other than Series B Preferred 

                                     IV-3

<PAGE>

Stock dividends paid in shares of Common Stock) declared upon shares of the
Series B Preferred Stock and any other Parity Stock shall be declared pro rata
so that the amount of dividends declared per share on the Series B Preferred
Stock and such other Parity Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same
ratio that accrued dividends per share on the Series B Preferred Stock and other
such Parity Stock bear to each other.

                  3.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

                  (a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets
of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, after and
subject to the payment in full of all amounts required to be distributed to the
holders of any other Preferred Stock of the Corporation ranking on liquidation
prior and in preference to the Series B Preferred Stock (such Preferred Stock
being referred to hereinafter as "Senior Preferred Stock") upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, but before any payment shall be made to
the holders of Junior Stock, an amount equal to $5,000 per share plus any
dividends thereon cumulated or accrued but unpaid, whether or not declared
(subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock
distribution or combination with respect to such shares). If upon any such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation the remaining assets
of the Corporation available for the distribution to its stockholders after
payment in full of amounts required to be paid or distributed to holders of
Senior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of

Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the
holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and shares of Parity Stock shall
share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the
Corporation in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be
payable in respect to the shares held by them upon such distribution if all
amounts payable on or with respect to said shares were paid in full.

                  (b) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to
be paid to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and
Parity Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock upon the dissolution,
liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Common
Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets and
funds of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders.

                                     IV-4

<PAGE>

                  (c) The merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or
with another corporation, the merger or consolidation of any other corporation
into or with the Corporation, or the sale, conveyance, mortgage, pledge or lease
of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation shall not be deemed to
be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of
this Section 3.

                  4.  VOTING.

                  (a) Each issued and outstanding share of Series B Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of
Common Stock into which each such share of Series B Preferred Stock is
convertible (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5 thereof), at
each meeting of stockholders of the Corporation with respect to any and all
matters presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or
consideration, including, without limitation, the election of all directors (the
"Non-Series B Directors") other than those as to which the Series B Preferred
Stock has rights voting separately as a class as set out in paragraphs (b) and
(c) below. Except as provided by law, by the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c)
and (d) below or by the provisions establishing any other series of Preferred
Stock, holders of Series B Preferred Stock, and of any other outstanding
Preferred Stock that is entitled to vote together with the holders of Common
Stock as a single class, shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as
a single class.

                  (b) In addition to the right of the holders of Series B
Preferred Stock to vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single
class with respect to the election of the Non-Series B Directors, for as long as
at least (i) 40% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued on the Initial
Issuance Date (after taking into account any adjustments provided for
hereunder)(the "Initial Series B Shares") are owned by Golden Press Holding,
L.L.C. ("GP Holding"), any of its members, any Affiliates (as defined below) of
such members (other than of Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. ("WPV")) and the
general partnership that acts as a general partner of WPV (GP Holding, its
members, such Affiliates, WPV and such general partnership being herein
collectively referred to as the "GP Holding Parties"), the holders of Series B

Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately 

                                     IV-5
<PAGE>

as a class, to elect one-third of the members of the Corporation's Board of
Directors (herein referred to as the "Series B Directors"), (ii) 30% of the
Initial Series B Shares are owned by GP Holding Parties, the holders of Series B
Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately as a class, to
elect two Series B Directors, and (iii) 20% of the Initial Series B Shares are
owned by GP Holding Parties, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall have
the exclusive right, voting separately as a class, to elect one Series B
Director. In case such number of members calculated pursuant to clause (i) of
the immediately preceding sentence is not an integer, the number of Series B
Directors shall be rounded up to the next integer. All such Series B Directors
shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of a majority
of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock either at meetings of
stockholders at which directors are elected, a special meeting of holders of
Series B Preferred Stock or by written consent without a meeting in accordance
with the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Each Series B Director so elected
shall serve for a term of one year and until his successor is elected and
qualified, provided, however, that promptly upon any decrease in the number of
Series B Directors that the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled
to elect pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (b), the appropriate
number of Series B Directors shall resign from the Corporation's Board of
Directors. Any vacancy in the position of a Series B Director, other than
pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, may be filled
only by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. Each Series B Director may,
during his term of office, be removed at any time, with or without cause, by and
only by the affirmative vote, at a special meeting of holders of Series B
Preferred Stock called for such purpose, or the written consent, of the holders
of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
Any vacancy created by such removal may also be filled at such meeting or by
such consent. On the Initial Issuance Date, the Board of Directors of the
Corporation shall consist of nine members. For purposes hereof, "Affiliates"
shall include persons included under the definition thereof in Rule 405 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, immediate family members and trusts, 25%
or more of the beneficial interests of which are owned by such persons or one or
more of their immediate family members.

                  (c) In addition to any other rights provided by law, for as
long as at least one-half (1/2) of the Initial Series B Shares are owned by GP
Holding Parties, the Corporation shall not (nor shall it, in the case of clauses
(ii), (iii), (iv) and (v), permit any of its subsidiaries to), without first
obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of record of a
majority of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate
class:

                  (i) amend or repeal any provision of the Corporation's
         Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, including without 

                                     IV-6

<PAGE>


         limitation a change in the number of members of the Board of Directors
         of the Corporation;

                  (ii) authorize or effect the incurrence or issuance of any
         Indebtedness (as defined below) (other than pursuant to an agreement to
         incur the same which has been approved in writing by holders of a
         majority of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and other
         than pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated September 29,
         1995, between Western Publishing Company, Inc. and Heller Financial,
         Inc.) or shares of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock
         other than, in the case of shares of Common Stock, (x) options to
         acquire up to 1,874,300 shares of Common Stock issued to employees of
         the Corporation pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1986 Employee
         Stock Option Plan of the Corporation (the "Stock Option Plan") or (y)
         thereafter approved with the consent of the holders of record of a
         majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock;
         provided, however, that the incurrence of Indebtedness among the
         Corporation and its subsidiaries shall not require such consent;

                  (iii) authorize or effect (A) in one or in a series of two or
         more related transactions, any sale, lease, license, transfer or other
         disposition of assets for consideration in excess of $5,000,000 (other
         than in the ordinary course of business or among the Corporation and
         its subsidiaries); (B) any merger or consolidation or other
         reorganization involving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries
         (other than with one another or in respect of which the aggregate
         consideration paid to or received by the Corporation or its
         subsidiaries is less than $5,000,000) or (C) a liquidation, winding up,
         dissolution or adoption of any plan for the same other than the
         liquidation, winding up, dissolution or adoption of any plan for the
         same of a subsidiary into the Corporation or another subsidiary
         thereof;

                  (iv) authorize or effect, in one or in a series of two or more
         related transactions, (A) any acquisition or lease of assets or (B) any
         license of patent, trademark or other rights relating to any
         intellectual property, in each case, that involves by its terms a per
         annum payment in excess of $5,000,000 as determined in good faith by
         the Corporation's Board of Directors, other than among the Corporation
         and its subsidiaries or in the ordinary course of business; or

                  (v) terminate the employment of the chief executive officer 
         of the Corporation.

                                         IV-7

<PAGE>

For purposes of this Section 4(c), "Indebtedness" means liability for borrowed
money or the deferred purchase price of property or services (except payables
arising in the ordinary course of business) and including any guaranties
thereof.


                  Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (b) or (c) to the
contrary, in the event that the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are held by
more than 10 holders, then (i) the right of the holders of Series B Preferred
Stock to vote separately as a class to elect the Series B Directors shall
terminate, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have the right
to vote together with the holders of Common Stock with respect to the election
of all directors as set forth in paragraph (a) above and (ii) the restrictions
on the Corporation set forth in this paragraph (c) shall terminate, provided
that for purposes of this sentence, each member of GP Holding (other than WPV)
together with the Affiliates of such member shall be deemed to be one holder (if
such member or Affiliate directly owns shares of Series B Preferred Stock) and
WPV and the general partnership that acts as a general partner of WPV together
shall be deemed to be one holder (if any such entity directly owns shares of
Series B Preferred Stock).

                  (d) The Corporation shall not amend, alter or repeal the
preferences, special rights or other powers of the Series B Preferred Stock so
as to affect adversely the Series B Preferred Stock, without the written consent
or affirmative vote of the holders of record of at least a majority of the then
outstanding aggregate number of shares of such adversely affected Series B
Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting
(as the case may be) separately as a class. For this purpose, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the authorization or issuance of any series of
Preferred Stock with preference or priority over, or being on a parity with, the
Series B Preferred Stock as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts
distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation
shall be deemed so to affect adversely the Series B Preferred Stock.

                  5. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock
may be converted at any time from and after the Initial Issuance Date, at the
option of the holder thereof, in the manner hereinafter provided, into
fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, provided, however, that on
any redemption of any Series B Preferred Stock or any liquidation of the
Corporation, the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on
the date fixed for such redemption or for the payment of any amounts
distributable on liquidation to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, as the
case may be 

                                     IV-8
<PAGE>

(unless the Corporation defaults upon the payment due upon such redemption or
liquidation).

                  (a) The applicable conversion rate ("Conversion Rate") and
conversion price ("Conversion Price") of the Series B Preferred Stock from time
to time in effect is subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. The initial
Conversion Rate shall be 500 shares of Common Stock for each one share of Series
B Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion representing an initial Conversion
Price (for purposes of Section 6) of $10.00 per share of Common Stock. Exercise
of the conversion right set forth herein by the exercising holder shall not
extinguish such holder's right to receive, and of the Corporation's obligation
to pay, any and all accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, up to
and including the time of conversion in respect of any shares of Series B

Preferred Stock then being converted. In the event any such accrued but unpaid
dividends are not paid at the time of such conversion, interest on the unpaid
amount of such dividends shall continue to accrue at the rate of 12% per annum,
compounded quarterly, until such amount is paid.

                  (b) The Corporation shall not issue fractions of shares of
Common Stock upon conversion of Series B Preferred Stock or scrip in lieu
thereof. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the
provisions of this paragraph (b), be issuable upon conversion of any Series B
Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall in lieu thereof pay to the person
entitled thereto an amount in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the
Market Price of one share of Common Stock, calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth (1/100) of a share.

                  (c) Whenever the Conversion Rate and Conversion Price shall be
adjusted as provided in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation shall forthwith file
at each office designated for the conversion of Series B Preferred Stock, a
statement, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President or Treasurer of the Corporation, showing in reasonable detail the
facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Rate that will be effective
after such adjustment. The Corporation shall also cause a notice setting forth
any such adjustments to be sent by mail, first class, postage prepaid, to each
holder of record of Series B Preferred Stock at his or its address appearing on
the stock register. If such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an
event referred to in paragraph 6(g), such notice shall be included as part of
the notice required to be mailed and published under the provisions of paragraph
6(g) hereof.

                                     IV-9

<PAGE>

                  (d) In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the holder
of record of any Series B Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender his or
its certificate or certificates therefor to the principal office of the transfer
agent for the Series B Preferred Stock (or if no transfer agent is at the time
appointed, then the Corporation at its principal office), and shall give written
notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the
Series B Preferred Stock represented by such certificates, or any number
thereof. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address) in which
the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall be
issuable on such conversion shall be issued, subject to any restrictions on
transfer relating to shares of the Series B Preferred Stock or shares of Common
Stock upon conversion thereof. If so required by the Corporation, certificates
surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written
instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation,
duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the
Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of the
certificates and notice shall be the conversion date. As soon as practicable
after receipt of such notice and the surrender of the certificate or
certificates for Series B Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall
cause to be issued and delivered at such office to such holder, or on his or its
written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of
Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions

hereof and cash as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 5 in respect of any
fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

                  (e) The Corporation shall at all times when the Series B
Preferred Stock shall be outstanding reserve and keep available out of its
authorized but unissued stock, for the purposes of effecting the conversion of
the Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of
Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion
of all outstanding Series B Preferred Stock. Before taking any action which
would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price below the then par value
of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred
Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion
of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and
legally issue fully-paid and nonassessable shares of such Common Stock at such
adjusted Conversion Price.

                  (f) All shares of Series B Preferred Stock which shall have
been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to
be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights,
if any, to receive notices and 

                                    IV-10

<PAGE>

to vote, shall forthwith cease and terminate except the right of the holder
thereof to receive payment of any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon and
shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor. Any shares of Series B Preferred
Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and
the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be
necessary to reduce the authorized Series B Preferred Stock accordingly.

                  6.  ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS.

                  (a) In order to prevent dilution of the right granted
hereunder, the Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
in accordance with this paragraph 6(a). At any given time the Conversion Price,
whether as the initial price of $10.00 per share or as last adjusted, shall be
that dollar (or part of a dollar) amount the payment of which shall be
sufficient at the given time to acquire one share of Common Stock upon
conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Upon each adjustment of the
Conversion Price pursuant to Section 6, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted
such that the registered holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall
thereafter be entitled to acquire upon exercise, at the Conversion Price
resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares of Common Stock obtainable
by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such
adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable immediately prior
to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the Conversion Price
resulting from such adjustment. For purposes of this Section 6, the term "Number
of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding" at any given time shall mean the sum of (x)
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time, (y) the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable assuming conversion at such time of the
Corporation's Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and (z) the
number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding under subparagraphs

6(b)(1) to (9), inclusive, at such time.

                  (b) Except as provided in paragraph 6(c) or 6(f) below, if and
whenever on or after the Initial Issuance Date, the Corporation shall issue or
sell, or shall in accordance with subparagraphs 6(b)(1) to (9), inclusive, be
deemed to have granted, issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock for a
consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to the time of such grant, issue or sale, then forthwith upon such grant,
issue or sale (the "Triggering Transaction"), the Conversion Price shall,
subject to subparagraphs (1) to (9) of this paragraph 6(b), be reduced to the
Conversion Price (calculated to the nearest tenth of a cent) determined by
dividing:

                                    IV-11

<PAGE>

                  (i) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product derived by
         multiplying the Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately
         prior to such Triggering Transaction by the Conversion Price then in
         effect, plus (y) the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation
         upon consummation of such Triggering Transaction, by

                  (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Number of Common
         Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering
         Transaction, plus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock granted,
         issued or sold (or deemed to be granted, issued or sold in accordance
         with subparagraphs 6(b)(1) to (9) hereof) in connection with such
         Triggering Transaction;

provided, however, that the Conversion Price shall not be so reduced if (A) for
so long as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have the right to elect
one or more Series B Directors pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof or to approve
certain transactions by the Corporation pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof, such
Triggering Transaction involves a grant, issuance or sale of Common Stock to any
GP Holding Party other than ratably to all holders of the Common Stock, and such
Triggering Transaction has not been approved by a majority of the Non-Series B
Directors (other than natural persons who are GP Holding Parties or officers,
directors or employees of entities that are GP Holding Parties) or (B) the
Triggering Transaction involves a grant, issuance or sale of Common Stock that
has not been registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
an investment bank of national standing and reputation, engaged for a fee by the
Corporation pursuant to a written engagement letter, has not been consulted by
the Corporation with respect to the structure of such Triggering Transaction and
participated in the negotiation of such Triggering Transaction.

                  For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price
under this paragraph 6(b), the following subsections (1) to (9), inclusive,
shall be applicable:

                           (1) In case the Corporation at any time shall in any
                  manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or
                  otherwise) any rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any
                  options for the purchase of, (A) Common Stock or (B) any stock

                  or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for
                  Common Stock (such rights or options being herein called
                  "Options" and such convertible or exchangeable stock or
                  securities being herein called "Convertible Securities"),
                  whether or not such 

                                    IV-12

<PAGE>

                  Options or the right to convert or exchange any such
                  Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable, and the
                  price per share for which the Common Stock is issuable upon
                  exercise, conversion or exchange (determined by dividing (x)
                  the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the
                  Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options,
                  plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration,
                  if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all
                  such Options, plus, in the case of such Options which relate
                  to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of
                  additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or
                  sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or
                  exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of
                  Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the
                  conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities) shall
                  be less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior
                  to the granting of such Option, then the total maximum amount
                  of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or
                  in the case of Options which relate to Convertible Securities,
                  upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
                  Securities, shall (as of the date of granting of such Options)
                  be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold
                  by the Corporation for such price per share. No adjustment of
                  the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of
                  such shares of Common Stock or such Convertible Securities
                  upon the exercise of such Options, except as otherwise
                  provided in subparagraph (3) below.

                           (2) In case the Corporation at any time shall in any
                  manner issue (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or
                  otherwise) or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not
                  the rights to exchange or convert thereunder are immediately
                  exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is
                  issuable upon such conversion or exchange (determined by
                  dividing (x) the total amount received or receivable by the
                  Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such
                  Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of
                  additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation
                  upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total
                  maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
                  conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities)
                  shall be less than the Conversion Price in respect of such
                  issue or sale, then the total maximum number of shares of
                  Common Stock 


                                    IV-13

<PAGE>

                  issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible
                  Securities shall (as of the date of the issue or sale of such
                  Convertible Securities) be deemed to be outstanding and to
                  have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price
                  per share. No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made
                  upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon exercise of
                  the rights to exchange or convert under such Convertible
                  Securities, except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (3)
                  below.

                           (3) If the purchase price provided for in any Options
                  referred to in subparagraph (1), the additional consideration,
                  if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any
                  Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraphs (1) or
                  (2), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred
                  to in subparagraph (1) or (2) are convertible into or
                  exchangeable for Common Stock shall change at any time (other
                  than under or by reason of provisions designed to protect
                  against dilution of the type set forth in paragraphs 6(b) or
                  6(d)), the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such
                  change shall forthwith be readjusted to the Conversion Price
                  which would have been in effect at such time had such Options
                  or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such
                  changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion
                  rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted,
                  issued or sold. If the purchase price provided for in any
                  Option referred to in subparagraph (1) or the rate at which
                  any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraphs (1) or
                  (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock,
                  shall be reduced at any time under or by reason of provisions
                  with respect thereto designed to protect against dilution,
                  then in case of the delivery of Common Stock upon the exercise
                  of any such Option or upon conversion or exchange of any such
                  Convertible Security, the Conversion Price then in effect
                  hereunder shall forthwith be adjusted to such respective
                  amount as would have been obtained had such Option or
                  Convertible Security never been issued as to such Common Stock
                  and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of the shares
                  of Common Stock delivered as aforesaid, but only if as a
                  result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect
                  hereunder is hereby reduced.

                           (4) On the expiration of any Option or the
                  termination of any right to convert or exchange any
                  Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price then in 

                                    IV-14

<PAGE>


                  effect hereunder shall forthwith be increased to the
                  Conversion Price which would have been in effect at the time
                  of such expiration or termination had such Option or
                  Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately
                  prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

                           (5) In case any Options shall be issued in connection
                  with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation,
                  together comprising one integral transaction in which no
                  specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the
                  parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been
                  issued without consideration (but shall otherwise be deemed
                  issued for the specific consideration allocated thereto).

                           (6) In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or
                  Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold or deemed to
                  have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received
                  therefor less any underwriting discounts, selling commissions
                  and other expenses paid or incurred in respect of such
                  issuance or sale, shall be deemed to be the amount received by
                  the Corporation therefor. In case any shares of Common Stock,
                  Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for
                  a consideration other than cash, the amount of the
                  consideration other than cash received by the Corporation
                  shall be the fair value of such consideration as determined in
                  good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In
                  case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible
                  Securities shall be issued in connection with any merger in
                  which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount
                  of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the value
                  attributable to such shares in such merger, provided that, to
                  the extent such value is not readily ascertainable, such value
                  shall be the fair value of such consideration as determined in
                  good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                           (7) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
                  at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or
                  for the account of the Corporation, and the disposition of any
                  shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale
                  of Common Stock for the purpose of this paragraph 6(b).

                           (8) In case the Corporation shall declare a dividend
                  or make any other distribution upon the stock of the
                  Corporation (other than dividends payable on the 

                                           IV-15
<PAGE>
                  Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2 hereof) payable
                  in Common Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities (other
                  than a dividend or distribution payable in Common Stock
                  covered by subparagraph 6(c) or 6(d)), then in such case any
                  Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case
                  may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution

                  shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without
                  consideration.

                           (9) For purposes of this paragraph 6(b), in case the
                  Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common
                  Stock for the purpose of entitling them (x) to receive a
                  dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock,
                  Options or in Convertible Securities, or (y) to subscribe for
                  or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities,
                  then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the
                  issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have
                  been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or
                  the making of such other distribution or the date of the
                  granting of such right or subscription or purchase, as the
                  case may be.

                  (c) In the event the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon
the Common Stock payable otherwise than out of earnings or earned surplus,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
including the making of appropriate deductions for minority interests, if any,
in subsidiaries but without increasing the same as a result of any write-up of
assets related to such dividend or any gain from the sale of any capital assets
related to such dividend (herein referred to as "Liquidating Dividends"), then,
the Corporation shall pay to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (in
respect of each share of Class B Preferred Stock), at the time such dividend is
paid to holders of the Common Stock and in addition to any other dividend
required to be paid to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount
equal to the product of the Conversion Rate then in effect and the aggregate
value at such time of all Liquidating Dividends paid in respect of one share of
Common Stock. For the purposes of this paragraph 6(c), a dividend shall be
considered payable out of earnings or earned surplus only if paid in cash and to
the extent that such earnings or earned surplus are charged an amount equal to
the fair value of such dividend as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.

                  (d) In case the Corporation shall at any time subdivide its
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the
Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such 

                                    IV-16
<PAGE>

subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be combined into a
smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such combination shall be proportionately increased.

                  (e) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the
capital stock of the Corporation, or consolidation or merger of the Corporation
with another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets
to another corporation (other than pursuant to a liquidation subject to Section
3 hereof) shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be
entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or
in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization,

reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, lawful and adequate provision
shall be made whereby the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall have the
right to acquire and receive upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock,
which right shall be pari passu with the rights of holders of Parity Stock and
prior to the rights of the holders of Junior Stock (but after and subject to the
rights of holders of Senior Preferred Stock, if any), such shares of stock,
securities, cash or other property issuable or payable (as part of the
reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale) with respect to
or in exchange for such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as would
have been received upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock at the
Conversion Price then in effect. The Corporation will not effect any such
consolidation, merger or sale, unless prior to the consummation thereof the
successor corporation (if other than the Corporation) resulting from such
consolidation or merger or the corporation purchasing such assets shall assume
by written instrument (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock) mailed or
delivered to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at the last address of
each such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, the obligation to
deliver to each such holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in
accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to
purchase.

                  (f) The provisions of this Section 6 shall not apply to any
Common Stock issued or issuable to any person or entity, or deemed outstanding,
under subparagraphs 6(b)(1) to (9) inclusive: (i) on exercise of options
outstanding as of the Initial Issuance Date to acquire up to 1,874,300 shares of
Common Stock issued to employees of the Corporation pursuant to the Stock Option
Plan or any options approved by the holders of record of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii)(y)
hereof, (ii) pursuant to options granted to 

                                    IV-17

<PAGE>

Richard E. Snyder under the Stock Option Plan, as amended by the Corporation's
Board of Directors on January 31, 1996, (iii) on conversion of the Series B
Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, (iv) as a dividend on the Series B
Preferred Stock, or (v) on exercise of the Warrant issued to GP Holding on the
Initial Issuance Date.

                  (g)  In the event that:

                  (1) the Corporation shall declare any cash dividend upon its 
         Common Stock, or

                  (2) the Corporation shall declare any dividend upon its Common
         Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other
         distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, or

                  (3) the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to
         the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any
         class or other rights, or


                  (4) there shall be any capital reorganization or
         reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, including any
         subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock,
         or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with, or sale of all or
         substantially all of its assets to, another individual or entity, or

                  (5) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, 
         liquidation or winding up of the Corporation;

then, in connection with such event, the Corporation shall give to the holders
of the Series B Preferred Stock:

                  (i)      at least ten (10) days' prior written notice of the
                           date on which the books of the Corporation shall
                           close or a record shall be taken for such dividend,
                           distribution or subscription rights or for
                           determining rights to vote in respect of any such
                           reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
                           merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up;
                           and

                  (ii)     in the case of any such reorganization,
                           reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale,
                           dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least
                           twenty (20) days' prior written notice of the date
                           when the same shall take place.  Such notice in
                           accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also
                           specify, in the case of any such dividend,
                           distribution or subscription rights, the date on

                                      IV-18
<PAGE>

                           which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled
                           thereto, and such notice in accordance with the
                           foregoing clause (ii) shall also specify the date on
                           which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled
                           to exchange their Common Stock for securities or
                           other property deliverable upon such reorganization,
                           reclassification consolidation, merger, sale,
                           dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case
                           may be.  Each such written notice shall be given by
                           first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the
                           holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at the
                           address of each such holder as shown on the books of
                           the Corporation.

                  (h) If at any time or from time to time on or after the
Initial Issuance Date, the Corporation shall grant, issue or sell any Options,
Convertible Securities, rights to purchase property or evidences of indebtedness
(the "Purchase Rights") pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common
Stock and such grants, issuances or sales do not result in an adjustment of the
Conversion Price under paragraph 6(b) hereof, then each holder of record of
Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to acquire (within thirty (30) days

after the later to occur of the initial exercise date of such Purchase Rights or
receipt by such holder of the notice concerning Purchase Rights to which such
holder shall be entitled under paragraph 6(g)) and upon the terms applicable to
such Purchase Rights either:

                  (i)      the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could
                           have acquired if it had held the number of shares of
                           Common Stock acquirable upon conversion of the Series
                           B Preferred Stock immediately before the grant,
                           issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights; provided
                           that if any Purchase Rights were distributed to
                           holders of Common Stock without the payment of
                           additional consideration by such holders,
                           corresponding Purchase Rights shall be distributed to
                           the exercising holders of the Series B Preferred
                           Stock as soon as possible after such exercise and it
                           shall not be necessary for the exercising holders of
                           the Series B Preferred Stock specifically to request
                           delivery of such rights; or

                  (ii)     in the event that any such Purchase Rights shall have
                           expired or shall expire prior to the end of said
                           thirty (30) day period, the number of shares of
                           Common Stock or the amount of property which such
                           holder could have acquired upon such exercise 

                                    IV-19

<PAGE>

                           at the time or times at which the Corporation
                           granted, issued or sold such expired Purchase Rights.

                  (i) If any event occurs as to which, in the opinion of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Section 6 are not
strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the
rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the
essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors
shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance
with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights as
aforesaid, but in no event shall any adjustment have the effect of increasing
the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to any of the provisions
of this Section 6 except in the case of a combination of shares of a type
contemplated in paragraph 6(d) and then in no event to an amount larger than the
Conversion Price as adjusted pursuant to paragraph 6(d).

                  7.       REDEMPTION.

                  (a) The Corporation, at its option, may redeem (to the extent
that such redemption shall not violate any applicable provisions of the laws of
the State of Delaware) all or a portion of the shares of Series B Preferred
Stock at a price of $5,000 per share (subject to adjustment in the event of any
stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution or combination with respect to
such shares), plus an amount equal to any dividends thereon cumulated or accrued

but unpaid, whether or not declared (such amount is hereinafter referred to as
the "Redemption Price"), from time to time after the fourth anniversary of the
Initial Issuance Date (any such date of redemption is hereafter referred to as a
"Redemption Date"), if prior to such redemption all accrued but unpaid dividends
on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been paid, provided,
however, that, without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall not redeem
any shares of Class B Preferred Stock so long as any shares of Class A Preferred
Stock remain outstanding.

                  (b) In the event of any redemption of only a part of the then
outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such
redemption pro rata among the holders thereof (based on the number of shares of
Series B Preferred Stock held on the date of notice of redemption).

                  (c) At least thirty (30) days prior to any proposed Redemption
Date, written notice shall be mailed, postage prepaid, 

                                    IV-20

<PAGE>

to each holder of record of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at his or
its post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, notifying
such holder of the number of shares so to be redeemed, specifying the Redemption
Date and the date on which such holder's conversion rights (pursuant to Section
5 hereof) as to such shares terminate and calling upon such holder to surrender
to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his or its
certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (such notice
is hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Notice"). On or prior to each
Redemption Date, each holder of record of Series B Preferred Stock to be
redeemed shall surrender his or its certificate or certificates representing
such shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the
Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be
payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or
certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be
cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such
certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the
unredeemed shares. From and after the Redemption Date, unless there shall have
been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of
the Series B Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice
as holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation (except the right to
receive the Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or
certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not
thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be
outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

                  (d) Except as provided in paragraph (a) above, the Corporation
shall have no right to redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Any shares
of Series B Preferred Stock so redeemed shall be permanently retired, shall no
longer be deemed outstanding and shall not under any circumstances be reissued,
and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action
as may be necessary to reduce the amount of authorized Series B Preferred Stock
accordingly. Nothing herein contained shall prevent or restrict the purchase by

the Corporation, from time to time either at public or private sale, of the
whole or any part of the Series B Preferred Stock at such price or prices as the
Corporation and the selling holders of the Series B Preferred Stock may mutually
determine, subject to the provisions of applicable law.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [Western Publishing Group, Inc.] has
caused this Certificate of Designations, Number, Voting Powers, Preferences and
Rights of Series B Convertible Preferred 

                                    IV-21

<PAGE>

Stock to be duly executed by its ______________ this ____ day of ____________, 
1996.

                                       [WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.]



                                       By:
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                    IV-22

<PAGE>


                             Index of Defined Terms

Affiliates                                      6
Common Stock                                    1
Conversion Price                                8
Conversion Rate                                 8
Convertible Securities                         12
Corporation                                     1

Dividend Date                                   1
Dividend Value                                  2

GP Holding                                      5
GP Holding Parties                              5

Indebtedness                                    7
Initial Issuance Date                           1
Initial Series B Shares                         5

Junior Stock                                    2

Liquidating Dividends                          16

Market Price                                    2

Non-Series B Directors                          5
Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding     11

Parity Stock                                    2

Redemption Date                                20
Redemption Notice                              21
Redemption Price                               20

Senior Preferred Stock                          4
Series A Preferred Stock                        2
Series B Directors                              5
Series B Preferred Stock                        1
Stock Option Plan                               7

Triggering Transaction                         11

WPV                                             5

<PAGE>

                                                             WF&G DRAFT
                                                               1/31/96

                                                                      APPENDIX V

                                FORM OF WARRANT

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON ITS EXERCISE HAVE NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), AND MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR IN
A TRANSACTION WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO
[WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.], QUALIFIES AS AN EXEMPT TRANSACTION UNDER THE
ACT AND THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.


                       [WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.]

                         Common Stock Purchase Warrant

                  [Western Publishing Group, Inc.], a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), hereby certifies that, for value received, Golden Press Holding,
L.L.C. (the "Holder"), or assigns, is entitled, subject to the terms set forth
below, to purchase from the Company, at any time and from time to time during
the period beginning on the earlier to occur of (i) the second anniversary of
the date of issuance hereof and (ii) the date on which a bona fide Business
Combination Proposal (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as
of January 31, 1996, between the Company and the Holder) is publicly announced
or a proxy solicitation for control of the Company's Board of Directors is
initiated by any person or entity other than a Holder Party (as defined in
Section 3.1 hereof)(the "Earliest Exercise Date"), and ending on , 2003, in
whole or in part, an aggregate of 3,250,000 fully paid and non-assessable shares
of the Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price, subject to the
provisions of Paragraph 3 hereof, of $10.00 per share (the "Purchase Price").
The Purchase Price and the number and character of such shares are subject to
adjustment as provided below, and the term "Common Stock" shall mean, unless the
context otherwise requires, the stock or other securities or property at the
time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

                  1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT. The purchase rights evidenced by this
Warrant shall be exercised by the holder surrendering this Warrant, with the
form of subscription at the end hereof duly executed by such holder, to the
Company at its office in New 

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

York, New York, accompanied by payment of an amount (the "Exercise Amount")
equal to the Purchase Price multiplied by the number of shares being purchased
pursuant to such exercise, payable as follows: (i) by payment to the Company in
cash, by certified or official bank check, or by wire transfer of the Exercise
Amount, (ii) by surrender to the Company for cancellation of securities of the
Company having a Market Price (as hereinafter defined) in respect of such

exercise equal to the Exercise Amount, or (iii) by a combination of the methods
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above. In lieu of exercising this Warrant
pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the holder may elect to receive
a payment equal to the difference between (i) the Market Price multiplied by the
number of shares as to which this Warrant is then being exercised and (ii) the
Purchase Price with respect to such shares, payable by the Company to the Holder
only in shares of Common Stock valued at the Market Price in respect of such
exercise, by surrendering this Warrant, with the form of subscription at the end
hereof duly executed by such holder, to the Company at its office in New York,
New York. For purposes hereof, the term "Market Price" shall mean the average
closing price of a share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive trading days
immediately preceding the date of exercise of this Warrant as reported on the
principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock or
securities are listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and
asked prices during such ten trading day period in the over-the-counter market
as reported by the Nasdaq National Market or any comparable system, or, if no
such firm is then engaged in the business of reporting such prices, as reported
by The Wall Street Journal, or, if not so reported, as furnished by any member
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected by the Company
or, if the shares of Common Stock or securities are not publicly traded, the
Market Price for such day shall be the fair market value thereof determined
jointly by the Company and the holder of this Warrant; provided, however, that
if such parties are unable to reach agreement within a reasonable period of
time, the Market Price shall be determined in good faith by an independent
investment banking firm selected jointly by the Company and the holder of this
Warrant or, if that selection cannot be made within ten days, by an independent
investment banking firm selected by the American Arbitration Association in
accordance with its rules, and provided further, that the Company shall pay all
of the fees and expenses of any third parties incurred in connection with
determining the Market Price.

                  1.1 Partial Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised for less
than the full number of shares of Common Stock, in which 

                                      V-2

<PAGE>

case the number of shares receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant as a
whole, and the sum payable upon the exercise of this Warrant as a whole, shall
be proportionately reduced. Upon any such partial exercise, the Company at its
expense will forthwith issue to the holder hereof a new Warrant or Warrants of
like tenor calling for the number of shares of Common Stock as to which rights
have not been exercised, such Warrant or Warrants to be issued in the name of
the holder hereof or its nominee (upon payment by such holder of any applicable
transfer taxes).

                  2. DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES ON EXERCISE. As soon as
practicable after the exercise of this Warrant and payment of the Purchase
Price, and in any event within ten (10) days thereafter, the Company, at its
expense, will cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the holder
hereof a certificate or certificates for the number of fully paid and
non-assessable shares or other securities or property to which such holder shall

be entitled upon such exercise, plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which
such holder would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined in
accordance with Paragraph 3.9 hereof. The Company agrees that the shares so
purchased shall be deemed to be issued to the holder hereof as the record owner
of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant
shall have been surrendered and payment made for such shares as aforesaid.

                  3. ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS. In order to
prevent dilution of the right granted hereunder, the Purchase Price shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Paragraph 3.
Upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Paragraph 3, the
registered Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon
exercise, at the Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of
shares of Common Stock obtainable by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Common Stock
acquirable immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof
by the Purchase Price resulting from such adjustment.

                  3.1. Adjustment for Issue or Sale of Common Stock at Less than
Purchase Price. Except as provided in Paragraph 3.2 or 3.5 below, if and
whenever on or after the date of issuance hereof the Company shall grant, issue
or sell, or shall in accordance with subparagraphs 3.1(1) to (9), inclusive, be
deemed to have granted, issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock for a
consideration per share less than the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior
to the time of such grant, issue or sale, then forthwith upon such grant, issue
or sale (the 

                                      V-3

<PAGE>

"Triggering Transaction"), the Purchase Price shall, subject to subparagraphs
(1) to (9) of this Paragraph 3.1, be reduced to the Purchase Price (calculated
to the nearest tenth of a cent) determined by dividing:

(i) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product derived by multiplying the
Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering
Transaction by the Purchase Price then in effect, plus (y) the consideration, if
any, received by the Company upon consummation of such Triggering Transaction,
by

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Number of Common Shares Deemed
Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering Transaction plus (y) the number
of shares of Common Stock granted, issued or sold (or deemed to be granted,
issued or sold in accordance with subparagraphs 3.1(1) to (9)) in connection
with the Triggering Transaction;

provided, however, that the Purchase Price shall not be so reduced if (i) so
long as the Holder has the right to elect as a class one or more directors of
the Company's Board of Directors or to approve certain transactions by the
Company pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(c), respectively, of the Certificate of
Designations of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series
B Preferred Stock"), such Triggering Transaction involves a grant, issuance or
sale of Common Stock to the Holder, any of its members, any affiliates of such

members (other than of Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. ("WPV")) and the general
partnership that acts as a general partner of WPV (the Holder, its members, such
affiliates and such general partnership being herein collectively referred to as
the "Holder Parties"), other than ratably to all holders of the Common Stock,
and such Triggering Transaction has not been approved by a majority of the
Non-Series B Directors (as defined in said Certificate of Designations and
excluding natural persons who are Holder Parties or officers, directors or
employees of entities that are Holder Parties) or (ii) the Triggering
Transaction involves a grant, issuance or sale of Common Stock that has not been
registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and an investment
bank of national standing and reputation, engaged for fee by the Company
pursuant to a written engagement letter, has not been consulted by the Company
with respect to the structure of such Triggering Transaction and participated in
the negotiation of such Triggering Transaction.

                  For purposes of this Paragraph 3, the term "Number of Common
Shares Deemed Outstanding" 

                                      V-4

<PAGE>

at any given time shall mean the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding at such time, (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
assuming conversion at such time of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and (z) the number of shares of the
Company's Common Stock deemed to be outstanding under subparagraphs 3.1(1) to
(9), inclusive, at such time.

                  For purposes of determining the adjusted Purchase Price under
this Paragraph 3.1, the following subsections (1) to (9), inclusive, shall be
applicable:

                           (1) In case the Company at any time shall in any 
manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any 
rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of,
Common Stock or any stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable
for Common Stock (such rights or options being herein called "Options" and such
convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being herein called "Convertible
Securities"), whether or not such Options or the right to convert or exchange
any such Convertible Securities are immediately exercisable and the price per
share for which the Common Stock is issuable upon exercise, conversion or
exchange (determined by dividing (x) the total amount, if any, received or
receivable by the Company as consideration for the granting of such Options,
plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the
Company upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of such Options
which relate to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of
additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such
Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the
total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities) shall
be less than the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the
granting of such Option, then the total maximum amount of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of such Options, or, in the case of Options which relate to

Convertible Securities, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities, shall (as of the date of granting of such Options) be deemed to be
outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company for such price per
share. No adjustment of the Purchase Price shall be made upon the actual issue
of such shares of Common Stock or such Convertible Securities upon the exercise
of such Options, except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (3) below.

                           (2)  In case the Company at any time shall in any
manner issue (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or 

                                      V-5
<PAGE>

otherwise) or sell any Convertible Securities, whether or not the rights to
exchange or convert thereunder are immediately exercisable, and the price per
share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange
(determined by dividing (x) the total amount received or receivable by the
Company as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities,
plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable
to the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all
such Convertible Securities) shall be less than the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then the total maximum
number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all
such Convertible Securities shall (as of the date of the issue or sale of such
Convertible Securities) be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and
sold by the Company for such price per share. No adjustment of the Purchase
Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon exercise of
the rights to exchange or convert under such Convertible Securities, except as
otherwise provided in subparagraph (3) below.

                           (3)  If the purchase price provided for in any
Options referred to in subparagraph (1), the additional consideration, if any,
payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred
to in subparagraphs (1) or (2), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities
referred to in subparagraph (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for
Common Stock shall change at any time (other than under or by reason of
provisions designed to protect against dilution of the type set forth in
Paragraph 3.1 or 3.3), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of such change
shall forthwith be readjusted to the Purchase Price which would have been in
effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding
provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion
rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. If the
purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in subparagraph (1) or the
rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in subparagraphs (1) or (2)
are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall be reduced at any
time under or by reason of provisions with respect thereto designed to protect
against dilution, then in case of the delivery of Common Stock upon the exercise
of any such Option or upon conversion or exchange of any such Convertible
Security, the Purchase Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be
adjusted to such respective amount as would have been obtained had such Option
or Convertible Security never been issued as to such Common Stock and had
adjustments been made upon the issuance of the shares of Common 


                                      V-6

<PAGE>

Stock delivered as aforesaid, but only if as a result of such adjustment the
Purchase Price then in effect hereunder is hereby reduced.

                           (4)  On the expiration of any Option or the
termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities, the
Purchase Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be increased to the
Purchase Price which would have been in effect at the time of such expiration or
termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding
immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

                           (5)  In case any Options shall be issued in
connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Company, together
comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is
allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed
to have been issued without consideration (but shall otherwise be deemed issued
for the specific consideration allocated thereto).

                           (6)  In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or
Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or
sold for cash, the consideration received therefor, less any underwriting
discounts, selling commissions and other expenses paid or incurred in respect of
such issuance or sale, shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Company
therefor. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities
shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the
consideration other than cash received by the Company shall be the fair value of
such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities
shall be issued in connection with any merger in which the Company is the
surviving corporation, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to
be the value attributable to such shares in such merger, provided that, to the
extent such value is not ascertainable, such value shall be the fair value of
such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company.

                           (7)  The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account
of the Company, and the disposition of any shares so owned or held shall be
considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Paragraph
3.1.
                                      V-7
                                       
<PAGE>

                           (8)  In case the Company shall declare a dividend or
make any other distribution upon the stock of the Company payable in Common
Stock, Options, or Convertible Securities (other than a dividend or distribution
payable in Common Stock covered by Section 3.3 or 3.4), then in such case any
Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in
payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or
sold without consideration.


                           (9)  For purposes of this Paragraph 3.1, in case the
Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose
of entitling them (x) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in
Common Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities, or (y) to subscribe for or
purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date
shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common
Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend
or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such
right or subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

                  3.2. Dividends Not Paid Out of Earnings or Earned Surplus. In
the event the Company shall declare a dividend upon the Common Stock payable
otherwise than out of earnings or earned surplus, determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, including the making of appropriate
deductions for minority interests, if any, in subsidiaries but without
increasing the same as a result of any write-up of assets related to such
dividend or any gain from the sale of any capital assets related to such
dividend (herein referred to as "Liquidating Dividends"), then, the Company
shall pay to the holder of this Warrant, at the time such dividend is paid to
the holders of the Common Stock, an amount equal to the product of (i) the
number of shares of Common Stock that the holder of this Warrant would be
entitled to acquire upon exercise of this Warrant at the Purchase Price then in
effect and (ii) the aggregate value at such time of all Liquidating Dividends
paid in respect of one share of Common Stock. For the purposes of this Paragraph
3.2, a dividend shall be considered payable out of earnings or earned surplus
only if paid in cash and to the extent that such earnings or earned surplus are
charged an amount equal to the fair value of such dividend as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  3.3. Subdivisions and Combinations. In case the Company shall
at any time subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater
number of shares, the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
subdivision shall be 

                                      V-8
<PAGE>
proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding shares of
Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase
Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately
increased.

                  3.4. Reorganization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger
or Sale of Assets. If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the
capital stock of the Company, or consolidation or merger of the Company with
another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to
another corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock
shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with
respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such
reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, lawful and
adequate provision shall be made whereby the holder of this Warrant shall have
the right to acquire and receive upon exercise of this Warrant such shares of
stock, securities, cash or other property issuable or payable (as part of the
reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale) with respect to

or in exchange for such number of outstanding shares of the Company's Common
Stock as would have been received upon exercise of this Warrant at the Purchase
Price then in effect. The Company will not effect any such consolidation, merger
or sale, unless prior to the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if
other than the Company) resulting from such consolidation or merger or the
corporation purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument (in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant) mailed or
delivered to the holder of this Warrant at the last address of such holder
appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such holder
such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing
provisions, such holder may be entitled to purchase.

                  3.5. No Adjustment for Exercise of Certain Options, Warrants,
Etc. The provisions of this Section 3 shall not apply to any Common Stock issued
or issuable to any person or entity, or deemed outstanding, under subparagraphs
3.1(1) to (9) inclusive: (i) on exercise of options outstanding on the date of
issuance hereof to acquire up to 1,874,300 shares of Common Stock issued to
employees of the Company pursuant to the Amended and Restated 1986 Employee
Stock Option Plan of the Company (the "Stock Option Plan") or any options
approved with the consent of the holders of record of a majority of the
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock; (ii) pursuant to options granted
to Richard E. Snyder under the Stock Option Plan, as amended by the Company's
Board of Directors on January 31, 1996; (iii) on conversion of the Series B
Preferred 

                                      V-9

<PAGE>

Stock or the Series A Preferred Stock of the Company; (iv) as a dividend on the
Series B Preferred Stock; or (v) on exercise of this Warrant.

                  3.6.  Notices of Record Date, Etc.  In the event that:

                           (1)  the Company shall declare any cash dividend upon
its Common Stock, or

                           (2)  the Company shall declare any dividend upon its
Common Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution
to the holders of its Common Stock, or

                           (3)  the Company shall offer for subscription pro
rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any
class or other rights, or

                           (4)  there shall be any capital reorganization or
reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, including any subdivision
or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or consolidation or
merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets
to, another corporation, or

                           (5)  there shall be a voluntary or involuntary
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;


then, in connection with such event, the Company shall give to the holder of
this Warrant:

(i) at least ten (10) days' prior written notice of the date on which the books
of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend,
distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect
of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale,
dissolution, liquidation or winding up; and

(ii) in the case of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation,
merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least twenty (20) days'
prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in
accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also specify, in the case of any
such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the
holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in accordance
with the foregoing clause (ii) shall also specify the date on which the holders
of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification
consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, 

                                     V-10
<PAGE>
liquidation or winding up, as the case may be. Each such written notice shall be
given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this
Warrant at the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Company.

                  3.7. Grant, Issue or Sale of Options, Convertible Securities,
or Rights. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date of issuance
hereof, the Company shall grant, issue or sell any Options, Convertible
Securities, rights to purchase property or evidences of indebtedness (the
"Purchase Rights") pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock
and such grants, issuances or sales do not result in an adjustment of the
Purchase Price under Paragraph 3.1 hereof, then the holder of this Warrant shall
be entitled to acquire (within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of the
initial exercise date of such Purchase Rights or receipt by such holder of the
notice concerning Purchase Rights to which such holder shall be entitled under
Paragraph 3.6) and upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights either:

(i) the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if it
had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon exercise of this
Warrant immediately before the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights;
provided that if any Purchase Rights were distributed to holders of Common Stock
without the payment of additional consideration by such holders, corresponding
Purchase Rights shall be distributed to the exercising holder of this Warrant as
soon as possible after such exercise and it shall not be necessary for the
exercising holder of this Warrant specifically to request delivery of such
rights; or

(ii) in the event that any such Purchase Rights shall have expired or shall
expire prior to the end of said thirty (30) day period, the number of shares of
Common Stock or the amount of property which such holder could have acquired
upon such exercise at the time or times at which the Company granted, issued or
sold such expired Purchase Rights.


                  3.8. Adjustment by Board of Directors. If any event occurs as
to which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, the
provisions of this Section 3 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
applicable would not fairly protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant in
accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the
Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such
provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to
protect such rights as aforesaid, but in no event shall any adjustment have the
effect of increasing the 

                                     V-11
<PAGE>
Purchase Price as otherwise determined pursuant to any of the provisions of this
Section 3 except in the case of a combination of shares of a type contemplated
in Paragraph 3.3 and then in no event to an amount larger than the Purchase
Price as adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 3.3.

                  3.9. Fractional Shares. The Company shall not issue fractions
of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant or scrip in lieu
thereof. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the
provisions of this Paragraph 3.9, be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the
Company shall in lieu thereof pay to the person entitled thereto an amount in
cash equal to the current value of such fraction, calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, to be computed (i) if the Common Stock is
listed on any national securities exchange on the basis of the last sales price
of the Common Stock on such exchange (or the quoted closing bid price if there
shall have been no sales) on the date of conversion, or (ii) if the Common Stock
shall not be listed, on the basis of the mean between the closing bid and asked
prices for the Common Stock on the date of conversion as reported by the Nasdaq
National Market, or its successor, and if there are not such closing bid and
asked prices, on the basis of the fair market value per share as determined by
the Board of Directors of the Company.

                  3.10. Officers' Statement as to Adjustments. Whenever the
Purchase Price shall be adjusted as provided in Section 3 hereof, the Company
shall forthwith file at each office designated for the exercise of this Warrant,
a statement, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President or Treasurer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts
requiring such adjustment and the Purchase Price that will be effective after
such adjustment. The Company shall also cause a notice setting forth any such
adjustments to be sent by mail, first class, postage prepaid, to the record
holder of this Warrant at his or its address appearing on the stock register. If
such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to in
Paragraph 3.6, such notice shall be included as part of the notice required to
be mailed and published under the provisions of Paragraph 3.6 hereof.

                  4. NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT. The Company will not, by
amendment of its charter or through reorganization, consolidation, merger,
dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to
avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but
will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and
in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to
protect the rights of the holder hereof 


                                     V-12
<PAGE>

against dilution or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Company will not increase the par value of any shares of stock
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor
upon such exercise, and at all times will take all such action as may be
necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue
fully paid and non-assessable stock upon the exercise of this Warrant.

                  5. RESERVATION OF STOCK, ETC., ISSUABLE ON EXERCISE OF
WARRANTS. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its
authorized but unissued stock, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the
exercise of this Warrant and other similar Warrants, such number of its duly
authorized shares of Common Stock as from time to time shall be issuable upon
the exercise of this Warrant and all other similar Warrants at the time
outstanding.

                  6. REPLACEMENT OF WARRANT. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an
indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount reasonably
satisfactory to it, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and
cancellation thereof, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of
like tenor.

                  7.  REMEDIES.  The Company stipulates that the remedies at law
of the holder of this Warrant in the event of any default by the Company in the
performance of or compliance with any of the terms of this Warrant are not and
will not be adequate, and that the same may be specifically enforced.

                  8.  NEGOTIABILITY, ETC.  This Warrant is issued upon the
following terms, to all of which each taker or owner hereof consents and agrees:

                  (a) Subject to the legend appearing on the first page hereof,
at any time beginning on the Earliest Exercise Date, title to this Warrant may
be transferred by endorsement (by the holder hereof executing the form of
assignment at the end hereof including guaranty of signature) and delivery in
the same manner as in the case of a negotiable instrument transferable by
endorsement and delivery.

                  (b) Subject to Section 8(a), any person in possession of this
Warrant properly endorsed is authorized to represent himself as absolute owner
hereof and is granted power to transfer absolute title hereto by endorsement and
delivery hereof to a 

                                     V-13
<PAGE>
bona fide purchaser hereof for value; each prior taker or owner waives and
renounces all of his equities or rights in this Warrant in favor of every such
bona fide purchaser, and every such bona fide purchaser shall acquire title
hereto and to all rights represented hereby.

                  (c) Until this Warrant is transferred on the books of the

Company, the Company may treat the registered holder of this Warrant as the
absolute owner hereof for all purposes without being affected by any notice to
the contrary.

                  (d) Prior to the exercise of this Warrant, the holder hereof
shall not be entitled to any rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect
to shares for which this Warrant shall be exercisable, including, without
limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to
exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice
of any proceedings of the Company, except, in each case, as provided herein.

                  (e) The Company shall not be required to pay any Federal or
state transfer tax or charge that may be payable in respect of any transfer
involved in the transfer or delivery of this Warrant or the issuance or
conversion or delivery of certificates for Common Stock in a name other than
that of the registered holder of this Warrant or to issue or deliver any
certificates for Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant until any and
all such taxes and charges shall have been paid by the holder of this Warrant or
until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax or
charge is due.

                  9. SUBDIVISION OF RIGHTS. This Warrant (as well as any new
warrants issued pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph) is exchangeable,
upon the surrender hereof by the holder hereof, at the principal office of the
Company for any number of new warrants of like tenor and date representing in
the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of
Common Stock which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

                  10. MAILING OF NOTICES, ETC. All notices and other
communications from the Company to the holder of this Warrant shall be mailed by
first-class certified mail, postage prepaid, to the address furnished to the
Company in writing by the last holder of this Warrant who shall have furnished
an address to the Company in writing.

                                     V-14

<PAGE>

                  11.  HEADINGS, ETC.  The headings in this Warrant are for
purposes of reference only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning
hereof.

                  12.  CHANGE, WAIVER, ETC.  Neither this Warrant nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally but only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

                  13. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Warrant and the rights
evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
successors and assigns of the Company, the holder hereof and (to the extent
provided herein) the holders of shares Common Stock issued upon exercise of this
Warrant, and shall be enforceable by any such holder.

                  14. MODIFICATION AND SEVERABILITY. If, in any action before

any court or agency legally empowered to enforce any provision contained herein,
any provision hereof is found to be unenforceable, then such provision shall be
deemed modified to the extent necessary to make it enforceable by such court of
agency. If any such provision is not enforceable as set forth in the preceding
sentence, the unenforceablilty of such provision shall not affect the other
provisions of this Warrant, but this Warrant shall be construed as if such
unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

                  15.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS WARRANT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND 
ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                          [WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.]


                                          By
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

Dated: _____________


Attest:

____________________

                                     V-15

<PAGE>


         [To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant]



To [Western Publishing Group, Inc.]

         The undersigned, the holder of the within Warrant, hereby irrevocably
elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to
purchase thereunder, ______ shares of Common Stock of [Western Publishing Group,
Inc.] and herewith makes payment of $ ___________________________[specify 
amount of cash and/or number, market value and type of securities being paid 
or whether a cashless exercise is elected], and requests that the certificates 
for such shares be issued in the name of, and be delivered to ________________,
whose address is _______________________________________________.


Dated: ___________________



                  _______________________________
                  (Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as 
specified on the face of the Warrant)



                  _______________________________
                              Address

                                     V-16

<PAGE>


         [To be signed only upon transfer of Warrant]

                                  

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto _______________________________________ the right represented by the 
within Warrant to purchase the _____________ shares of the Common Stock of 
[Western Publishing Group, Inc.] to which the within Warrant relates, and 
appoints ___________________ attorney to transfer said right on the books of
[Western Publishing Group, Inc.] with full power of substitution in the
premises.

Dated:

__________________________



                  _____________________________ 
                  (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as 
specified on the face of the Warrant)


                  _____________________________ 
                            Address


In the presence of


_____________________________

                                     V-17

<PAGE>


Index of Defined Terms

ACT                                             1
Common Stock                                    1
Company                                         1
Convertible Securities                          5
Earliest Exercise Date                          1

Exercise Amount                                 2
Holder                                          1
Holder Parties                                  4
Liquidating Dividends                           8
Market Price                                    2
Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding      4
Purchase Price                                  1
Purchase Rights                                11
Series B Preferred Stock                        4
Stock Option Plan                               9
Triggering Transaction                          4
WPV                                             4

<PAGE>
                                                                     APPENDIX VI

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ __,
1996, is entered into by and among [Western Publishing Group, Inc.], a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Golden Press Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware
limited liability company ("GP Holding").

                  WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to issue to GP Holding, shares
of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock") and a Warrant
(the "Warrant") to purchase shares of its Common Stock ("Common Stock") and to
grant to GP Holding and any subsequent holders of such Preferred Stock and such
Warrant certain rights to have such Preferred Stock, such Warrant and certain
shares of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act").

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the
mutual promises and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree
as follows:

                  SECTION 1.  Definitions.

                  As used in this Agreement:

                  (a) "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Act;

                  (b) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  (c) the term "Holder" shall mean any holder of Registrable
Securities;

                  (d) the term "Initiating Holder" shall mean any Holder or
Holders who in the aggregate are Holders of more than 50% of the then
outstanding Registrable Securities;

                  (e) the terms "register," "registered" and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement in compliance with the Act (and any post-effective amendments filed or
required to be filed) and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such
registration statement;

                                     VI-1
<PAGE>

                  (f) ( the term "Registrable Securities" means (i) any shares
of Preferred Stock, (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of
shares of Preferred Stock, (iii) the Warrant or any portion thereof, (iv) ny
shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant or any portion
thereof and (v) any capital stock of the Company issued as a dividend or other
distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any

securities referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above. For purposes of this
Agreement, a person will be deemed to be a Holder whenever such person has the
right to acquire directly or indirectly Registrable Securities (upon conversion
or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but
disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right),
whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected;

                  (g) "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred
by the Company in compliance with Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof, including, without
limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses and the
expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration
(but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall
be paid in any event by the Company); and

                  (h) "Selling Expenses" shall mean all underwriting discounts
and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and all
fees and disbursements of counsel for each of the Holders.

                   SECTION 2.  Demand Registration.

                  (a)  Request for Registration.  If the Company shall receive
from an Initiating Holder, at any time, a written request that the Company
effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable
Securities, the Company will:

                             (i) within five (5) days of receipt of such
                  request, give written notice of the proposed registration,
                  qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and

                            (ii) as soon as practicable, use its diligent best
                  efforts to effect such registration (including, without
                  limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file
                  post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under
                  applicable blue sky or other state securities 

                                      VI-2

<PAGE>

                  laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations
                  issued under the Act) as may be so requested and as would
                  permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such
                  portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in
                  such request, together with all or such portion of the
                  Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in
                  such request as are specified in a written request received by
                  the Company within ten (10) days after written notice from the
                  Company is given under Section 2(a)(i) above; provided that
                  the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any
                  action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this
                  Section 2:

                                       (x) In any particular jurisdiction in

                           which the Company would be required to execute a
                           general consent to service of process in effecting
                           such registration, qualification or compliance,
                           unless the Company is already subject to service in
                           such jurisdiction and except as may be required by
                           the Act or applicable rules or regulations
                           thereunder; or

                                       (y) After the Company has effected three
                           (3) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2 and
                           such registrations have been declared or ordered
                           effective and the sales of such Registrable
                           Securities shall have closed.

                  The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of
the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below,
include other securities of the Company which are held by officers or directors
of the Company, or which are held by persons who, by virtue of agreements with
the Company, are entitled to include their securities in any such registration,
but the Company shall have no absolute right to include any of its securities in
any such registration.

                  The registration rights set forth in this Section 2 shall be
assignable, in whole or in part, to any transferee of Registrable Securities who
is a transferee of at least 5% of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, a
member of GP Holding, an affiliate of E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc.
("Warburg") or a limited or general partner of an investment fund affiliated
with Warburg, and such transferee shall be bound by all obligations of this
Section 2.

                  (b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to
distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by 

                                      VI-3
<PAGE>

means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their
request made pursuant to Section 2(a).

                  If officers or directors of the Company holding other
securities of the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant
to Section 2, or if holders of securities of the Company other than Registrable
Securities who are entitled, by contract with the Company or otherwise, to have
securities included in such a registration (the "Other Stockholders") request
such inclusion, the Holders shall offer to include the securities of such
officers, directors and Other Stockholders in the underwriting and may condition
such offer on their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this
Section 2. The Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration and
the Company shall (together with all officers, directors and Other Stockholders
proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into
an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the
underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating
Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the
representative advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a

limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the securities of the
Company held by officers or directors (other than Registrable Securities) of the
Company and the securities held by Other Stockholders shall be excluded from
such registration to the extent so required by such limitation. If, after the
exclusion of such shares, further reductions are still required, the number of
shares included in the registration by each Holder shall be reduced on a pro
rata basis (based on the number of shares originally proposed to be registered
by such Holder), by such minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with
such request. No Registrable Securities or any other securities excluded from
the underwriting by reason of the underwriter's marketing limitation shall be
included in such registration. If any of the Holders or any officer, director or
Other Stockholder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided
above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to
withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the
Initiating Holders. The securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from
registration. If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable
Securities or other securities to be underwritten, the Company may include its
securities for its own account in such registration if the representative so
agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities and other securities which
would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will
not thereby be limited.

                                      VI-4

<PAGE>

                       SECTION 3.  Company Registration.

                  (i) Request For Registration. If the Company shall determine
to register any of its equity securities either for its own account or for the
account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand
registration rights, other than a registration relating solely to employee
benefit plans, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145
transaction, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit
secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would
be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of
Registrable Securities, the Company will:

                             (i) promptly give to each of the Holders a written
                  notice thereof which shall describe in reasonable detail the
                  proposed registration and distribution (including those
                  jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to
                  qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other
                  state securities laws); and

                            (ii) include in such registration (and any related
                  qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in
                  any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable
                  Securities specified in a written request or requests, made by
                  the Holders within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the
                  written notice from the Company described in clause (i) above,
                  except as set forth in Section 3(b) below. Such written
                  request may specify all or a part of the Holders' Registrable
                  Securities.


                  (b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company
gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the
Company shall so advise each of the Holders as a part of the written notice
given pursuant to Section 3(a)(i). In such event, the right of each of the
Holders to registration pursuant to this Section 3 shall be conditioned upon
such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such
Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided
herein; provided, however, that GP Holding shall not be required to participate
in such underwriting if GP Holding, or an affiliate of GP Holding who is a
Holder, notifies the Company that it is seeking registration of its shares to
enable it to distribute such shares to its members or to affiliates of Warburg
or limited or general partners of investment funds affiliated with Warburg. The
Holders whose shares are to be included in such registration (other than GP

                                      VI-5

<PAGE>

Holding if GP Holding, or an affiliate of GP Holding who is a Holder, elects not
to participate in such underwriting) shall (together with the Company and the
Other Stockholders distributing their securities through such underwriting)
enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative
of the underwriter or underwriters selected for underwriting by the Company.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, if the representative
determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares
to be underwritten, the representative may (subject to the allocation priority
set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in
the registration and underwriting as the representative deems necessary and
appropriate. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting
registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be
included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the
following manner: The securities of the Company held by officers, directors and
Other Stockholders of the Company (other than Registrable Securities, securities
held by holders who by contractual right demanded such registration ("Demanding
Holders") and securities held by "Holders" under the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of January __, 1996, between the Company, Richard A.
Bernstein, and certain of his affiliates (the "Bernstein Holders")) shall be
excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent required by such
limitation, and, if a limitation on the number of shares is still required, the
number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting by
each of the Holders and the Bernstein Holders (if the Bernstein Holders are not
Demanding Holders) shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis (based on the number of
shares originally proposed to be registered by each such person), by such
minimum number of shares as is necessary to comply with such limitation. If any
of the Holders or any officer, director or Other Stockholder disapproves of the
terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by
written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities or
other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn
from such registration.

                  (c) Number and Transferability. Each of the Holders shall be
entitled to have its shares included in an unlimited number of registrations
pursuant to this Section 3. The registration rights granted pursuant to this

Section 3 shall be assignable, in whole or in part, to any transferee of
Registrable Securities who is a transferee of at least 5% of the then
outstanding Registrable Securities, a member of GP Holding, an affiliate of
Warburg or a limited or general partner of an 

                                      VI-6

<PAGE>

investment fund affiliated with Warburg, and such transferee shall be bound by
all obligations of this Section 3.

                  SECTION 4.  Form S-3 and Shelf Registration.

                  (a) Form S-3. The Company shall use its best efforts to
qualify for registration on Form S-3 for secondary sales. So long as the Company
is so qualified, Holders shall have the right to request unlimited registrations
on Form S-3 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of
shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of
disposition of shares by such holders), subject only to the following:

                             (i) The Company shall not be required to effect a
                  registration pursuant to this Section 4(a) within 120 days of
                  the effective date of the most recent registration pursuant to
                  this Section 4(a) in which securities held by the requesting
                  Holder could have been included for sale or distribution.

                            (ii) The Company shall not be required to effect a
                  registration pursuant to this Section 4(a) if the Company
                  shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the
                  President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating
                  that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of
                  the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company
                  and its stockholders for such registration statement to be
                  filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of
                  such registration statement. In such event, the Company shall
                  have the right to defer the filing of the registration
                  statement no more than once during any twelve (12) month
                  period for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of
                  the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 4(a).

                           (iii) The Company shall not be obligated to effect
                  any registration pursuant to this Section 4(a) in any
                  particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required
                  to execute a general consent to service of process in
                  effecting such registration, qualification or compliance,
                  unless the Company is already subject to service in such
                  jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Act or
                  applicable rules or regulations thereunder.

                  The Company shall, within five (5) days of receipt of request
for registration pursuant to this Section 4(a), give 

                                      VI-7


<PAGE>

written notice to all Holders of the receipt of such request and shall provide a
reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration,
provided that if the registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of
Section 2(b) shall apply to all participants in such offering. Subject to the
foregoing, the Company will use its diligent best efforts to effect promptly the
registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent
requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition.

                  (b) Shelf Registration. If the Company shall receive from an
Initiating Holder, at any time, a written request that the Company effect a
registration pursuant to Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Act, that
would permit the sale of all or a part of the Registrable Securities from time
to time:

                             (i) The Company shall use its best efforts to file
                  with the Commission and thereafter to cause to be declared
                  effective as promptly as practicable a registration statement
                  on an appropriate form under the Act as reasonably determined
                  by the Company relating to the offer and sale of the
                  Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time
                  pursuant to Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Act, in
                  accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such
                  registration statement (a "Shelf Registration Statement").

                            (ii) The Company shall use its best efforts to keep
                  the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in
                  order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be
                  usable by Holders for a period of 18 months from the effective
                  date thereof or such shorter period that will terminate when
                  all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf
                  Registration Statement have been sold. Notwithstanding any
                  other provision hereof, the Company may postpone or suspend
                  the filing or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
                  Statement (or any amendments or supplements thereto) if (i)
                  such action is required by applicable law, or (ii) such action
                  is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business
                  reasons (not including avoidance of the Company's obligations
                  hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of
                  assets, other pending corporate developments, public filings
                  with the Commission or other similar events, so long as the
                  Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of
                  Section 6(a)(v) hereof, if applicable. The Company shall be
                  deemed not to have used its best 

                                      VI-8

<PAGE>

                  efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective
                  during the requisite period if it intentionally takes any
                  action not contemplated by clause (i) or (ii) above that would

                  result in holders of Registrable Securities covered thereby
                  not being able to offer and sell such Registrable Securities
                  during the period.

                  SECTION 5. Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses
incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance
pursuant to this Agreement shall be borne by the Company, and all Selling
Expenses shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata
on the basis of the number of their shares so registered.

                            SECTION 6.  Registration Procedures.

                           (a)  In the case of each registration effected by the
Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will:

                             (i) provide the Holders of Registrable Securities
                  to be registered under the registration statement, their
                  underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and
                  accountants, a reasonable opportunity to participate in the
                  preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus
                  included therein or filed with the Commission, and each
                  amendment thereof or supplement thereto (reflecting in each
                  such document such comments as such persons may reasonably
                  propose), and provide each of them such access to its books
                  and records and such opportunities to discuss the business of
                  the Company with its officers and the independent public
                  accountants who have certified its financial statements as
                  shall be necessary, in the opinion of such Holders' and such
                  underwriters' respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable
                  investigation within the meaning of the Act;

                            (ii) notify each Holder as to the filing of the
                  registration statement and of all amendments or supplements
                  thereto filed prior to the effective date of such registration
                  statement;

                           (iii) notify each Holder, promptly after it shall
                  receive notice thereof, of the time when such registration
                  statement becomes effective or when any amendment or
                  supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such
                  registration statement has been filed;

                                      VI-9

<PAGE>

                            (iv) notify each Holder promptly of any request by
                  the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such
                  registration statement or prospectus or for additional
                  information;

                             (v) prepare and promptly file with the Commission,
                  and promptly notify each Holder of the filing of, any
                  amendments or supplements to such registration statement or

                  prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or
                  omissions if, at any time when a prospectus relating to the
                  Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the
                  Act, any event with respect to the Company shall have occurred
                  as a result of which any such prospectus or any other
                  prospectus as then in effect would include an untrue statement
                  of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
                  necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light
                  of the circumstances under which they were made, not
                  misleading, and, in addition, prepare and file with the
                  Commission, promptly upon the written request of any Holder,
                  any amendments or supplements to such registration statement
                  or prospectus which may be reasonably necessary or advisable
                  in connection with the distribution of the Registrable
                  Securities;

                            (vi) prepare promptly upon request of the Holders or
                  any underwriters for the Holders such amendment or amendments
                  to such registration statement and such prospectus or
                  prospectuses as may be reasonably necessary to permit
                  compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the
                  Act;

                           (vii) advise each Holder promptly after the Company
                  shall receive notice or obtain knowledge of the issuance of
                  any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness
                  of any such registration statement or amendment thereto or of
                  the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that
                  purpose, and promptly use its best efforts to prevent the
                  issuance of any stop order or obtain its withdrawal promptly
                  if such stop order should be issued;

                          (viii) use its best efforts to qualify as soon as
                  reasonably practicable the Registrable Securities included in
                  the registration statement for sale under the blue sky or
                  other state securities laws of such states and jurisdictions
                  within the United States as shall be reasonably requested by
                  any Holder, provided 

                                     VI-10

<PAGE>

                  that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith
                  or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business, to become
                  subject to taxation or to file a consent to service of process
                  generally in any of the aforesaid states or jurisdictions;

                            (ix) furnish each Holder, as soon as available,
                  copies of any registration statement and each preliminary or
                  final prospectus, or supplement or amendment required to be
                  prepared pursuant hereto, all in such quantities as any Holder
                  may from time to time reasonably request;


                             (x) furnish, at the request of any Holder
                  requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to
                  this Agreement, on the date that such Registrable Securities
                  are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with
                  a registration pursuant to this Agreement, if such securities
                  are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are
                  not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the
                  registration statement with respect to such securities becomes
                  effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel
                  representing the Company for the purposes of such
                  registration, in form and substance as is customarily given by
                  company counsel to the underwriters in an underwritten public
                  offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the
                  holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and
                  (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the independent certified
                  public accountant of the Company, in form and substance as is
                  customarily given by independent certified public accountants
                  to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed
                  to the underwriters, if any, and, if customarily given to
                  holders of securities to be sold in a registration, to the
                  Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities;

                            (xi) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with
                  all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and
                  make available to its security holders as soon as reasonably
                  practicable, but not later than 16 months after the effective
                  date of the registration statement, an earnings statement
                  covering a period of at least twelve (12) months beginning
                  after the effective date of the registration statement, which
                  earnings statement shall satisfy the provision of Section
                  11(a) of the Act; and

                                              VI-11

<PAGE>

                           (xii) enter into and perform an underwriting
                  agreement with the managing underwriter, if any, selected as
                  provided in Section 2(b) or 3(b), containing customary (y)
                  terms of offer and sale of the securities, payment provisions,
                  underwriting discounts and commissions, and (z)
                  representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, terms and
                  conditions, provided that the Holders may, at their option,
                  require that any or all of the representations and warranties
                  by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to
                  and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to
                  and for the benefit of such Holders and that any or all of the
                  conditions precedent to the obligations of the Company shall
                  also be conditions precedent to the obligations of such
                  Holders, and provided further that such Holders shall not be
                  required to make any representations or warranties to or
                  agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than
                  representations, warranties or agreements regarding such
                  Holders and such Holders' intended method of distribution and

                  any other representation required by law.

                  (b) At its expense, the Company will: keep each registration
effected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement effective for a period of
nine (9) months or until the Holders have completed the distribution described
in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs;
provided, however, that in the case of any registration of Registrable
Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or
delayed basis, such nine-month period shall be extended until all such
Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule
under the Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and
provided further that applicable rules under the Act governing the obligation to
file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective
amendment which (y) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a) of the Act
or (z) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in
the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by
reference in the registration statement of information required to be included
in (y) and (z) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to
Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

                                     VI-12

<PAGE>

                            SECTION 7.  Indemnification.

                  (a)  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will
indemnify each of the Holders, each of its officers, directors, partners,
members, managers, agents, representatives and affiliates of the foregoing, each
underwriter (as defined in the Act), if any, and each person controlling each of
the Holders or such underwriter within the meaning of the Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder, with respect to each registration which has been
effected pursuant to this Agreement, against all claims, losses, damages and
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any
untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in
any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related
registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such
registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged
omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the
Company of the Act or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the
Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection
with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will reimburse each
of the Holders, each of its officers, directors, partners, members, managers,
agents, representatives and their affiliates, each such underwriter and each
person controlling any such Holder or underwriter, for any legal and any other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending any
such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will
not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage,
liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or
omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Holders
or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

                  (b)  To the extent permitted by law, each of the Holders will,

if Registrable Securities held by it are included in the securities as to which
such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the
Company, each of its directors, officers, agents and representatives and each
underwriter, if any, and each person controlling the Company or such
underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration
statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document made by such Holder,
or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements by such Holder therein
not misleading, and will 

                                     VI-13
<PAGE>

reimburse the Company and such directors, officers, agents, representatives,
underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably
incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss,
damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent,
that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged
omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular
or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use
therein; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Holders, and provided further that the obligations of each of the
Holders hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such
Holder of securities sold as contemplated herein.

                  (c)  Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section
7 (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such Indemnified Party
has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall
permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying
Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting
therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not
unreasonably be withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such
defense at such party's expense (unless the Indemnified Party shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in such action, in which case the
fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party),
and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as
provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations
under this Section 7 unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced
thereby. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation,
shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of
any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such
Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or
litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding
itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request
in writing and as shall 


                                     VI-14

<PAGE>

be reasonably required in connection with the defense of such claim and
litigation resulting therefrom.

                  (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified
Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to
herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified
Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations, provided, however, that the obligations of each Holder shall be
limited to an amount equal to the proceeds to such Holder from the sale of
Registrable Securities as contemplated herein. The relative fault of the
Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified
Party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person guilty
of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Act), shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of
such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten public offering
contemplated by this Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions,
the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall be controlling.

                  (f)  The foregoing indemnity agreements are subject to the
condition that, insofar as they relate to any loss, claim, liability or damage
made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended
prospectus on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement in
question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the Commission
pursuant to Commission Rule 424(b) (the "Final Prospectus"), such indemnity
agreement shall not inure to the benefit of any underwriter if a copy of the
Final Prospectus was furnished to the underwriter and was not furnished to the
person asserting the loss, liability, claim or 

                                     VI-15
<PAGE>

damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Act.

                  (g)  The obligations of the Company and the Holders under this
Section 7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities

in a registration statement under this Agreement and otherwise.

                  (h)  The foregoing indemnity agreements shall include
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by the Indemnified Party in any
action or proceeding between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party or
between the Indemnified Party and any third party or otherwise.

                  SECTION 8.  Information by the Holders.  Each of the Holders
shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the
distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in
writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration,
qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9.  Rule 144 Reporting.  With a view to making
available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which
may permit the sale of restricted securities to the public without registration,
the Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts:

                  (a)  make and keep public information available, as those
terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Act;

                  (b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports
and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the Exchange Act;
and

                  (c) furnish to any Holder upon request, (i) a written
statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of
Rule 144, the Act and the Exchange Act, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or
quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission and such other reports
and documents so filed by the Company and (iii) such other information as a
Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of
the Commission allowing such Holder to sell any such securities without
registration.

                  SECTION 10.  Assignability.  The rights to cause the Company
to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this 

                                     VI-16

<PAGE>

Agreement may be assigned by a Holder to any transferee or assignee of
Registrable Securities who is a transferee or assignee of at least 5% of the
then outstanding Registrable Securities, a member of GP Holding, an affiliate of
Warburg or a limited or general partner of an investment fund affiliated with
Warburg. The Company may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations
hereunder without the prior written consent of all the Holders.

                  SECTION 11.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                  SECTION 12.  Amendment.  Any modification, amendment or waiver
of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be in writing and executed by
the Company and the Holders of not less than 50% of the Registrable Securities

then outstanding, provided, however, that no such modification, amendment or
waiver shall reduce the aforesaid percentage of Registrable Securities without
the consent of all of the Holders of the Registrable Securities.

                  SECTION 13.  Notices.  All notices, requests, consents and
demands shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, mailed, postage
prepaid, telecopied or telegraphed or delivered by any nationally recognized
overnight delivery service to the Company at:

                           to the Company:

                           [Western Publishing Group, Inc.]
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           Suite 601
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy:  (212) 888-5025
                           Attn:  Richard A. Bernstein

                           with a copy to:

                           James A. Cohen, Esq.
                           Senior Vice President - Legal Affairs
                           [Western Publishing Group, Inc.]
                           444 Madison Avenue
                           New York, New York  10022
                           Telecopy:  (212) 888-5025

                                     VI-17

<PAGE>

                           and a copy to:

                           Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
                           One Chase Manhattan Plaza
                           New York, New York  10028
                           Telecopy: (212) 530-5219
                           Attn: Lawrence Lederman, Esq.

and to each Holder at such address set forth on the signature page hereof or as
shall be furnished in writing to the Company. All such notices, requests,
demands and other communication shall, when mailed (registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepared), personally delivered, or
telegraphed, be effective four (4) days after deposit in the mails, when
personally delivered, or when delivered to the telegraph company, respectively,
addressed as aforesaid, unless otherwise provided herein and, when telecopied or
delivered by any nationally recognized overnight delivery service, shall be
effective upon actual receipt.

                  SECTION 14. Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree
that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of
this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or
were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be
entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement

and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the
United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any
other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

                  SECTION 15.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one instrument.

                  SECTION 16.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement
or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 17.  Headings.  The various headings of this Agreement
are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement or any provisions hereof or thereof.

                                     VI-18

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 18.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the
entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersedes any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect
thereto.
                                     VI-19

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each of the undersigned
parties has executed this Agreement effective for all purposes as of the date
first above written.


                                       [WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.]



                                       By: 
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       GOLDEN PRESS HOLDING, L.L.C.

                                       By: WARBURG, PINCUS VENTURES, L.P
                                       Member



                                            By:
                                                ---------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:


                                       Address for notices:

                                       Golden Press Holding, L.L.C.
                                       c/o Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P.
                                       466 Lexington Avenue
                                       New York, New York  10017
                                       Telecopy:  (212) 878-9351
                                       Attn:  Joanne R. Wenig

                                       with a copy to:

                                       Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                                       153 East 53rd Street
                                       New York, New York  10022
                                       Telecopy:  (212) 821-8111
                                       Attn:  Jack H. Nusbaum, Esq.

                                     VI-20





<PAGE>
                                                                APPENDIX VII


                         EXECUTIVE OFFICER BONUS PLAN
                         ----------------------------

                        WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
                         Executive Officer Bonus Plan


                  1.  Purpose. The purpose of the Executive Officer Bonus Plan
(the "Plan") is to advance the interests of Western Publishing Group, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and its stockholders by providing
incentives in the form of periodic cash bonus awards to certain senior executive
officers of the Company.

                  2.  Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Committee"), as such committee is from time to time constituted. The Committee
may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee
thereof consisting solely of at least two "outside directors", as defined under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  The Committee has all the powers vested in it by the terms of
the Plan set forth herein, such powers to include the exclusive authority to
select the employees and other individuals to be granted bonus awards
("Bonuses") under the Plan, to determine the size and terms of the Bonus to be
made to each individual selected, to modify the terms of any Bonus that has been
granted (except with respect to any modification which would increase the amount
of compensation payable to a "Covered Employee," as such term is defined in
Section 162(m) of the Code), to determine the time when Bonuses will be awarded,
to establish performance objectives in respect to Bonuses and to certify that
such performance objectives were attained. The Committee is authorized to
interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations
relating to the Plan, and to make any other determinations which it deems
necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may
correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the
Plan in the manner and to the extent the Committee deems necessary or desirable
to carry it into effect. Any decision of the Committee in the interpretation and
administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and
absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties
concerned. No member of the Committee and no officer of the Company shall be
liable for anything done or omitted to be done by him or her, by any other
member of the Committee or by any officer of the company in connection with the
performance of duties under the Plan, except for his or her own willful
misconduct or as expressly provided by statute.

                                     VII-1
<PAGE>
                  3. Participation.  The Committee shall have exclusive power
(except as may delegated as permitted herein) to select the senior executives
of the Company who may participate in the Plan and be granted Bonuses under

the Plan ("Participants"); provided that prior to the first purchase of
securities of the Company by Golden Press Holdings LLC, the only person


who may be designated by the Committee to become a Participant is
Richard E. Snyder.

   
                  4. Bonuses under the Plan.

                           (a) The Committee may in its discretion award a
Bonus to a Participant for any fiscal year of the Company (a "Year") under the
terms and conditions of this Section 4. Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of
this Section 4, the amount of a Participant's Bonus shall be an amount (the
"Maximum Bonus") determinable from written performance goals approved by the
Committee not later than 90 days following the beginning of the Year to which
such goals relate and while the outcome is substantially uncertain. The
performance goals and formula applicable to each affected Participant shall be
set forth in a written schedule established by the Committee (the "Bonus
Schedule"). The performance goals, which must be objective, shall be based on
the Company's actual versus budgeted earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization. The Bonus Schedule shall specify the manner in
which the Maximum Bonuses shall be determined if the performance goals are met
and the period or periods to which the performance goals apply.
    

                           (b) The performance goals and Maximum Bonus
applicable to any affected Participant may be adjusted in the discretion of the
Committee in order to reflect a change in accounting method mandated by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board, or such other adjustment as the Committee
determines to be proper and may be made without a loss of deductibility of
Bonuses under Section 162(m) of the Code. The previous sentence shall be applied
in a manner which does not increase the amount of any Maximum Bonus, as
calculated without giving effect to the change in accounting method.

                           (c) The Committee shall determine whether the
performance goals have been met with respect to any affected Participant and, if
they have, so certify and ascertain the amount of the applicable Maximum Bonus.
No Bonuses will be paid until such certification is made by the Committee. The
amount of the Bonus actually paid to any affected Participant may be less than
the Maximum Bonus at the discretion of the Committee, but shall be no greater
than the amount of such Participant's Maximum Bonus. No Bonus shall be paid
unless the material terms of the Bonus, including the performance goals
applicable thereto, have been disclosed to and approved by the shareholders of
the Company in a manner designed to comply with the requirements of Section
162(m) of the Code.

                           (d) The provisions of this Section 4 shall be
administered and interpreted in accordance with Section 162(m) of 

                                     VII-2
<PAGE>
the Code to  ensure the deductibility by the Company or its affiliates of the
payment of  Bonuses.

                           (e) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
Contrary, in no event may a Participant's Maximum Bonus for any Year exceed $2

million.


                  5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

                           (a) No employee of the Company or other person
shall have any claim or right to be paid a Bonus under the Plan. Determinations
made by the Committee under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made
selectively among eligible individuals under the Plan, whether or not such
eligible individuals are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action
taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee or other person any
right to continue to be employed by or perform services for the Company or any
affiliate, and the right to terminate the employment of or performance of
services by any Participant at any time and for any reason is specifically
reserved to the Company and its affiliates, subject to the provisions of any
applicable employment agreement.

                           (b) Except as may be approved by the Committee, a
Participant's rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or
transferred, hypothecated or encumbered in whole or in part either directly or
by operation of law or otherwise (except in the event of a Participant's death)
including, but not by way of limitation, execution, levy, garnishment,
attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner; provided, however, that,
subject to applicable law, any amounts payable to any Participant hereunder are
subject to reduction to satisfy any liabilities owed to the Company or any of
its affiliates by the Participant.

                           (c) The Company and its affiliates shall have the
right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any federal, state, local
or foreign income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to
such payment.

                           (d) The Company is the sponsor and legal obligor
under the Plan, and shall make all payments hereunder, other than any payments
to be made by any of its affiliates, which shall be made by such affiliate, as
appropriate. Nothing herein is intended to restrict the Company from charging an
affiliate that employs a Participant for all or a portion of the payments made
by the Company hereunder. The Company shall not be required to establish any
special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure
the payment of any amounts under the Plan, and the rights of Participants to the
payment of Bonuses hereunder shall be no greater than the rights of the
company's unsecured general creditors. All expenses involved in administering
the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

                                     VII-3
<PAGE>
                           (e) The validity, construction, interpretation,
administration and effect of the Plan and rights relating to the Plan and to
Bonuses granted under the Plan, shall be governed by the substantive laws, but
not the choice of law rules, of the State of Delaware.

                           (f) The Plan shall be effective as of February 1,
1996, subject to the receipt of shareholder approval prior to the payment of any
Bonuses in accordance with the last sentence of Section 4(c).

                  6. Plan Amendment or Suspension.  The Plan may be
amended or suspended in whole or in part at any time and from time to time

by the Committee.



                  7. Plan Termination.  The Plan shall terminate upon
the adoption of a resolution of the Committee terminating the
Plan.
                  8. Actions and Decision Regarding the Business or Operations
of the Company and/or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
the contrary, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates nor their respective
officers, directors, employees or agents shall have any liability to any
Participant (or his or her beneficiaries or heirs) under the Plan or otherwise
on account of any action taken, or not taken, in good faith by any of the
foregoing persons with respect to the business or operations of the Company or
any affiliates.


                                     VII-4


<PAGE>
                                                                APPENDIX VIII

                              CHARTER AMENDMENTS
                              ------------------

1.       Article FIRST of the Amended and Restated Certificate of
         Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended in its
         entirety to read as follows:

   

                           "FIRST:  The name of the corporation (the
                  "Corporation") is Golden Books Family Entertainment,
                  Inc."
    

2.       Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of
         Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended in its
         entirety to read as follows:

                           "FOURTH: The Corporation shall have the authority to
                  issue 60,200,000 shares, consisting of 60,000,000 shares of
                  common stock, par value $.01, and 200,000 shares of preferred
                  stock, without par value. The Board of Directors may authorize
                  the issuance from time to time of preferred stock in one or
                  more series and with such designations, preferences, relative,
                  participating, optional and other special rights, and
                  qualifications, limitations or restrictions (which may differ
                  with respect to each series) as the Board may fix by
                  resolution."

                                    VIII-1


<PAGE>
                                                            APPENDIX IX

                              FAIRNESS OPINION OF
                           BEAR, STEARNS & CO., INC.
                           -------------------------

January 31, 1996


Board of Directors
Western Publishing Group, Inc.
444 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10222

Dear Sirs and Madame:

We understand that Western Publishing Group, Inc. ("Western Publishing" or the
"Company") intends to enter into a transaction with E.M. Warburg Pincus
Ventures, L.P. ("Warburg Pincus") and Mr. Richard E. Snyder (collectively, the
"Warburg Pincus Group"), pursuant to which, among other things, a newly formed
affiliate of the Warburg Pincus Group would purchase, for a purchase price of
$65 million which will be paid in cash, shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock of Western Publishing with an aggregate redemption value of $65 million
(the "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock") and a Warrant (the "Warrant") to
purchase 3,250,000 shares of Common Stock of Western Publishing, all as more
fully described below and in the draft of the Securities Purchase Agreement
referred to below (collectively, the "Securities Issuance"). We further
understand that in connection with the Securities Issuance, Western Publishing
has agreed to reimburse the Warburg Pincus Group for up to $4 million of
investment banking, legal and other expenses. In addition, we understand that
the Company intends to redeem its currently outstanding shares of its Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock due March 31, 1996 for approximately $10 million.

The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would (i) entitle its holder to receive
annual dividends at a rate of 780,000 shares of Common Stock of Western
Publishing (subject to certain adjustments based on the prevailing market value
of the shares of Common Stock when received) for four years and at 12.0% in cash
(or accruing at 12.0%) thereafter, (ii) be convertible into shares of Common
Stock of Western Publishing at a conversion price of $10.00, (iii) be redeemable
at the option of the Company after four years and (iv) have the right to elect
one-third of the Western Publishing directors voting separately as a class as
well as to vote with the other stockholders in the election of all other
directors, subject to certain limitations. The Warrant would be exercisable
after two years, have a term of seven years and would be exercisable, in whole
or in part, at a price of $10.00 per share (or in lieu thereof, the holder of
the Warrant 
                                     IX-1
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
January 31, 1996
Page 2



may elect to receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the exercise
price and the prevailing market price of the shares of Common Stock of Western
Publishing multiplied by the number of shares for which the Warrant is
exercisable and with respect to which this cash option is exercised).

You have asked us to render our opinion as to whether the consideration to be
received by the Company pursuant to the Securities Issuance is fair, from a
financial point of view, to Western Publishing. In that connection, we are not
opining as to any other transactions or contractual arrangements to be entered
into or payments to be made by or to Western Publishing or any other person
concurrently with the Securities Issuance.

In the course of performing our valuation and financial analyses for rendering
this opinion, we have:

1.       Reviewed drafts of the Securities Purchase Agreement Between
         Golden Press Holdings, L.L.C. and Western Publishing Group,
         Inc.; the Certificate of Designations, Number, Voting
         Powers, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock
         of Western Publishing Group, Inc.; the Form of Warrant; the
         Registration Rights Agreement; and certain related
         agreements;

2.       Reviewed Western Publishing's Annual Reports to Shareholders for the
         fiscal years ended on or about January 31, 1993 through 1995; its
         Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended on or about
         January 31, 1993 through 1995; and its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
         for the periods ended April 29, 1995, July 29, 1995 and October 28,
         1995;

3.       Reviewed certain operating and financial information, including budgets
         and current estimates for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996) provided
         to us by the Company's senior management, relating to Western
         Publishing's businesses and prospects.

4.       Met with certain members of Western Publishing's senior management to
         discuss the Company's businesses and operations, previous restructuring
         initiatives, historical financial performance, estimated financial
         performance for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996), current financial
         condition and liquidity, expected capital requirements and future
         prospects;

5.       Met with Mr. Snyder and Warburg Pincus to discuss their
         prospective business strategy for Western Publishing and

                                     IX-2
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
January 31, 1996
Page 3

         their views of the Company's corporate and operating management,
         previous business strategies, businesses and operations, previous
         restructuring initiatives, historical financial performance, estimated

         financial performance for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996), current
         financial condition and liquidity, expected capital requirements and
         future prospects;

6.       Reviewed the historical prices, trading activity and valuation
         parameters of the shares of Common Stock of Western Publishing and
         the Company's 7.65% Senior Notes due 2002;

7.       Reviewed publicly available financial data, stock market performance
         data and valuation parameters of certain companies which we deemed
         generally comparable to Western Publishing;

8.       Reviewed the terms of selected precedent investment transactions, to
         the extent publicly available, which we deemed generally comparable
         to the Securities Issuance;

9.       Reviewed the terms of selected precedent mergers and acquisitions, to
         the extent publicly available, involving companies which we deemed
         generally comparable to Western Publishing;

10.      Reviewed the terms of selected issuances of convertible preferred
         stock in the public securities market; and

11.      Conducted such other studies, analyses, inquiries and investigations
         as we deemed appropriate.

In the course of our review, we have relied upon and assumed the accuracy and
completeness of the financial and other information provided to us by Western
Publishing and representations of the Company's senior management related
thereto. With respect to the Company's budgets and current estimates, we have
assumed that they have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best
currently available estimates and judgments of the senior management of Western
Publishing as to the expected future performance of Western Publishing. We have
been informed by the senior management of the Company that no budget or forecast
is available for Fiscal 1997 (FYE February 1, 1997). We have not assumed any
responsibility for the information or current estimates provided to us and we
have further relied upon the assurances of the senior management of Western
Publishing that it is unaware of any facts that would make the information
provided 

                                     IX-3
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
January 31, 1996
Page 4

to us incomplete or misleading. In arriving at our opinion, we have
not performed or obtained any independent appraisal of the assets of Western
Publishing. Our opinion is necessarily based on economic, market and other
conditions, and the information made available to us, as of the date hereof.

In rendering our opinion, we have considered (i) the reaction of the stock
market and certain major shareholders to previous proposed transactions between
Western Publishing and the Warburg Pincus Group which had been publicly

disclosed during the Fall of 1995 and the potential positive impact on the
prices of the Company's equity and debt securities of new senior management;
(ii) the Company's recent financial performance, current financial condition and
future prospects; (iii) the potential negative impact on the prices of Western
Publishing's equity and debt securities of the Company's expected financial
performance for Fiscal 1996 (FYE February 3, 1996) in the absence of the
proposed transaction with the Warburg Pincus Group or another similar
extraordinary transaction; (iv) the fact that (a) no other potential equity
investors or strategic acquirors have made a formal investment or acquisition
proposal to the Company since the public announcement of the original agreement
in principle between Western Publishing and Warburg Pincus on September 6, 1995
and (b) the Company had failed to effect a sale transaction or similar
extraordinary transaction despite various discussions with potential financial
and strategic buyers throughout 1995 and during a public auction conducted
during 1994; (v) the Company's prospects for raising debt and/or equity in the
public and private capital markets; and (vi) various terms and conditions of the
Securities Issuance, including that (x) the Securities Issuance will be subject
to a vote of the Company's shareholders, (y) the "no solicitation" and
"termination" provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement Between Golden
Press Holdings, L.L.C. and Western Publishing Group, Inc. provide the Board of
Directors of the Company with the flexibility to exercise its fiduciary duty to
pursue certain alternative transactions in lieu of the Securities Issuance and
(z) the irrevocable proxies granted by Richard A. Bernstein and his affiliates
to Warburg Pincus as condition to the Securities Issuance.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that the consideration
to be received by the Company pursuant to the Securities Issuance is fair, from
a financial point of view, to Western Publishing.

We have acted as financial advisor to Western Publishing in connection with the
Securities Issuance and will receive a fee for such services, payment of a
significant portion of which is 

                                     IX-4
<PAGE>
Board of Directors
January 31, 1996
Page 5

contingent upon the consummation of the Securities Issuance. Previously, in
November 1993, Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated ("Morgan
Stanley") were jointly engaged by Western Publishing to assist the Company as
its financial advisors in responding to "several companies expressing a desire
to discuss a business combination." Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley were charged
with "exploring all alternatives to maximize shareholder value." Although such
efforts by Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley did not produce any offers for the
Company in its entirety, Western Publishing did sell its games and puzzles
business to Hasbro, Inc. In connection with the aforementioned sale of the games
and puzzles business, Bear Stearns and Morgan Stanley were each paid a customary
transaction fee. In September 1992, Bear Stearns lead-managed, with Morgan
Stanley as co-manager, Western Publishing's $150 million offering of 7.65%
Senior Notes due 2002.

It is understood that this letter is intended solely for the benefit and use of

the Board of Directors of Western Publishing and is neither for the benefit of
nor being rendered to the public securityholders of Western Publishing. This
letter is not to be used for any other purpose, or reproduced, disseminated,
quoted or referred to at any time, in whole or in part, in any manner for any
purpose without our prior consent, except that this letter may be included in
its entirety in Western Publishing's proxy statement to be distributed to the
stockholders of the Company in connection with their approval of the Securities
Issuance.

We have not reviewed any proxy statement or similar document that may be used in
connection with the Securities Issuance as such materials had not been prepared
as of the date of this letter.

Very truly yours,


BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

By:_________________________
   Senior Managing Director


                                     IX-5

<PAGE>
                                                                   APPENDIX X


                 FAIRNESS OPINION OF JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
                 ---------------------------------------------


PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                                                  January 31, 1996

The Board of Directors
WESTERN PUBLISHING GROUP, INC.
444 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10022

To the Members of the Board of Directors:

                  You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a
financial point of view, to Western Publishing Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("Western Publishing" or the "Company"), of the consideration to be
received by Western Publishing pursuant to the Securities Issuance described
below. With your consent, however, we are not opining with respect to, nor
including within our understanding of the Securities Issuance, any other
transactions or contractual arrangements to be entered into or payments to be
made by or to Western Publishing or any other person in connection with that
purchase and sale of securities.

                  We understand that, pursuant to a draft Securities Purchase
Agreement (the "Securities Purchase Agreement") between the Company and Golden
Press Holding, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("Golden") and an
affiliate of E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., Inc., ("Warburg Pincus"), Golden will
purchase from the Company, for an aggregate purchase price of $65,000,000, (i)
13,000 shares of a newly-created issue of Western Publishing Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock"), and (ii) a Warrant
(the "Warrant") to purchase an aggregate of 3,250,000 shares of Western
Publishing Common Stock (such issuance and sale of the Series B Preferred Stock
and the Warrant, the "Securities Issuance"). We understand that the Series B
Preferred Stock will have the terms, limitations and relative rights and
preferences set forth in the Certificate of Designations attached to the
Securities Purchase Agreement as its draft Exhibit A, and that the Warrant will
be in substantially the form of the draft Exhibit B attached to such Securities
Purchase Agreement. We also understand that the Company will redeem the
outstanding shares of Western Publishing's Convertible Preferred Stock, Series
A, due March 31, 1996, for approximately $10 million. We further understand that
Western Publishing has agreed to reimburse Golden for up to $4 million of costs,
fees 

                                      X-1
<PAGE>
and other expenses incurred by Golden in connection with the Securities
Issuance.


                  We also understand that Warburg Pincus will, through Golden,
be permitted, subject to the approval of Western Publishing's stockholders, to
designate a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors
immediately following the consummation of the Securities Issuance. You have
further informed us that, upon such consummation, Mr. Richard A. Snyder ("Mr.
Snyder") will be named as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Western
Publishing.

                  Jefferies & Company, Inc. ("Jefferies"), as part of its
investment banking business, is regularly engaged in the evaluation of capital
structures, the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with
the mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, competitive biddings,
secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private placements,
financial restructurings and other financial services. In the ordinary course of
our business, we may trade the securities of the Company for our own account and
for the accounts of customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold a long or
short position in those securities. As you are aware, Jefferies did not
participate in structuring or negotiating the terms of the Securities Issuance,
and has not heretofore provided any investment banking services to the Company
or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

                  As you are also aware, Jefferies has been engaged by the
Company to provide the opinion contained herein, and will receive a fee for
providing such opinion. In addition, we note that we have not been authorized by
the Company or its Board of Directors to solicit, nor have we solicited, offers
for transactions alternative to the Securities Issuance (including a sale of all
of the Company's equity securities or of any of its constituent businesses), nor
have we been asked to advise the Company or its Board as to financial
alternatives to the Securities Issuance.

                  In connection with our opinion, we have reviewed the
Securities Purchase Agreement (including the Exhibits thereto) and certain
financial and other information that was publicly available or furnished to us
by Western Publishing, including certain internal financial analyses, budgets,
reports and other information prepared by the Company's management. We have also
discussed with representatives of the management of Western Publishing the
business, properties and prospects of the Company and undertaken such other
reviews, analyses and inquiries relating to the Company as we deemed
appropriate. We also conducted discussions with Mr. Snyder and with
representatives of Warburg Pincus as to the Company's business, properties and
prospects and as to their plans for Western Publishing following the
consummation of the Securities Issuance.

                                      X-2
<PAGE>
                  In our review and analysis and in rendering the opinion
contained herein, we have relied upon, and have not independently verified, the
accuracy, completeness and fair presentation of all financial and other
information that was provided to us by or on behalf of Western Publishing, Mr.
Snyder, Golden or Warburg Pincus or that was publicly available, and such
opinion is conditioned upon such information (whether written or oral) being
complete, accurate and fair in all material respects. We note that the Company
has not prepared, and we have not accordingly reviewed or conducted valuation
analyses based upon, any financial projections with respect to the estimated

future performance of Western Publishing, and our opinion is, as a result,
qualified by the absence of such reviews and analyses. We have not made an
independent evaluation or appraisal or conducted a physical inspection of any of
the assets of Western Publishing, nor have we been furnished with any such
appraisals. Our opinion is based on economic, monetary, political, market and
other conditions existing and which can be evaluated as of the date of this
opinion; however, such conditions are subject to rapid and unpredictable change.

                  In conducting our analysis and arriving at the opinion
expressed herein, we have considered such financial and other factors as we have
deemed appropriate under the circumstances, including, among others: (i) the
business and financial aspects of the Securities Issuance; (ii) the historical
and current markets for Western Publishing Common Stock; (iii) the financial
impact of the Securities Issuance upon the Company; (iv) the discussions with
Mr. Snyder and with representatives of Golden, Warburg Pincus and of the
Company's management referred to above; (v) certain of the Company's operating
and financial information; (vi) the Company's Annual Reports to Stockholders and
Annual Reports on Form 10-K for its last three full fiscal years and its
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed since the date of its most recent such Form
10-K; (vii) the potential negative impact on the prices of Western Publishing's
equity and debt securities of the Company's expected financial performance for
its fiscal year ending February 3, 1996 in the absence of the proposed
transaction with Golden or another similar extraordinary transaction; (viii) the
fact that (a) the Company was unsuccessful in effecting a sale or similar
extraordinary transaction during a public auction conducted during 1994 or
thereafter and (b) no other potential equity investors or strategic acquirors
have made a formal investment or acquisition proposal to the Company since the
public announcement of the original agreement in principle between the Company
and Warburg Pincus on September 6, 1995; (ix) the degree of control that Golden
and Warburg Pincus will have with respect to the Company; (x) the potentially
positive impact of new senior management led by Mr. Snyder and the affiliation
with Warburg Pincus on the prices of the Company's equity and debt securities,
its capital raising capacity and its ability to access the capital markets; and
(xi) such other information as we deemed to be appropriate. We also conducted
such other reviews, analyses and inquiries 

                                      X-3
<PAGE>
relating to the Company, Mr. Snyder, Golden and Warburg Pincus (in addition to
those set forth above) as we considered proper.

                  With your permission, in rendering such opinion we have also
assumed that: (i) the terms and provisions contained in the definitive
Securities Purchase Agreement (including the Exhibits thereto) will not differ
materially from those contained in the drafts of those documents we have
heretofore reviewed; (ii) the conditions to the consummation of the Securities
Issuance set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement will be satisfied; and
(iii) there is not now, and there will not as a result of consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement be, any default,
or event of default, under any indenture, credit agreement or other material
instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a
party.

                  Finally, in rendering the opinion set forth below we note

that: (i) the Company has elected to pursue the Securities Issuance following a
thorough consideration of the financial alternatives available to it, in which
process it was assisted by nationally recognized investment banking firm; (ii)
the consummation of the Securities Issuance is conditioned upon the approval of
Western Publishing's stockholders; (iii) in providing our opinion we are not
recommending any action the Company, the Board of Directors or any of its
security holders should take in connection with the Securities Issuance; and
(iv) we are not opining as to the prices at which any of the securities of the
Company may trade upon and following the consummation of the Securities
Issuance.

                  Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and upon such other
matters as we consider relevant, it is our opinion as investment bankers that,
as of the date hereof, the consideration to be received by Western Publishing
pursuant to the Securities Issuance is fair to Western Publishing from a
financial point of view.

                  It is understood and agreed that this opinion is provided
solely for the use of the Board of Directors of the Company as one element in
such Board's consideration of the Securities Issuance, and may not be used for
any other purpose, or otherwise referred to, relied upon or circulated, without
our prior written consent. This opinion may be reproduced in full in any proxy
statement mailed to holders of Western Publishing Common Stock in connection
with the Securities Issuance but may not otherwise be disclosed publicly in any
manner without our prior written approval.

                                                   Sincerely,

                                                   JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
                         
                                      X-4

<PAGE>

                                                   By:________________________
                                                      Chris M. Kanoff
                                                      Executive Vice President

                                      X-5


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission